[Title 40 CFR ]
[Code of Federal Regulations (annual edition) - July 1, 2020 Edition]
[From the U.S. Government Publishing Office]
[[Page i]]
Title 40
Protection of Environment
________________________
Part 1060 to End
Revised as of July 1, 2020
Containing a codification of documents of general
applicability and future effect
As of July 1, 2020
Published by the Office of the Federal Register
National Archives and Records Administration as a
Special Edition of the Federal Register
[[Page ii]]
U.S. GOVERNMENT OFFICIAL EDITION NOTICE
Legal Status and Use of Seals and Logos
The seal of the National Archives and Records Administration
(NARA) authenticates the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) as
the official codification of Federal regulations established
under the Federal Register Act. Under the provisions of 44
U.S.C. 1507, the contents of the CFR, a special edition of the
Federal Register, shall be judicially noticed. The CFR is
prima facie evidence of the original documents published in
the Federal Register (44 U.S.C. 1510).
It is prohibited to use NARA's official seal and the stylized Code
of Federal Regulations logo on any republication of this
material without the express, written permission of the
Archivist of the United States or the Archivist's designee.
Any person using NARA's official seals and logos in a manner
inconsistent with the provisions of 36 CFR part 1200 is
subject to the penalties specified in 18 U.S.C. 506, 701, and
1017.
Use of ISBN Prefix
This is the Official U.S. Government edition of this publication
and is herein identified to certify its authenticity. Use of
the 0-16 ISBN prefix is for U.S. Government Publishing Office
Official Editions only. The Superintendent of Documents of the
U.S. Government Publishing Office requests that any reprinted
edition clearly be labeled as a copy of the authentic work
with a new ISBN.
U . S . G O V E R N M E N T P U B L I S H I N G O F F I C E
------------------------------------------------------------------
U.S. Superintendent of Documents Washington, DC
20402-0001
http://bookstore.gpo.gov
Phone: toll-free (866) 512-1800; DC area (202) 512-1800
[[Page iii]]
Table of Contents
Page
Explanation................................................. v
Title 40:
Chapter I--Environmental Protection Agency
(Continued) 3
Chapter IV--Environmental Protection Agency and
Department of Justice 457
Chapter V--Council on Environmental Quality 465
Chapter VI--Chemical Safety and Hazard Investigation
Board 513
Chapter VII--Environmental Protection Agency and
Department of Defense; Uniform National Discharge
Standards for Vessels of the Armed Forces 555
Chapter VIII--Gulf Coast Ecosystem Restoration
Council 571
Finding Aids:
Table of CFR Titles and Chapters........................ 595
Alphabetical List of Agencies Appearing in the CFR...... 615
List of CFR Sections Affected........................... 625
[[Page iv]]
----------------------------
Cite this Code: CFR
To cite the regulations in
this volume use title,
part and section number.
Thus, 40 CFR 1060.1 refers
to title 40, part 1060,
section 1.
----------------------------
[[Page v]]
EXPLANATION
The Code of Federal Regulations is a codification of the general and
permanent rules published in the Federal Register by the Executive
departments and agencies of the Federal Government. The Code is divided
into 50 titles which represent broad areas subject to Federal
regulation. Each title is divided into chapters which usually bear the
name of the issuing agency. Each chapter is further subdivided into
parts covering specific regulatory areas.
Each volume of the Code is revised at least once each calendar year
and issued on a quarterly basis approximately as follows:
Title 1 through Title 16.................................as of January 1
Title 17 through Title 27..................................as of April 1
Title 28 through Title 41...................................as of July 1
Title 42 through Title 50................................as of October 1
The appropriate revision date is printed on the cover of each
volume.
LEGAL STATUS
The contents of the Federal Register are required to be judicially
noticed (44 U.S.C. 1507). The Code of Federal Regulations is prima facie
evidence of the text of the original documents (44 U.S.C. 1510).
HOW TO USE THE CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS
The Code of Federal Regulations is kept up to date by the individual
issues of the Federal Register. These two publications must be used
together to determine the latest version of any given rule.
To determine whether a Code volume has been amended since its
revision date (in this case, July 1, 2020), consult the ``List of CFR
Sections Affected (LSA),'' which is issued monthly, and the ``Cumulative
List of Parts Affected,'' which appears in the Reader Aids section of
the daily Federal Register. These two lists will identify the Federal
Register page number of the latest amendment of any given rule.
EFFECTIVE AND EXPIRATION DATES
Each volume of the Code contains amendments published in the Federal
Register since the last revision of that volume of the Code. Source
citations for the regulations are referred to by volume number and page
number of the Federal Register and date of publication. Publication
dates and effective dates are usually not the same and care must be
exercised by the user in determining the actual effective date. In
instances where the effective date is beyond the cut-off date for the
Code a note has been inserted to reflect the future effective date. In
those instances where a regulation published in the Federal Register
states a date certain for expiration, an appropriate note will be
inserted following the text.
OMB CONTROL NUMBERS
The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980 (Pub. L. 96-511) requires
Federal agencies to display an OMB control number with their information
collection request.
[[Page vi]]
Many agencies have begun publishing numerous OMB control numbers as
amendments to existing regulations in the CFR. These OMB numbers are
placed as close as possible to the applicable recordkeeping or reporting
requirements.
PAST PROVISIONS OF THE CODE
Provisions of the Code that are no longer in force and effect as of
the revision date stated on the cover of each volume are not carried.
Code users may find the text of provisions in effect on any given date
in the past by using the appropriate List of CFR Sections Affected
(LSA). For the convenience of the reader, a ``List of CFR Sections
Affected'' is published at the end of each CFR volume. For changes to
the Code prior to the LSA listings at the end of the volume, consult
previous annual editions of the LSA. For changes to the Code prior to
2001, consult the List of CFR Sections Affected compilations, published
for 1949-1963, 1964-1972, 1973-1985, and 1986-2000.
``[RESERVED]'' TERMINOLOGY
The term ``[Reserved]'' is used as a place holder within the Code of
Federal Regulations. An agency may add regulatory information at a
``[Reserved]'' location at any time. Occasionally ``[Reserved]'' is used
editorially to indicate that a portion of the CFR was left vacant and
not dropped in error.
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
What is incorporation by reference? Incorporation by reference was
established by statute and allows Federal agencies to meet the
requirement to publish regulations in the Federal Register by referring
to materials already published elsewhere. For an incorporation to be
valid, the Director of the Federal Register must approve it. The legal
effect of incorporation by reference is that the material is treated as
if it were published in full in the Federal Register (5 U.S.C. 552(a)).
This material, like any other properly issued regulation, has the force
of law.
What is a proper incorporation by reference? The Director of the
Federal Register will approve an incorporation by reference only when
the requirements of 1 CFR part 51 are met. Some of the elements on which
approval is based are:
(a) The incorporation will substantially reduce the volume of
material published in the Federal Register.
(b) The matter incorporated is in fact available to the extent
necessary to afford fairness and uniformity in the administrative
process.
(c) The incorporating document is drafted and submitted for
publication in accordance with 1 CFR part 51.
What if the material incorporated by reference cannot be found? If
you have any problem locating or obtaining a copy of material listed as
an approved incorporation by reference, please contact the agency that
issued the regulation containing that incorporation. If, after
contacting the agency, you find the material is not available, please
notify the Director of the Federal Register, National Archives and
Records Administration, 8601 Adelphi Road, College Park, MD 20740-6001,
or call 202-741-6010.
CFR INDEXES AND TABULAR GUIDES
A subject index to the Code of Federal Regulations is contained in a
separate volume, revised annually as of January 1, entitled CFR Index
and Finding Aids. This volume contains the Parallel Table of Authorities
and Rules. A list of CFR titles, chapters, subchapters, and parts and an
alphabetical list of agencies publishing in the CFR are also included in
this volume.
An index to the text of ``Title 3--The President'' is carried within
that volume.
[[Page vii]]
The Federal Register Index is issued monthly in cumulative form.
This index is based on a consolidation of the ``Contents'' entries in
the daily Federal Register.
A List of CFR Sections Affected (LSA) is published monthly, keyed to
the revision dates of the 50 CFR titles.
REPUBLICATION OF MATERIAL
There are no restrictions on the republication of material appearing
in the Code of Federal Regulations.
INQUIRIES
For a legal interpretation or explanation of any regulation in this
volume, contact the issuing agency. The issuing agency's name appears at
the top of odd-numbered pages.
For inquiries concerning CFR reference assistance, call 202-741-6000
or write to the Director, Office of the Federal Register, National
Archives and Records Administration, 8601 Adelphi Road, College Park, MD
20740-6001 or e-mail [email protected].
SALES
The Government Publishing Office (GPO) processes all sales and
distribution of the CFR. For payment by credit card, call toll-free,
866-512-1800, or DC area, 202-512-1800, M-F 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. e.s.t. or
fax your order to 202-512-2104, 24 hours a day. For payment by check,
write to: US Government Publishing Office - New Orders, P.O. Box 979050,
St. Louis, MO 63197-9000.
ELECTRONIC SERVICES
The full text of the Code of Federal Regulations, the LSA (List of
CFR Sections Affected), The United States Government Manual, the Federal
Register, Public Laws, Public Papers of the Presidents of the United
States, Compilation of Presidential Documents and the Privacy Act
Compilation are available in electronic format via www.govinfo.gov. For
more information, contact the GPO Customer Contact Center, U.S.
Government Publishing Office. Phone 202-512-1800, or 866-512-1800 (toll-
free). E-mail, [email protected].
The Office of the Federal Register also offers a free service on the
National Archives and Records Administration's (NARA) website for public
law numbers, Federal Register finding aids, and related information.
Connect to NARA's website at www.archives.gov/federal-register.
The e-CFR is a regularly updated, unofficial editorial compilation
of CFR material and Federal Register amendments, produced by the Office
of the Federal Register and the Government Publishing Office. It is
available at www.ecfr.gov.
Oliver A. Potts,
Director,
Office of the Federal Register
July 1, 2020
[[Page ix]]
THIS TITLE
Title 40--Protection of Environment is composed of thirty-seven
volumes. The parts in these volumes are arranged in the following order:
Parts 1-49, parts 50-51, part 52 (52.01-52.1018), part 52 (52.1019-
52.2019), part 52 (52.2020-end of part 52), parts 53-59, part 60 (60.1-
60.499), part 60 (60.500-end of part 60, sections), part 60
(Appendices), parts 61-62, part 63 (63.1-63.599), part 63 (63.600-
63.1199), part 63 (63.1200-63.1439), part 63 (63.1440-63.6175), part 63
(63.6580-63.8830), part 63 (63.8980-end of part 63), parts 64-71, parts
72-79, part 80, part 81, parts 82-86, parts 87-95, parts 96-99, parts
100-135, parts 136-149, parts 150-189, parts 190-259, parts 260-265,
parts 266-299, parts 300-399, parts 400-424, parts 425-699, parts 700-
722, parts 723-789, parts 790-999, parts 1000-1059, and part 1060 to
end. The contents of these volumes represent all current regulations
codified under this title of the CFR as of July 1, 2020.
Chapter I--Environmental Protection Agency appears in all thirty-
seven volumes. OMB control numbers for title 40 appear in Sec. 9.1 of
this chapter.
Chapters IV-VIII--Regulations issued by the Environmental Protection
Agency and Department of Justice, Council on Environmental Quality,
Chemical Safety and Hazard Investigation Board, Environmental Protection
Agency and Department of Defense; Uniform National Discharge Standards
for Vessels of the Armed Forces, and the Gulf Coast Ecosystem
Restoration Council appear in volume thirty seven.
For this volume, Michele Bugenhagen was Chief Editor. The Code of
Federal Regulations publication program is under the direction of John
Hyrum Martinez, assisted by Stephen J. Frattini.
[[Page 1]]
TITLE 40--PROTECTION OF ENVIRONMENT
(This book contains part 1060 to end)
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Part
chapter i--Environmental Protection Agency (Continued)...... 1060
chapter iv--Environmental Protection Agency and Department
of Justice................................................ 1400
chapter v--Council on Environmental Quality................. 1500
chapter vi--Chemical Safety and Hazard Investigation Board.. 1600
chapter vii--Environmental Protection Agency and Department
of Defense; Uniform National Discharge Standards for
Vessels of the Armed Forces............................... 1700
chapter viii--Gulf Coast Ecosystem Restoration Council...... 1800
[[Page 3]]
CHAPTER I--ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (CONTINUED)
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Editorial Note: Nomenclature changes to chapter I appear at 65 FR
47324, 47325, Aug. 2, 2000, and 66 FR 34375, 34376, June 28, 2001.
SUBCHAPTER U--AIR POLLUTION CONTROLS
Part Page
1060 Control of evaporative emissions from new
and in-use nonroad and stationary
equipment............................... 5
1065 Engine-testing procedures................... 45
1066 Vehicle-testing procedures.................. 282
1068 General compliance provisions for highway,
stationary, and nonroad programs........ 381
1074 Preemption of state standards and procedures
for waiver of federal preemption for
nonroad engines and nonroad vehicles.... 453
1075-1099
[Reserved]
[[Page 5]]
SUBCHAPTER U_AIR POLLUTION CONTROLS
PART 1060_CONTROL OF EVAPORATIVE EMISSIONS FROM NEW AND IN-USE NONROAD
AND STATIONARY EQUIPMENT--Table of Contents
Subpart A_Overview and Applicability
Sec.
1060.1 Which products are subject to this part's requirements?
1060.5 Do the requirements of this part apply to me?
1060.10 How is this part organized?
1060.15 Do any other CFR parts apply to me?
1060.30 Submission of information.
Subpart B_Emission Standards and Related Requirements
1060.101 What evaporative emission requirements apply under this part?
1060.102 What permeation emission control requirements apply for fuel
lines?
1060.103 What permeation emission control requirements apply for fuel
tanks?
1060.104 What running loss emission control requirements apply?
1060.105 What diurnal requirements apply for equipment?
1060.120 What emission-related warranty requirements apply?
1060.125 What maintenance instructions must I give to buyers?
1060.130 What installation instructions must I give to equipment
manufacturers?
1060.135 How must I label and identify the engines and equipment I
produce?
1060.137 How must I label and identify the fuel-system components I
produce?
Subpart C_Certifying Emission Families
1060.201 What are the general requirements for obtaining a certificate
of conformity?
1060.202 What are the certification requirements related to the general
standards in Sec. 1060.101?
1060.205 What must I include in my application?
1060.210 What records should equipment manufacturers keep if they do not
apply for certification?
1060.225 How do I amend my application for certification?
1060.230 How do I select emission families?
1060.235 What emission testing must I perform for my application for a
certificate of conformity?
1060.240 How do I demonstrate that my emission family complies with
evaporative emission standards?
1060.250 What records must I keep?
1060.255 What decisions may EPA make regarding my certificate of
conformity?
Subpart D_Production Verification Testing
1060.301 Manufacturer testing.
1060.310 Supplying products to EPA for testing.
Subpart E_In-Use Testing
1060.401 General Provisions.
Subpart F_Test Procedures
1060.501 General testing provisions.
1060.505 Other procedures.
1060.510 How do I test EPA Low-Emission Fuel Lines for permeation
emissions?
1060.515 How do I test EPA Nonroad Fuel Lines and EPA Cold-Weather Fuel
Lines for permeation emissions?
1060.520 How do I test fuel tanks for permeation emissions?
1060.521 How do I test fuel caps for permeation emissions?
1060.525 How do I test fuel systems for diurnal emissions?
Subpart G_Special Compliance Provisions
1060.601 How do the prohibitions of 40 CFR 1068.101 apply with respect
to the requirements of this part?
1060.605 Exemptions from evaporative emission standards.
1060.640 What special provisions apply to branded equipment?
Subpart H_Averaging, Banking, and Trading Provisions
1060.701 Applicability.
1060.705 How do I certify components to an emission level other than the
standard under this part or use such components in my
equipment?
Subpart I_Definitions and Other Reference Information
1060.801 What definitions apply to this part?
1060.805 What symbols, acronyms, and abbreviations does this part use?
1060.810 What materials does this part reference?
1060.815 What provisions apply to confidential information?
1060.820 How do I request a hearing?
1060.825 What reporting and recordkeeping requirements apply under this
part?
Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7401-7671q.
[[Page 6]]
Source: 73 FR 59298, Oct. 8, 2008, unless otherwise noted.
Subpart A_Overview and Applicability
Sec. 1060.1 Which products are subject to this part's requirements?
(a) The standards and other requirements in this part 1060 apply to
the fuel lines, fuel tanks, couplings and fittings, and fuel caps used
or intended to be used in the following categories of new engines and
equipment that are fueled with a volatile liquid fuel (such as gasoline,
but not including diesel fuel), and to the equipment in which these
components are installed, starting with the model years shown in Table 1
to this section:
(1) Compression-ignition engines we regulate under 40 CFR part 1039.
This includes stationary compression-ignition engines we regulate under
the provisions of 40 CFR part 1039, as indicated under 40 CFR part 60,
subpart IIII. See the evaporative emission standards specified in 40 CFR
1048.105. These engines are considered to be Large SI engines for
purposes of this part 1060.
(2) Marine compression-ignition engines we regulate under 40 CFR
part 1042. See the evaporative emission standards specified in 40 CFR
1045.112. These engines are considered to be Marine SI engines for
purposes of this part 1060.
(3) Marine SI engines we regulate under 40 CFR part 1045. See the
evaporative emission standards specified in 40 CFR 1045.112.
(4) Large SI engines we regulate under 40 CFR part 1048. This
includes stationary spark-ignition engines subject to standards under 40
CFR parts 1048 or 1054 as indicated in 40 CFR part 60, subpart JJJJ. See
the evaporative emission standards specified in 40 CFR 1048.105.
(5) Recreational vehicles and engines we regulate under 40 CFR part
1051 (such as snowmobiles and off-highway motorcycles). This includes
highway motorcycles subject to standards under 40 CFR part 1051 as
indicated in 40 CFR part 86, subpart E since these motorcycles are
considered to be recreational vehicles for purposes of this part 1060.
See the evaporative emission standards specified in 40 CFR 1051.110.
(6) Small SI engines we regulate under 40 CFR part 1054. See the
evaporative emission standards specified for handheld engines in 40 CFR
1054.110 and for nonhandheld engines in 40 CFR 1054.112.
(7) Portable marine fuel tanks and fuel lines associated with such
fuel tanks must meet evaporative emission standards specified in 40 CFR
1045.112. Portable nonroad fuel tanks and fuel lines associated with
such fuel tanks must also meet evaporative emission standards specified
in 40 CFR 1045.112, whether or not they are used with marine vessels.
Portable nonroad fuel tanks are considered to be portable marine fuel
tanks for purposes of this part 1060.
(b) The regulations in this part 1060 apply for new replacement
components used with any of the engines or equipment specified in
paragraph (a) of this section as described in Sec. 1060.601.
(c) Fuel caps are subject to evaporative emission standards at the
point of installation on a fuel tank. If a fuel cap is certified for use
with Marine SI engines or Small SI engines under the optional standards
of Sec. 1060.103, it is subject to all the requirements of this part
1060 as if these optional standards were mandatory.
(d) This part 1060 does not apply to any diesel-fueled engine or any
other engine that does not use a volatile liquid fuel. In addition, this
part does not apply to any engines or equipment in the following
categories even if they use a volatile liquid fuel:
(1) Light-duty motor vehicles (see 40 CFR part 86).
(2) Heavy-duty motor vehicles and heavy-duty motor vehicle engines
(see 40 CFR part 86). This part 1060 also does not apply to fuel systems
for nonroad engines where such fuel systems are subject to part 86
because they are part of a heavy-duty motor vehicle.
(3) Aircraft engines (see 40 CFR part 87).
(4) Locomotives (see 40 CFR part 92 and 1033).
(5) Land-based nonroad diesel engines we regulate under 40 CFR part
89.
(6) Marine diesel engines we regulate under 40 CFR part 89, 94, or
1042.
[[Page 7]]
(7) Land-based spark-ignition engines at or below 19 kW that we
regulate under 40 CFR part 90. Note that there are provisions in 40 CFR
part 90 that reference specific portions of this part 1060.
(8) Marine spark-ignition engines we regulate under 40 CFR part 91.
(e) This part 1060 does not apply for fuel lines made wholly of
metal.
Table 1 to Sec. 1060.1--Part 1060 Applicability \a\
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Equipment category or Fuel line Running loss
subcategory permeation Tank permeation Diurnal emissions emissions
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Marine SI--portable marine fuel January 1, 2009 January 1, 2011... January 1, 2010... Not applicable.
tanks. \b\.
Marine SI--personal watercraft.. January 1, 2009... Model year 2011... Model year 2010... Not applicable.
Marine SI--other vessels with January 1, 2009 Model year 2012... July 31, 2011..... Not applicable.
installed fuel tanks. \b\.
Large SI........................ Model year 2007... Not applicable.... Model year 2007 Model year 2007.
(includes tank
permeation).
Recreational vehicles........... Model year 2008... Model year 2008... Not applicable.... Not applicable.
Small SI--handheld.............. Model year 2012 Model year 2010 Not applicable.... Not applicable.
\c\. \d\.
Small SI--Class I nonhandheld... January 1, 2009... Model year 2012... Not applicable \e\ Model year 2012.
Small SI--Class II nonhandheld.. January 1, 2009... Model year 2011... Not applicable \e\ Model year 2011.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ Implementation is based on the date of manufacture of the equipment. Where we do not identify a specific
date, the emission standards start to apply at the beginning of the model year.
\b\ January 1, 2011 for primer bulbs. Standards phase in for under-cowl fuel lines on outboard engines, by
length: 30% in 2010, 60% in 2011, 90% in 2012-2014, 100% in 2015.
\c\ 2013 for small-volume emission families that do not include cold-weather fuel lines.
\d\ 2011 for structurally integrated nylon fuel tanks and 2013 for all small-volume emission families.
\e\ Manufacturers may optionally meet diurnal standards as specified in Sec. 1060.105(e).
Sec. 1060.5 Do the requirements of this part apply to me?
The requirements of this part are generally addressed to the
manufacturers that are subject to this part's requirements as described
in paragraph (a) of this section. The term ``you'' generally means the
manufacturer or manufacturers that are subject to these requirements.
Paragraphs (b) through (e) of this section describe which manufacturers
may or must certify their products. (Note: Sec. 1060.601(f) allows the
certification responsibility to be delegated in certain circumstances.)
(a) Overall responsibilities. Manufacturers of the engines,
equipment, and fuel-system components described in Sec. 1060.1 are
subject to the standards and other requirements of this part 1060 except
as otherwise noted. Multiple manufacturers may be subject to these
standards and other requirements. For example, when a Small SI equipment
manufacturer buys fuel line manufactured by another person and installs
them in its equipment, both the equipment manufacturer and the fuel line
manufacturer are subject to the standards and other requirements of this
part. The following provisions apply in such cases:
(1) Each person meeting the definition of manufacturer for a product
that is subject to the standards and other requirements of this part
must comply with such requirements. However, if one person complies with
a specific requirement for a given product, then all manufacturers are
deemed to have complied with that specific requirement. For example, if
a Small SI equipment manufacturer uses fuel lines manufactured and
certified by another company, the equipment manufacturer is not required
to obtain a certificate with respect to the fuel line emission
standards. Such an equipment manufacturer remains subject to the
standards and other requirements of this part. However, where a
provision requires a specific manufacturer to comply with certain
provisions, this paragraph (a) does not change or modify such a
requirement. For example, this
[[Page 8]]
paragraph (a) does not allow you to rely on another company to certify
instead of you if we specifically require you to certify.
(2) The requirements of subparts C and D of this part apply to the
manufacturer that obtains the certificate of conformity. Other
manufacturers are required to comply with the requirements of subparts C
and D of this part only when we send notification. In our notification,
we will specify a reasonable period for complying with the requirements
identified in the notice. See Sec. 1060.601 for the applicability of 40
CFR part 1068 to these other manufacturers.
(3) Certificate holders are responsible for meeting all applicable
requirements even if other manufacturers are also subject to those
requirements.
(b) Marine SI. Certify vessels, engines, and fuel-system components
as follows:
(1) Component manufacturers must certify their fuel lines and fuel
tanks intended for installation with Marine SI engines and vessels under
this part 1060, except as allowed by Sec. 1060.601(f). This includes
permeation and diurnal emission standards.
(2) Vessel manufacturers are subject to all the requirements of this
part 1060 that apply to Marine SI engines and fuel systems. However,
they must certify to the emission standards specified in Sec. Sec.
1060.102 through 1060.105 only if one or more of the following
conditions apply:
(i) Vessel manufacturers must certify fuel system components they
install in their vessels if the components are not certified to meet all
applicable evaporative emission standards, including both permeation and
diurnal standards. This would include vessel manufacturers that make
their own fuel tanks. Vessel manufacturers would need to act as
component manufacturers to certify under this part 1060.
(ii) Vessel manufacturers must certify their vessels only if they
intend to generate or use evaporative emission credits. Vessel
manufacturers would certify under part 40 CFR part 1045 using the
emission-credit provisions in subpart H of that part to demonstrate
compliance with the emission standard.
(3) Engine manufacturers must meet all the requirements of this part
1060 that apply to vessel manufacturers for all fuel-system components
they install on their engines. For example, engine manufacturers that
install under-cowl fuel lines and fuel tanks must comply with the
requirements specified for vessel manufacturers with respect to those
components.
(c) Large SI. Certify engines, equipment, and fuel-system components
as follows:
(1) Engine manufacturers must certify their engines under 40 CFR
part 1048.
(2) Equipment manufacturers and component manufacturers may certify
fuel lines and fuel tanks intended for use with Large SI engines under
this part 1060.
(d) Recreational vehicles. Certify vehicles, engines and fuel-system
components as follows:
(1) Vehicle manufacturers must certify their vehicles under 40 CFR
part 1051.
(2) Engine manufacturers must meet all the requirements of 40 CFR
part 1051 that apply to vehicle manufacturers for all fuel-system
components they install on their engines. For example, engine
manufacturers that install fuel-line segments on the engines they ship
to vehicle manufacturers must comply with the requirements specified for
equipment manufacturers with respect to those components.
(3) Component manufacturers may certify fuel lines and fuel tanks
intended for recreational vehicles under this part 1060.
(e) Small SI. Certify engines, equipment, and fuel-system components
as follows:
(1) Component manufacturers must certify their fuel lines and fuel
tanks intended for Small SI engines and equipment under this part 1060,
except as allowed by Sec. 1060.601(f).
(2) Equipment manufacturers must certify fuel system components they
install in their equipment if the components are not certified to meet
applicable evaporative emission standards. Equipment manufacturers would
need to act as component manufacturers to certify fuel-system components
under this part 1060.
[[Page 9]]
(3) Engine manufacturers must meet all the requirements of this part
1060 that apply to equipment manufacturers for all fuel-system
components they install on their engines. Engine manufacturers that
produce Small SI engines with complete fuel systems are considered the
equipment manufacturers for those engines under this part 1060.
(4) Equipment manufacturers must certify their equipment and are
subject to all the requirements of this part 1060; however, this does
not apply for equipment using portable nonroad fuel tanks.
(f) Summary of certification responsibilities. Tables 1 through 3 of
this section summarize the certification responsibilities for different
kinds of manufacturers as described in paragraphs (b) through (e) of
this section. The term ``No'' as used in the tables means that a
manufacturer is not required to obtain a certificate of conformity under
paragraphs (b) through (e) of this section. In situations where multiple
manufacturers are subject to the standards and other requirements of
this part, such a manufacturer must nevertheless certify if the
manufacturer who is required to certify under paragraphs (b) through (e)
of this section fails to obtain a certificate of conformity.
Table 1 to Sec. 1060.5--Summary of Engine Manufacturer Evaporative Certification Responsibilities
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Is the engine manufacturer
required to certify for Code of Federal Regulations Cite for
Equipment type evaporative emission standards? Certification
\a\
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Marine SI............................... No.............................
Large SI................................ Yes............................ 40 CFR part 1048.
Recreational vehicles................... No.............................
Small SI................................ No, unless engines are sold 40 CFR part 1060.
with complete fuel systems.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ Fuel lines and fuel tanks that are attached to or sold with engines must be covered by a certificate of
conformity.
Table 2 to Sec. 1060.5--Summary of Equipment Manufacturer Evaporative Certification Responsibilities
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Is the equipment manufacturer
Equipment type required to certify for Code of Federal Regulations Cite for
evaporative emission standards? Certification
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Marine SI............................... Yes, but only if vessel 40 CFR part 1060.\a\
manufacturers install
uncertified fuel lines or fuel
tanks, or they intend to
generate or use evaporative
emission credits.
Large SI................................ Allowed but not required....... 40 CFR part 1060.
Recreational vehicles................... Yes, even if vehicle 40 CFR part 1051.
manufacturers install
certified components.
Small SI................................ Yes, unless the equipment uses 40 CFR part 1060.\a\
portable nonroad fuel tanks.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ See the exhaust standard-setting part for provisions related to generating or using evaporative emission
credits.
Table 3 of Sec. 1060.5--Summary of Component Manufacturer Certification Responsibilities
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Is the component manufacturer
Equipment type required to certify fuel lines Code of Federal Regulations Cite for
and fuel tanks? Certification
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Marine SI............................... Yes, including portable marine 40 CFR part 1060.
fuel tanks and associated fuel
lines \a\.
Large SI................................ Allowed but not required....... 40 CFR part 1060.
Recreational vehicles................... Allowed but not required....... 40 CFR part 1060.
Small SI................................ Yes \a\........................ 40 CFR part 1060.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ See Sec. 1060.601 for an allowance to make contractual arrangements with engine or equipment manufacturers
instead of certifying.
[73 FR 59298, Oct. 8, 2008, as amended at 80 FR 9115, Feb. 19, 2015]
Sec. 1060.10 How is this part organized?
This part 1060 is divided into the following subparts:
(a) Subpart A of this part defines the applicability of part 1060
and gives an overview of regulatory requirements.
(b) Subpart B of this part describes the emission standards and
other requirements that must be met to certify
[[Page 10]]
equipment or components under this part. Note that Sec. 1060.110
discusses certain interim requirements and compliance provisions that
apply only for a limited time.
(c) Subpart C of this part describes how to apply for a certificate
of conformity.
(d) Subpart D of this part describes the requirements related to
verifying that products are being produced as described in an approved
application for certification.
(e) Subpart E of this part describes the requirements related to
verifying that products are meeting the standards in use.
(f) Subpart F of this part describes how to measure evaporative
emissions.
(g) Subpart G of this part and 40 CFR part 1068 describe
requirements, prohibitions, and other provisions that apply to
manufacturers, owners, operators, and all others.
(h) Subpart H of this part describes how to certify your equipment
or components for inclusion in an emission averaging program allowed by
an exhaust standard-setting part.
(i) Subpart I of this part contains definitions and other reference
information.
Sec. 1060.15 Do any other CFR parts apply to me?
(a) There is a separate part of the CFR that includes exhaust
emission requirements for each particular application, as described in
Sec. 1060.1(a). We refer to these as the exhaust standard-setting
parts. In cases where an exhaust standard-setting part includes
evaporative requirements, apply this part 1060 as specified in the
exhaust standard-setting part, as follows:
(1) The requirements in the exhaust standard-setting part may differ
from the requirements in this part. In cases where it is not possible to
comply with both the exhaust standard-setting part and this part, you
must comply with the requirements in the exhaust standard-setting part.
The exhaust standard-setting part may also allow you to deviate from the
procedures of this part for other reasons.
(2) The exhaust standard-setting parts may reference some sections
of this part 1060 or may allow or require certification under this part
1060. See the exhaust standard-setting parts to determine what
provisions of this part 1060 apply for these equipment types.
(b) The requirements and prohibitions of part 1068 of this chapter
apply to everyone, including anyone who manufactures, imports, owns,
operates, or services any of the fuel systems subject to this part 1060.
Part 1068 of this chapter describes general provisions, including the
following areas:
(1) Prohibited acts and penalties for engine manufacturers,
equipment manufacturers, and others.
(2) Exclusions and exemptions for certain products.
(3) Importing products.
(4) Defect reporting and recall.
(5) Procedures for hearings.
(c) Other parts of this chapter apply if referenced in this part.
Sec. 1060.30 Submission of information.
(a) This part includes various requirements to record data or other
information. Refer to Sec. 1060.825, 40 CFR 1068.25, and the exhaust
standard-setting part regarding recordkeeping requirements. If
recordkeeping requirements are not specified, store these records in any
format and on any media and keep them readily available for one year
after you send an associated application for certification, or one year
after you generate the data if they do not support an application for
certification. You must promptly send us organized, written records in
English if we ask for them. We may review them at any time.
(b) The regulations in Sec. 1060.255 and 40 CFR 1068.101 describe
your obligation to report truthful and complete information and the
consequences of failing to meet this obligation. This includes
information not related to certification.
(c) Send all reports and requests for approval to the Designated
Compliance Officer (see Sec. 1060.801).
(d) Any written information we require you to send to or receive
from another company is deemed to be a required record under this
section. Such records are also deemed to be submissions to EPA. We may
require you to send us these records whether or not you are a
certificate holder.
[[Page 11]]
Subpart B_Emission Standards and Related Requirements
Sec. 1060.101 What evaporative emission requirements apply under
this part?
Products subject to this part must meet emission standards and
related requirements as follows:
(a) Section 1060.102 describes permeation emission control
requirements for fuel lines.
(b) Section 1060.103 describes permeation emission control
requirements for fuel tanks.
(c) Section 1060.104 describes running loss emission control
requirements for fuel systems.
(d) Section 1060.105 describes diurnal emission control requirements
for fuel tanks.
(e) The following general requirements apply for components and
equipment subject to the emission standards in Sec. Sec. 1060.102
through 1060.105:
(1) Adjustable parameters. Components or equipment with adjustable
parameters must meet all the requirements of this part for any
adjustment in the physically adjustable range.
(2) Prohibited controls. The following controls are prohibited:
(i) For anyone to design, manufacture, or install emission control
systems so they cause or contribute to an unreasonable risk to public
health, welfare, or safety while operating.
(ii) For anyone to design, manufacture, or install emission control
systems with features that disable, deactivate, or bypass the emission
controls, either actively or passively. For example, you may not include
a manual vent that the operator can open to bypass emission controls.
You may ask us to allow such features if needed for safety reasons or if
the features are fully functional during emission tests described in
subpart F of this part.
(3) Emission credits. Equipment manufacturers are allowed to comply
with the emission standards in this part using evaporative emission
credits only if the exhaust standard-setting part explicitly allows it
for evaporative emissions. See the exhaust standard-setting part and
subpart H of this part for information about complying with evaporative
emission credits. For equipment manufacturers to generate or use
evaporative emission credits, components must be certified to a family
emission limit, which serves as the standard for those components.
(f) This paragraph (f) specifies requirements that apply to
equipment manufacturers subject to requirements under this part, whether
or not they are subject to and certify to any of the emission standards
in Sec. Sec. 1060.102 through 1060.105. Equipment manufacturers meeting
these requirements will be deemed to be certified as in conformity with
the requirements of this paragraph (f) without submitting an application
for certification, as follows:
(1) Fuel caps, vents, and carbon canisters. You are responsible for
ensuring that proper caps and vents are installed on each new piece of
equipment that is subject to emission standards under this part. The
following particular requirements apply to equipment that is subject to
running loss or diurnal emission standards, including portable marine
fuel tanks:
(i) All equipment must have a tethered fuel cap. Fuel caps must also
include a visual, audible, or other physical indication that they have
been properly sealed.
(ii) You may not add vents unless they are specified in or allowed
by the applicable certificates of conformity.
(iii) If the emission controls rely on carbon canisters, they must
be installed in a way that prevents exposing the carbon to water or
liquid fuel.
(2) Fuel-line fittings. The following requirements apply for fuel-
line fittings that will be used with fuel lines that must meet
permeation emission standards:
(i) Use good engineering judgment to ensure that all fuel-line
fittings will remain securely connected to prevent fuel leakage
throughout the useful life of the equipment.
(ii) Fuel lines that are intended to be detachable (such as those
for portable marine fuel tanks) must be self-sealing when detached from
the fuel tank or engine.
(3) Refueling. For any equipment using fuel tanks that are subject
to diurnal or permeation emission standards under this part, you must
design
[[Page 12]]
and build your equipment such that operators can reasonably be expected
to fill the fuel tank without spitback or spillage during the refueling
event. The following examples illustrate designs that meet this
requirement:
(i) Equipment that is commonly refueled using a portable gasoline
container should have a fuel tank inlet that is larger than a typical
dispensing spout. The fuel tank inlet should be located so the operator
can place the nozzle directly in the fuel tank inlet and see the fuel
level in the tank while pouring the fuel from an appropriately sized
refueling container (either through the tank wall or the fuel tank
inlet). We will deem you to comply with the requirements of this
paragraph (f)(3)(i) if you design your equipment to meet applicable
industry standards related to fuel tank inlets.
(ii) Marine SI vessels with a filler neck extending to the side of
the boat should be designed for automatic fuel shutoff. Alternatively,
the filler neck should be designed such that the orientation of the
filler neck allows dispensed fuel that collects in the filler neck to
flow back into the fuel tank. A filler neck that ends with a horizontal
or nearly horizontal segment at the opening where fuel is dispensed
would not be an acceptable design.
(g) Components and equipment must meet the standards specified in
this part throughout the applicable useful life. Where we do not specify
procedures for demonstrating the durability of emission controls, use
good engineering judgment to ensure that your products will meet the
standards throughout the useful life. The useful life is one of the
following values:
(1) The useful life in years specified for the components or
equipment in the exhaust standard-setting part.
(2) The useful life in years specified for the engine in the exhaust
standard-setting part if the exhaust standards are specified for the
engine rather than the equipment and there is no useful life given for
components or equipment.
(3) Five years if no useful life is specified in years for the
components, equipment, or engines in the exhaust standard-setting part.
Sec. 1060.102 What permeation emission control requirements apply
for fuel lines?
(a) Nonmetal fuel lines must meet permeation requirements as
follows:
(1) Marine SI fuel lines, including fuel lines associated with
outboard engines or portable marine fuel tanks, must meet the permeation
requirements in this section.
(2) Large SI fuel lines must meet the permeation requirements
specified in 40 CFR 1048.105.
(3) Fuel lines for recreational vehicles must meet the permeation
requirements specified in 40 CFR 1051.110 or in this section.
(4) Small SI fuel lines must meet the permeation requirements in
this section, unless they are installed in equipment certified to meet
diurnal emission standards under Sec. 1060.105(e).
(b) Different categories of nonroad equipment are subject to
different requirements with respect to fuel line permeation. Fuel lines
are classified based on measured emissions over the test procedure
specified for the class.
(c) The regulations in 40 CFR part 1048 require that fuel lines used
with Large SI engines must meet the standards for EPA Low-Emission Fuel
Lines. The regulations in 40 CFR part 1054 require that fuel lines used
with handheld Small SI engines installed in cold-weather equipment must
meet the standards for EPA Cold-Weather Fuel Lines. Unless specified
otherwise in this subchapter U, fuel lines used with all other engines
and equipment subject to the provisions of this part 1060, including
fuel lines associated with outboard engines or portable marine fuel
tanks, must meet the standards for EPA Nonroad Fuel Lines.
(d) The following standards apply for each fuel line classification:
(1) EPA Low-Emission Fuel Lines must have permeation emissions at or
below 10 g/m\2\/day when measured according to the test procedure
described in Sec. 1060.510. Fuel lines that comply with this emission
standard are deemed to comply with all the emission standards specified
in this section.
(2) EPA Nonroad Fuel Lines must have permeation emissions at or
below 15 g/m\2\/day when measured according
[[Page 13]]
to the test procedure described in Sec. 1060.515.
(3) EPA Cold-Weather Fuel Lines must meet the following permeation
emission standards when measured according to the test procedure
described in Sec. 1060.515:
Table 1 to Sec. 1060.102--Permeation Standards for EPA Cold-Weather
Fuel Lines
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Standard (g/
Model year m\2\/day)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
2012.................................................... 290
2013.................................................... 275
2014.................................................... 260
2015.................................................... 245
2016 and later.......................................... 225
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(e) You may certify fuel lines as follow:
(1) You may certify straight-run fuel lines as sections of any
length.
(2) You may certify molded fuel lines in any configuration
representing your actual production, subject to the provisions for
selecting a worst-case configuration in Sec. 1060.235(b).
(3) You may certify fuel line assemblies as aggregated systems that
include multiple sections of fuel line with connectors and fittings. For
example, you may certify fuel lines for portable marine fuel tanks as
assemblies of fuel hose, primer bulbs, and self-sealing end connections.
The length of such an assembly must not be longer than a typical in-use
installation and must always be less than 2.5 meters long. You may also
certify primer bulbs separately. The standard applies with respect to
the total permeation emissions divided by the wetted internal surface
area of the assembly. Where it is not practical to determine the actual
internal surface area of the assembly, you may assume that the internal
surface area per unit length of the assembly is equal to the ratio of
internal surface area per unit length of the hose section of the
assembly.
[73 FR 59298, Oct. 8, 2008, as amended at 74 FR 8426, Feb. 24, 2009]
Sec. 1060.103 What permeation emission control requirements apply
for fuel tanks?
(a) Fuel tanks must meet permeation requirements as follows:
(1) Marine SI fuel tanks, including engine-mounted fuel tanks and
portable marine fuel tanks, must meet the permeation requirements in
this section.
(2) Large SI fuel tanks must meet diurnal emission standards as
specified in Sec. 1060.105, which includes measurement of permeation
emissions. No separate permeation standard applies.
(3) Fuel tanks for recreational vehicles must meet the permeation
requirements specified in 40 CFR 1051.110 or in this section.
(4) Small SI fuel tanks must meet the permeation requirements in
this section unless they are installed in equipment certified to meet
diurnal emission standards under Sec. 1060.105(e).
(b) Permeation emissions from fuel tanks may not exceed 1.5 g/m\2\/
day when measured at a nominal temperature of 28 [deg]C with the test
procedures for tank permeation in Sec. 1060.520. You may also choose to
meet a standard of 2.5 g/m\2\/day if you perform testing at a nominal
temperature of 40 [deg]C under Sec. 1060.520(d).
(c) The exhaust standard-setting part may allow for certification of
fuel tanks to a family emission limit for calculating evaporative
emission credits as described in subpart H of this part instead of
meeting the emission standards in this section.
(d) For purposes of this part, fuel tanks do not include fuel lines
that are subject to Sec. 1060.102, petcocks designed for draining fuel,
grommets used with fuel lines, or grommets used with other hose or
tubing excluded from the definition of ``fuel line.'' Fuel tanks include
other fittings (such as fuel caps, gaskets, and O-rings) that are
directly mounted to the fuel tank.
(e) Fuel caps may be certified separately relative to the permeation
emission standard in paragraph (b) of this section using the test
procedures specified in Sec. 1060.521. Fuel caps certified alone do not
need to meet the emission standard. Rather, fuel caps would be certified
with a Family Emission Limit, which is used for demonstrating that fuel
tanks meet the emission standard as described in Sec. 1060.520(b)(5).
For the purposes of this paragraph (e), gaskets or O-rings that are
produced as part of an assembly with the fuel cap are considered part of
the fuel cap.
[[Page 14]]
(f) Metal fuel tanks that meet the permeation criteria in Sec.
1060.240(d)(2) or use certified nonmetal fuel caps will be deemed to be
certified as in conformity with the requirements of this section without
submitting an application for certification.
[73 FR 59298, Oct. 8, 2008, as amended at 74 FR 8427, Feb. 24, 2009; 75
FR 23026, Apr. 30, 2010]
Sec. 1060.104 What running loss emission control requirements apply?
(a) Engines and equipment must meet running loss requirements as
follows:
(1) Marine SI engines and vessels are not subject to running loss
emission standards.
(2) Large SI engines and equipment must prevent fuel boiling during
operation as specified in 40 CFR 1048.105.
(3) Recreational vehicles are not subject to running loss emission
standards.
(4) Nonhandheld Small SI engines and equipment that are not used in
wintertime equipment must meet running loss requirements described in
this section. Handheld Small SI engines and equipment are not subject to
running loss emission standards.
(b) You must demonstrate control of running loss emissions in one of
the following ways if your engines or equipment are subject to the
requirements of this section:
(1) Route running loss emissions into the engine intake system so
fuel vapors vented from the tank during engine operation are combusted
in the engine. This may involve routing vapors through a carbon
canister. If another company has certified the engine with respect to
exhaust emissions, state in your application for certification that you
have followed the engine manufacturer's installation instructions.
(2) Use a fuel tank that remains sealed under normal operating
conditions. This may involve a bladder or other means to prevent
pressurized fuel tanks.
(3) Get an approved Executive Order from the California Air
Resources Board showing that your system meets applicable running loss
standards in California.
(c) If you are subject to both running loss and diurnal emission
standards, use good engineering judgment to ensure that the emission
controls are compatible.
Sec. 1060.105 What diurnal requirements apply for equipment?
(a) Fuel tanks must meet diurnal emission requirements as follows:
(1) Marine SI fuel tanks, including engine-mounted fuel tanks and
portable marine fuel tanks, must meet the requirements related to
diurnal emissions specified in this section.
(2) Large SI fuel tanks must meet the requirements related to
diurnal emissions specified in 40 CFR 1048.105.
(3) Recreational vehicles are not subject to diurnal emission
standards.
(4) Small SI fuel tanks are not subject to diurnal emission
standards, except as specified in paragraph (e) of this section.
(b) Diurnal emissions from Marine SI fuel tanks may not exceed 0.40
g/gal/day when measured using the test procedures specified in Sec.
1060.525 for general fuel temperatures. An alternative standard of 0.16
g/gal/day applies for fuel tanks installed in nontrailerable boats when
measured using the corresponding fuel temperature profile in Sec.
1060.525. Portable marine fuel tanks are not subject to the requirements
of this paragraph (b), but must instead comply with the requirements of
paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section.
(c) Portable marine fuel tanks and associated fuel-system components
must meet the following requirements:
(1) They must be self-sealing when detached from the engines. The
tanks may not vent to the atmosphere when attached to an engine. An
integrated or external manually activated device may be included in the
fuel tank design to temporarily relieve pressure before refueling or
connecting the fuel tank to the engine. However, the default setting for
such a vent must be consistent with the requirement in paragraph (c)(2)
of this section.
(2) They must remain sealed up to a positive pressure of 24.5 kPa
(3.5 psig); however, they may contain air inlets that open when there is
a vacuum pressure inside the tank. Such fuel tanks may not contain air
outlets that vent to the atmosphere at pressures below 34.5 kPa (5.0
psig).
[[Page 15]]
(d) Detachable fuel lines that are intended for use with portable
marine fuel tanks must have connection points that are self-sealing when
not attached to the engine or fuel tank.
(e) Manufacturers of nonhandheld Small SI equipment may optionally
meet the diurnal emission standards adopted by the California Air
Resources Board in the Final Regulation Order, Article 1, Chapter 15,
Division 3, Title 13, California Code of Regulations, July 26, 2004
(incorporated by reference in Sec. 1060.810). To meet this requirement,
equipment must be certified to the performance standards specified in
Title 13 CCR Sec. 2754(a) based on the applicable requirements
specified in CP-902 and TP-902, including the requirements related to
fuel caps in Title 13 CCR Sec. 2756. Equipment certified under this
paragraph (e) does not need to use fuel lines or fuel tanks that have
been certified separately. Equipment certified under this paragraph (e)
are subject to all the referenced requirements as if these
specifications were mandatory.
(f) The following general provisions apply for controlling diurnal
emissions:
(1) If you are subject to both running loss and diurnal emission
standards, use good engineering judgment to ensure that the emission
controls are compatible.
(2) You may not use diurnal emission controls that increase the
occurrence of fuel spitback or spillage during in-use refueling. Also,
if you use a carbon canister, you must incorporate design features that
prevent liquid gasoline from reaching the canister during refueling or
as a result of fuel sloshing or fuel expansion.
(3) You must meet the following provisions from ABYC H-25, July 2010
(incorporated by reference in Sec. 1060.810) with respect to portable
marine fuel tanks:
(i) Provide information related to the pressure relief method
(25.8.2.1 and 25.8.2.1.1).
(ii) Perform system testing (25.10 through 25.10.5).
[73 FR 59298, Oct. 8, 2008, as amended at 74 FR 8427, Feb. 24, 2009; 75
FR 56482, Sept. 16, 2010]
Sec. 1060.120 What emission-related warranty requirements apply?
(a) General requirements. The certifying manufacturer must warrant
to the ultimate purchaser and each subsequent purchaser that the new
nonroad equipment, including its evaporative emission control system,
meets two conditions:
(1) It is designed, built, and equipped so it conforms at the time
of sale to the ultimate purchaser with the requirements of this part.
(2) It is free from defects in materials and workmanship that may
keep it from meeting these requirements.
(b) Warranty period. Your emission-related warranty must be valid
for at least two years from the point of first retail sale.
(c) Components covered. The emission-related warranty covers all
components whose failure would increase the evaporative emissions,
including those listed in 40 CFR part 1068, Appendix I, and those from
any other system you develop to control emissions. Your emission-related
warranty does not cover components whose failure would not increase
evaporative emissions.
(d) Relationships between manufacturers. (1) The emission-related
warranty required for equipment manufacturers that certify equipment
must cover all specified components even if another company produces the
component.
(2) Where an equipment manufacturer fulfills a warranty obligation
for a given component, the component manufacturer is deemed to have also
met that obligation.
Sec. 1060.125 What maintenance instructions must I give to buyers?
Give ultimate purchasers written instructions for properly
maintaining and using the emission control system. You may not specify
any maintenance more frequently than once per year. For example, if you
produce cold-weather equipment that requires replacement of fuel cap
gaskets or O-rings, provide clear instructions to the ultimate
purchaser, including the required replacement interval.
[[Page 16]]
Sec. 1060.130 What installation instructions must I give to
equipment manufacturers?
(a) If you sell a certified fuel-system component for someone else
to install in equipment, give the installer instructions for installing
it consistent with the requirements of this part.
(b) Make sure the instructions have the following information:
(1) Include the heading: ``Emission-related installation
instructions''.
(2) State: ``Failing to follow these instructions when installing
[IDENTIFY COMPONENT(S)] in a piece of nonroad equipment violates federal
law (40 CFR 1068.105(b)), subject to fines or other penalties as
described in the Clean Air Act.''
(3) Describe any limits on the range of applications needed to
ensure that the component operates consistently with your application
for certification. For example:
(i) For fuel tanks sold without fuel caps, you must specify the
requirements for the fuel cap, such as the allowable materials, thread
pattern, how it must seal, etc. You must also include instructions to
tether the fuel cap as described in Sec. 1060.101(f)(1) if you do not
sell your fuel tanks with tethered fuel caps.
(ii) If your fuel lines do not meet permeation standards specified
in Sec. 1060.102 for EPA Low-Emission Fuel Lines, tell equipment
manufacturers not to install the fuel lines with Large SI engines that
operate on gasoline or another volatile liquid fuel.
(4) Describe instructions for installing components so they will
operate according to design specifications in your application for
certification. Specify sufficient detail to ensure that the equipment
will meet the applicable standards when your component is installed.
(5) If you certify a component with a family emission limit above
the emission standard, be sure to indicate that the equipment
manufacturer must have a source of credits to offset the higher
emissions. Also indicate the applications for which the regulations
allow for compliance using evaporative emission credits.
(6) Instruct the equipment manufacturers that they must comply with
the requirements of Sec. 1060.202.
(c) You do not need installation instructions for components you
install in your own equipment.
(d) Provide instructions in writing or in an equivalent format. For
example, you may post instructions on a publicly available Web site for
downloading or printing, provided you keep a copy of these instructions
in your records. If you do not provide the instructions in writing,
explain in your application for certification how you will ensure that
each installer is informed of the installation requirements.
Sec. 1060.135 How must I label and identify the engines and
equipment I produce?
The labeling requirements of this section apply for all equipment
manufacturers and for engine manufacturers that certify with respect to
evaporative emissions. See Sec. 1060.137 for the labeling requirements
that apply separately for fuel lines, fuel tanks, and other fuel-system
components.
(a) You must affix a permanent and legible label identifying each
engine or piece of equipment before introducing it into U.S. commerce.
The label must be--
(1) Attached in one piece so it is not removable without being
destroyed or defaced.
(2) Secured to a part of the engine or equipment needed for normal
operation and not normally requiring replacement.
(3) Durable and readable for the equipment's entire life.
(4) Written in English.
(5) Readily visible in the final installation. It may be under a
hinged door or other readily opened cover. It may not be hidden by any
cover attached with screws or any similar designs. Labels on marine
vessels (except personal watercraft) must be visible from the helm.
(b) If you hold a certificate for your engine or equipment with
respect to evaporative emissions, the engine or equipment label
specified in paragraph (a) of this section must--
[[Page 17]]
(1) Include the heading ``EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION''.
(2) Include your corporate name and trademark. You may identify
another company and use its trademark instead of yours if you comply
with the provisions of Sec. 1060.640.
(3) State the date of manufacture [MONTH and YEAR] of the equipment;
however, you may omit this from the label if you stamp or engrave it on
the equipment.
(4) State: ``THIS EQUIPMENT [or VEHICLE or BOAT] MEETS U.S. EPA EVAP
STANDARDS.''
(5) Identify the certified fuel-system components installed on the
equipment as described in this paragraph (b)(5). Establish a component
code for each certified fuel-system component, including those certified
by other companies. You may use part numbers, certification numbers, or
any other unique code that you or the certifying component manufacturer
establish. This identifying information must correspond to printing or
other labeling on each certified fuel-system component, whether you or
the component manufacturer certifies the individual component. You may
identify multiple part numbers if your equipment design might include an
option to use more than one component design (such as from multiple
component manufacturers). Use one of the following methods to include
information on the label that identifies certified fuel-system
components:
(i) Use the component codes to identify each certified fuel-system
component on the label specified in this paragraph (b).
(ii) Identify the emission family on the label using EPA's
standardized designation or an abbreviated equipment code that you
establish in your application for certification. Equipment manufacturers
that also certify their engines with respect to exhaust emissions may
use the same emission family name for both exhaust and evaporative
emissions. If you use the provisions of this paragraph (b)(5)(ii), you
must identify all the certified fuel-system components and the
associated component codes in your application for certification. In
this case the label specified in this paragraph (b) may omit the
information related to specific fuel-system components.
(c) If you produce equipment without certifying with respect to
evaporative emissions, the equipment label specified in paragraph (a) of
this section must--
(1) State: ``MEETS U.S. EPA EVAP STANDARDS USING CERTIFIED
COMPONENTS.''
(2) Include your corporate name.
(d) You may add information to the emission control information
label as follows:
(1) You may identify other emission standards that the engine meets
or does not meet (such as California standards). You may include this
information by adding it to the statement we specify or by including a
separate statement.
(2) You may add other information to ensure that the engine will be
properly maintained and used.
(3) You may add appropriate features to prevent counterfeit labels.
For example, you may include the engine's unique identification number
on the label.
(e) Anyone subject to the labeling requirements in this part 1060
may ask us to approve modified labeling requirements if it is necessary
or appropriate. We will approve the request if the alternate label is
consistent with the requirements of this part.
[73 FR 59298, Oct. 8, 2008, as amended at 75 FR 23026, Apr. 30, 2010]
Sec. 1060.137 How must I label and identify the fuel-system
components I produce?
The requirements of this section apply for manufacturers of fuel-
system components subject to emission standards under this part 1060.
However, these requirements do not apply if you produce fuel-system
components that will be covered by a certificate of conformity from
another company under Sec. 1060.601(f). These requirements also do not
apply for components you certify if you also certify the equipment in
which the component is installed and meet the labeling requirements in
Sec. 1060.135.
[[Page 18]]
(a) Label the components identified in this paragraph (a), unless
the components are too small to be properly labeled. Unless we approve
otherwise, we consider parts large enough to be properly labeled if they
have space for 12 characters in six-point font (approximately 2 mm x 12
mm). For these small parts, you may omit the label as long as you
identify those part numbers in your maintenance and installation
instructions.
(1) All fuel tanks, except for metal fuel tanks that are deemed
certified under Sec. 1060.103(f).
(2) Fuel lines. This includes primer bulbs unless they are excluded
from the definition of ``fuel line'' under the standard-setting part.
Label primer bulbs separately.
(3) Carbon canisters.
(4) Fuel caps, as described in this paragraph (a)(4). Fuel caps must
be labeled if they are separately certified under Sec. 1060.103 or if
the diurnal control system requires that the fuel tank hold pressure.
Fuel caps must also be labeled if they are mounted directly on the fuel
tank, unless the fuel tank is certified based on a worst-case fuel cap.
(5) Replaceable pressure-relief assemblies. This does not apply if
the component is integral to the fuel tank or fuel cap.
(6) Other components we determine to be critical to the proper
functioning of evaporative emission controls.
(b) Label your certified fuel-system components at the time of
manufacture. The label must be--
(1) Attached so it is not removable without being destroyed or
defaced. This may involve printing directly on the product. For molded
products, you may use the mold to apply the label.
(2) Durable and readable for the equipment's entire life.
(3) Written in English.
(c) Except as specified in paragraph (d) of this section, you must
create the label specified in paragraph (b) of this section as follows:
(1) Include your corporate name. You may identify another company
instead of yours if you comply with the provisions of Sec. 1054.640.
(2) Include EPA's standardized designation for the emission family.
(3) State: ``EPA COMPLIANT''.
(4) Fuel tank labels must identify the FEL, if applicable.
(5) Fuel line labels must identify the applicable permeation level.
This may involve any of the following approaches:
(i) Identify the applicable numerical emission standard (such as 15
g/m \2\/day).
(ii) Identify the applicable emission standards using EPA
classifications (such as EPA Nonroad Fuel Lines).
(iii) Identify the applicable industry standard specification (such
as SAE J30 R12).
(6) Fuel line labels must be continuous, with no more than 12 inches
before repeating. We will consider labels to be continuous if the space
between repeating segments is no longer than that of the repeated
information. You may add a continuous stripe or other pattern to help
identify the particular type or grade of your products.
(d) You may create an abbreviated label for your components. Such a
label may rely on codes to identify the component. The code must at a
minimum identify the certification status, your corporate name, and the
emission family. For example, XYZ Manufacturing may label its fuel lines
as ``EPA-XYZ-A15'' to designate that their ``A15'' family was certified
to meet EPA's 15 g/m \2\/day standard. If you do this, you must describe
the abbreviated label in your application for certification and identify
all the associated information specified in paragraph (c) of this
section.
(e) You may ask us to approve modified labeling requirements in this
section as described in Sec. 1060.135(e).
[73 FR 59298, Oct. 8, 2008, as amended at 75 FR 23026, Apr. 30, 2010]
Subpart C_Certifying Emission Families
Sec. 1060.201 What are the general requirements for obtaining
a certificate of conformity?
Manufacturers of engines, equipment, or fuel-system components may
need to certify their products with respect to evaporative emission
standards as described in Sec. Sec. 1060.1 and 1060.601. See Sec.
1060.202 for requirements related to
[[Page 19]]
certifying with respect to the requirements specified in Sec.
1060.101(f). The following general requirements apply for obtaining a
certificate of conformity:
(a) You must send us a separate application for a certificate of
conformity for each emission family. A certificate of conformity for
equipment is valid starting with the indicated effective date but it is
not valid for any production after December 31 of the model year for
which it is issued. No certificate will be issued after December 31 of
the model year. A certificate of conformity for a component is valid
starting with the indicated effective date but it is not valid for any
production after the end of the production period for which it is
issued.
(b) The application must contain all the information required by
this part and must not include false or incomplete statements or
information (see Sec. 1060.255).
(c) We may ask you to include less information than we specify in
this subpart as long as you maintain all the information required by
Sec. 1060.250. For example, equipment manufacturers might use only
components that are certified by other companies to meet applicable
emission standards, in which case we would not require submission of
emission data already submitted by the component manufacturer.
(d) You must use good engineering judgment for all decisions related
to your application (see 40 CFR 1068.5).
(e) An authorized representative of your company must approve and
sign the application.
(f) See Sec. 1060.255 for provisions describing how we will process
your application.
(g) We may specify streamlined procedures for small-volume equipment
manufacturers.
Sec. 1060.202 What are the certification requirements related to
the general standards in Sec. 1060.101?
Equipment manufacturers must ensure that their equipment is
certified with respect to the general standards specified in Sec.
1060.101(f) as follows:
(a) If Sec. 1060.5 requires you to certify your equipment to any of
the emission standards specified in Sec. Sec. 1060.102 through
1060.105, describe in your application for certification how you will
meet the general standards specified in Sec. 1060.101(f).
(b) If Sec. 1060.5 does not require you to certify your equipment
to any of the emission standards specified in Sec. Sec. 1060.102
through 1060.105, your equipment is deemed to be certified with respect
to the general standards specified in Sec. 1060.101(f) if you design
and produce your equipment to meet those standards.
(1) You must keep records as described in Sec. 1060.210. The other
provisions of this part for certificate holders apply only as specified
in Sec. 1060.5.
(2) Your equipment is deemed to be certified only to the extent that
it meets the general standards in Sec. 1060.101(f). Thus, it is a
violation of 40 CFR 1068.101(a)(1) to introduce into U.S. commerce such
equipment that does not meet applicable requirements under Sec.
1060.101(f).
(c) Instead of relying on paragraph (b) of this section, you may
submit an application for certification and obtain a certificate from
us. The provisions of this part apply in the same manner for
certificates issued under this paragraph (c) as for any other
certificate issued under this part.
Sec. 1060.205 What must I include in my application?
This section specifies the information that must be in your
application, unless we ask you to include less information under Sec.
1060.201(c). We may require you to provide additional information to
evaluate your application.
(a) Describe the emission family's specifications and other basic
parameters of the emission controls. Describe how you meet the running
loss emission control requirements in Sec. 1060.104, if applicable.
Describe how you meet any applicable equipment-based requirements of
Sec. 1060.101(e) and (f). State whether you are requesting
certification for gasoline or some other fuel type. List each
distinguishable configuration in the emission family.
(b) Describe the products you selected for testing and the reasons
for selecting them.
(c) Describe the test equipment and procedures that you used,
including
[[Page 20]]
any special or alternate test procedures you used (see Sec. 1060.501).
(d) List the specifications of the test fuel to show that it falls
within the required ranges specified in subpart F of this part.
(e) State the equipment applications to which your certification is
limited. For example, if your fuel system meets the emission
requirements of this part applicable only to handheld Small SI
equipment, state that the requested certificate would apply only for
handheld Small SI equipment.
(f) Identify the emission family's useful life.
(g) Include the maintenance instructions you will give to the
ultimate purchaser of each new nonroad engine (see Sec. 1060.125).
(h) Include the emission-related installation instructions you will
provide if someone else will install your component in a piece of
nonroad equipment (see Sec. 1060.130).
(i) Describe your emission control information label (see Sec. Sec.
1060.135 and 1060.137).
(j) Identify the emission standards or FELs to which you are
certifying the emission family.
(k) Present emission data to show your products meet the applicable
emission standards. Note that Sec. Sec. 1060.235 and 1060.240 allow you
to submit an application in certain cases without new emission data.
(l) State that your product was tested as described in the
application (including the test procedures, test parameters, and test
fuels) to show you meet the requirements of this part. If you did not do
the testing, identify the source of the data.
(m) Report all test results, including those from invalid tests,
whether or not they were conducted according to the test procedures of
subpart F of this part. We may ask you to send other information to
confirm that your tests were valid under the requirements of this part.
(n) Unconditionally certify that all the products in the emission
family comply with the requirements of this part, other referenced parts
of the CFR, and the Clean Air Act.
(o) Include good-faith estimates of U.S.-directed production
volumes. Include a justification for the estimated production volumes if
they are substantially different than actual production volumes in
earlier years for similar models.
(p) Include other applicable information, such as information
required by other subparts of this part.
(q) Name an agent for service located in the United States. Service
on this agent constitutes service on you or any of your officers or
employees for any action by EPA or otherwise by the United States
related to the requirements of this part.
Sec. 1060.210 What records should equipment manufacturers keep if
they do not apply for certification?
If you are an equipment manufacturer that does not need to obtain a
certificate of conformity for your equipment as described in Sec.
1060.5, you must keep the records specified in this section to document
compliance with applicable requirements. We may review these records at
any time. If we ask, you must send us these records within 30 days. You
must keep these records for eight years from the end of the model year.
(a) Identify your equipment models and the annual U.S.-directed
production volumes for each model.
(b) Identify the emission family names of the certificates that will
cover your equipment, the part numbers of those certified components,
and the names of the companies that hold the certificates. You must be
able to identify this information for each piece of equipment you
produce.
(c) Describe how you comply with any emission-related installation
instructions, labeling requirements, and the general standards in Sec.
1060.101(e) and (f).
Sec. 1060.225 How do I amend my application for certification?
Before we issue a certificate of conformity, you may amend your
application to include new or modified configurations, subject to the
provisions of this section. After we have issued your certificate of
conformity, you may send us an amended application requesting that we
include new or modified configurations within the scope of
[[Page 21]]
the certificate, subject to the provisions of this section. You must
amend your application if any changes occur with respect to any
information included in your application.
(a) You must amend your application before you take any of the
following actions:
(1) Add a configuration to an emission family. In this case, the
configuration added must be consistent with other configurations in the
emission family with respect to the criteria listed in Sec. 1060.230.
(2) Change a configuration already included in an emission family in
a way that may affect emissions, or change any of the components you
described in your application for certification. This includes
production and design changes that may affect emissions any time during
the equipment's lifetime.
(3) Modify an FEL for an emission family as described in paragraph
(f) of this section. Note however that component manufacturers may not
modify an FEL for their products unless they submit a separate
application for a new emission family.
(b) To amend your application for certification, send the Designated
Compliance Officer the following information:
(1) Describe in detail the addition or change in the configuration
you intend to make.
(2) Include engineering evaluations or data showing that the amended
emission family complies with all applicable requirements. You may do
this by showing that the original emission data are still appropriate
for showing that the amended family complies with all applicable
requirements.
(3) If the original emission data for the emission family are not
appropriate to show compliance for the new or modified configuration,
include new test data showing that the new or modified configuration
meets the requirements of this part.
(c) We may ask for more test data or engineering evaluations. Within
30 days after we make our request, you must provide the information or
describe your plan for providing it in a timely manner.
(d) For emission families already covered by a certificate of
conformity, we will determine whether the existing certificate of
conformity covers your new or modified configuration. You may ask for a
hearing if we deny your request (see Sec. 1060.820).
(e) For emission families already covered by a certificate of
conformity, you may start producing the new or modified configuration
anytime after you send us your amended application and before we make a
decision under paragraph (d) of this section. However, if we determine
that the affected configurations do not meet applicable requirements, we
will notify you to cease production of the configurations and may
require you to recall the equipment at no expense to the owner. Choosing
to produce equipment under this paragraph (e) is deemed to be consent to
recall all equipment that we determine do not meet applicable emission
standards or other requirements and to remedy the nonconformity at no
expense to the owner. If you do not provide information we request under
paragraph (c) of this section within 30 days after we request it, you
must stop producing the new or modified equipment.
(f) If you hold a certificate of conformity for equipment and you
have certified the fuel tank that you install in the equipment, you may
ask us to approve a change to your FEL after the start of production.
The changed FEL may not apply to equipment you have already introduced
into U.S. commerce, except as described in this paragraph (f). If we
approve a changed FEL after the start of production, you must identify
the date or serial number for applying the new FEL. If you identify this
by month and year, we will consider that a lowered FEL applies on the
last day of the month and a raised FEL applies on the first day of the
month. You may ask us to approve a change to your FEL in the following
cases:
(1) You may ask to raise your FEL for your emission family at any
time. In your request, you must show that you will still be able to meet
the emission standards as specified in the exhaust standard-setting
part. If you amend your application by submitting new test data to
include a newly added or modified fuel tank configuration, as
[[Page 22]]
described in paragraph (b)(3) of this section, use the appropriate FELs
with corresponding production volumes to calculate your production-
weighted average FEL for the model year. In all other circumstances, you
must use the higher FEL for the entire family to calculate your
production-weighted average FEL under subpart H of this part.
(2) You may ask to lower the FEL for your emission family only if
you have test data from production units showing that emissions are
below the proposed lower FEL. The lower FEL applies only for units you
produce after we approve the new FEL. Use the appropriate FELs with
corresponding production volumes to calculate your production-weighted
average FEL for the model year.
(g) Component manufacturers may not change an emission family's FEL
under any circumstances. Changing the FEL would require submission of a
new application for certification.
Sec. 1060.230 How do I select emission families?
(a) For purposes of certification, divide your product line into
families of equipment (or components) that are expected to have similar
emission characteristics throughout their useful life.
(b) Group fuel lines into the same emission family if they are the
same in all the following aspects:
(1) Type of material including barrier layer.
(2) Production method.
(3) Types of connectors and fittings (material, approximate wall
thickness, etc.) for fuel line assemblies certified together.
(c) Group fuel tanks (or fuel systems including fuel tanks) into the
same emission family if they are the same in all the following aspects:
(1) Type of material, including any pigments, plasticizers, UV
inhibitors, or other additives that are expected to affect control of
emissions.
(2) Production method.
(3) Relevant characteristics of fuel cap design for fuel systems
subject to diurnal emission requirements.
(4) Gasket material.
(5) Emission control strategy.
(6) Family emission limit, if applicable.
(d) Group other fuel-system components and equipment into the same
emission family if they are the same in all the following aspects:
(1) Emission control strategy and design.
(2) Type of material (such as type of charcoal used in a carbon
canister). This criteria does not apply for materials that are unrelated
to emission control performance.
(3) The fuel systems meet the running loss emission standard based
on the same type of compliance demonstration specified in Sec.
1060.104(b), if applicable.
(e) You may subdivide a group of equipment or components that are
identical under paragraphs (b) through (d) of this section into
different emission families if you show the expected emission
characteristics are different during the useful life.
(f) In unusual circumstances, you may group equipment or components
that are not identical with respect to the things listed in paragraph
(b) through (d) of this section into the same emission family if you
show that their emission characteristics during the useful life will be
similar. The provisions of this paragraph (f) do not exempt any engines
or equipment from meeting all the applicable standards and requirements
in subpart B of this part.
(g) Emission families may include components used in multiple
equipment categories. Such families are covered by a single certificate.
For example, a single emission family may contain fuel tanks used in
both Small SI equipment and Marine SI vessels.
Sec. 1060.235 What emission testing must I perform for my application
for a certificate of conformity?
This section describes the emission testing you must perform to show
compliance with the emission standards in subpart B of this part.
(a) Test your products using the procedures and equipment specified
in subpart F of this part.
(b) Select an emission-data unit from each emission family for
testing. If you are certifying with a family emission limit, you must
test at least three emission-data units. In general, you
[[Page 23]]
must test a preproduction product that will represent actual production.
However, for fuel tank permeation, you may test a tank with standardized
geometry provided that it is made of the same material(s) and
appropriate wall thickness. In general, the test procedures specify that
components or systems be tested rather than complete equipment. For
example, to certify your family of Small SI equipment, you would need to
test a sample of fuel line for permeation emissions and a fuel tank for
permeation emissions. Note that paragraph (e) of this section and Sec.
1060.240 allow you in certain circumstances to certify without testing
an emission-data unit from the emission family. Select test components
that are most likely to exceed (or have emissions nearer to) the
applicable emission standards as follows:
(1) For fuel tanks, consider the following factors associated with
higher emission levels:
(i) Smallest average wall thickness (or barrier thickness, as
appropriate).
(ii) Greatest extent of pinch welds for tanks using barrier
technologies.
(iii) Greatest relative area of gasket material, especially if
gaskets are made of high-permeation materials.
(2) For fuel lines, consider the following factors associated with
higher emission levels:
(i) Smallest average wall thickness (or barrier thickness, as
appropriate).
(ii) Smallest inner diameter.
(c) You may not do maintenance on emission-data units.
(d) We may measure emissions from any of your products from the
emission family, as follows:
(1) You must supply your products to us if we choose to perform
confirmatory testing.
(2) If we measure emissions on one of your products, the results of
that testing become the official emission results for the emission
family. Unless we later invalidate these data, we may decide not to
consider your data in determining if your emission family meets
applicable requirements.
(e) You may ask to use carryover emission data from a previous
production period instead of doing new tests, but only if all the
following are true:
(1) The emission family from the previous production period differs
from the current emission family only with respect to production period
or other characteristics unrelated to emissions. You may also ask to add
a configuration subject to Sec. 1060.225.
(2) The emission-data unit from the previous production period
remains the appropriate emission-data unit under paragraph (b) of this
section. For example, you may not carryover emission data for your
family of nylon fuel tanks if you have added a thinner-walled fuel tank
than was tested previously.
(3) The data show that the emission-data unit would meet all the
requirements that apply to the emission family covered by the
application for certification.
(f) We may require you to test another unit of the same or different
configuration in addition to the unit(s) tested under paragraph (b) of
this section.
(g) If you use an alternate test procedure under Sec. 1060.505, and
later testing shows that such testing does not produce results that are
equivalent to the procedures specified in this part, we may reject data
you generated using the alternate procedure.
Sec. 1060.240 How do I demonstrate that my emission family complies
with evaporative emission standards?
(a) For purposes of certification, your emission family is
considered in compliance with an evaporative emission standard in
subpart B of this part if you do either of the following:
(1) You have test results showing a certified emission level from
the fuel tank or fuel line (as applicable) in the family are at or below
the applicable standard.
(2) You comply with design specifications as specified in paragraphs
(d) through (f) of this section.
(b) Your emission family is deemed not to comply if any fuel tank or
fuel line representing that family has an official emission result above
the standard.
(c) Round each official emission result to the same number of
decimal places as the emission standard.
[[Page 24]]
(d) You may demonstrate for certification that your emission family
complies with the fuel tank permeation standards specified in Sec.
1060.103 with any of the following control technologies:
(1) A coextruded high-density polyethylene fuel tank with a
continuous ethylene vinyl alcohol barrier layer (with not more than 40
molar percent ethylene) making up at least 2 percent of the fuel tank's
overall wall thickness with any of the following gasket and fuel-cap
characteristics:
(i) No nonmetal gaskets or fuel caps.
(ii) All nonmetal gaskets and fuel caps made from low-permeability
materials.
(iii) Nonmetal gaskets and fuel caps that are not made from low-
permeability materials up to the following limits:
(A) Gaskets with a total exposed surface area less than 0.25 percent
of the total inside surface area of the fuel tank. For example, a fuel
tank with an inside surface area of 0.40 square meters may use high-
permeation gasket material representing a surface area of up to 1,000
mm\2\ (0.25% x \1/100\ x 0.40 m\2\ x 1,000,000 mm\2\/m\2\). Determine
surface area based on the amount of material exposed to liquid fuel.
(B) Fuel caps directly mounted to the fuel tank with the surface
area of the fuel cap less than 3.0 percent of the total inside surface
area of the fuel tank. Use the smallest inside cross-sectional area of
the opening on which the cap is mounted as the fuel cap's surface area.
(2) A metal fuel tank with the gasket and fuel-cap characteristics
meeting the specifications in paragraphs (d)(1)(i) through (iii) of this
section.
(e) You may demonstrate for certification that your emission family
complies with the diurnal emission standards specified in Sec. 1060.105
with any of the following control technologies:
(1) A Marine SI fuel tank sealed up to a positive pressure of 7.0
kPa (1.0 psig); however, the fuel tank may contain air inlets that open
when there is a vacuum pressure inside the tank.
(2) A Marine SI fuel tank equipped with a passively purged carbon
canister that meets the requirements of this paragraph (e)(2). The
carbon must adsorb no more than 0.5 grams of water per gram of carbon at
90% relative humidity and a temperature of 255
[deg]C. The carbon granules must have a minimum mean diameter of 3.1 mm
based on the procedures in ASTM D2862 (incorporated by reference in
Sec. 1060.810). The carbon must also pass a dust attrition test based
on ASTM D3802 (incorporated by reference in Sec. 1060.810), except that
hardness is defined as the ratio of mean particle diameter before and
after the test and the procedure must involve twenty \1/2\-inch steel
balls and ten \3/4\-inch steel balls. Use good engineering judgment in
the structural design of the carbon canister. The canister must have a
volume compensator or some other device to prevent the carbon pellets
from moving within the canister as a result of vibration or changing
temperature. The canister must have a minimum working capacity as
follows:
(i) You may use the measurement procedures specified by the
California Air Resources Board in Attachment 1 to TP-902 to show that
canister working capacity is least 3.6 grams of vapor storage capacity
per gallon of nominal fuel tank capacity (or 1.4 grams of vapor storage
capacity per gallon of nominal fuel tank capacity for fuel tanks used in
nontrailerable boats). TP-902 is part of Final Regulation Order, Article
1, Chapter 15, Division 3, Title 13, California Code of Regulations,
July 26, 2004 as adopted by the California Air Resources Board
(incorporated by reference in Sec. 1060.810).
(ii) You may produce canisters with a minimum carbon volume of 0.040
liters per gallon of nominal fuel tank capacity (or 0.016 liters per
gallon for fuel tanks used in nontrailerable boats). The carbon canister
must have a minimum effective length-to-diameter ratio of 3.5 and the
vapor flow must be directed with the intent of using the whole carbon
bed. The carbon must have a minimum carbon working capacity of 90 grams
per liter.
(f) We may establish additional design certification options where
we find that new test data demonstrate that the use of a different
technology design will ensure compliance with the applicable emission
standards.
[[Page 25]]
(g) You may not establish a family emission limit below the emission
standard for components certified based on design specifications under
this section even if actual emission rates are much lower.
Sec. 1060.250 What records must I keep?
(a) Organize and maintain the following records:
(1) A copy of all applications and any summary information you send
us.
(2) Any of the information we specify in Sec. 1060.205 that you
were not required to include in your application.
(3) A detailed history of each emission-data unit. For each emission
data unit, include all of the following:
(i) The emission-data unit's construction, including its origin and
buildup, steps you took to ensure that it represents production
equipment, any components you built specially for it, and all the
components you include in your application for certification.
(ii) All your emission tests, including documentation on routine and
standard tests, and the date and purpose of each test.
(iii) All tests to diagnose emission control performance, giving the
date and time of each and the reasons for the test.
(iv) Any other significant events.
(4) Annual production figures for each emission family divided by
assembly plant.
(5) Keep a list of equipment identification numbers for all the
equipment you produce under each certificate of conformity.
(b) Keep required data from routine emission tests (such as
temperature measurements) for one year after we issue the associated
certificate of conformity. Keep all other information specified in
paragraph (a) of this section for eight years after we issue your
certificate.
(c) Store these records in any format and on any media as long as
you can promptly send us organized, written records in English if we ask
for them. You must keep these records readily available. We may review
them at any time.
Sec. 1060.255 What decisions may EPA make regarding my certificate
of conformity?
(a) If we determine your application is complete and shows that the
emission family meets all the requirements of this part and the Clean
Air Act, we will issue a certificate of conformity for your emission
family for that production period. We may make the approval subject to
additional conditions.
(b) We may deny your application for certification if we determine
that your emission family fails to comply with emission standards or
other requirements of this part or the Clean Air Act. We will base our
decision on all available information. If we deny your application, we
will explain why in writing.
(c) In addition, we may deny your application or suspend or revoke
your certificate if you do any of the following:
(1) Refuse to comply with any testing or reporting requirements.
(2) Submit false or incomplete information (paragraph (e) of this
section applies if this is fraudulent).
(3) Render inaccurate any test data.
(4) Deny us from completing authorized activities despite our
presenting a warrant or court order (see 40 CFR 1068.20). This includes
a failure to provide reasonable assistance.
(5) Produce equipment or components for importation into the United
States at a location where local law prohibits us from carrying out
authorized activities.
(6) Fail to supply requested information or amend your application
to include all equipment or components being produced.
(7) Take any action that otherwise circumvents the intent of the
Clean Air Act or this part.
(d) We may void your certificate if you do not keep the records we
require or do not give us information when we ask for it.
(e) We may void your certificate if we find that you intentionally
submitted false or incomplete information.
(f) If we deny your application or suspend, revoke, or void your
certificate, you may ask for a hearing (see Sec. 1060.820).
[[Page 26]]
Subpart D_Production Verification Testing
Sec. 1060.301 Manufacturer testing.
(a) Using good engineering judgment, you must evaluate production
samples to verify that equipment or components you produce are as
specified in the certificate of conformity. This may involve testing
using certification procedures or other measurements.
(b) You must give us records to document your evaluation if we ask
for them.
Sec. 1060.310 Supplying products to EPA for testing.
Upon our request, you must supply a reasonable number of production
samples to us for verification testing.
Subpart E_In-use Testing
Sec. 1060.401 General Provisions.
We may perform in-use testing of any equipment or fuel-system
components subject to the standards of this part.
Subpart F_Test Procedures
Sec. 1060.501 General testing provisions.
(a) This subpart is addressed to you as a certifying manufacturer
but it applies equally to anyone who does testing for you.
(b) Unless we specify otherwise, the terms ``procedures'' and ``test
procedures'' in this part include all aspects of testing, including the
equipment specifications, calibrations, calculations, and other
protocols and procedural specifications needed to measure emissions.
(c) The specification for gasoline to be used for testing is given
in 40 CFR 1065.710. Use the grade of gasoline specified for general
testing. For testing specified in this part that requires a blend of
gasoline and ethanol, blend this grade of gasoline with fuel-grade
ethanol meeting the specifications of ASTM D4806 (incorporated by
reference in Sec. 1060.810). You do not need to measure the ethanol
concentration of such blended fuels and may instead calculate the
blended composition by assuming that the ethanol is pure and mixes
perfectly with the base fuel. For example, if you mix 10.0 liters of
fuel-grade ethanol with 90.0 liters of gasoline, you may assume the
resulting mixture is 10.0 percent ethanol. You may use more or less pure
ethanol if you can demonstrate that it will not affect your ability to
demonstrate compliance with the applicable emission standards. Note that
unless we specify otherwise, any references to gasoline-ethanol mixtures
containing a specified ethanol concentration means mixtures meeting the
provisions of this paragraph (c).
(d) Accuracy and precision of all temperature measurements must be
1.0 [deg]C or better. If you use multiple sensors
to measure differences in temperature, calibrate the sensors so they
will be within 0.5 [deg]C of each other when they are in thermal
equilibrium at a point within the range of test temperatures (use the
starting temperature in Table 1 to Sec. 1060.525 unless this is not
feasible).
(e) Accuracy and precision of mass balances must be sufficient to
ensure accuracy and precision of two percent or better for emission
measurements for products at the maximum level allowed by the standard.
The readability of the display may not be coarser than half of the
required accuracy and precision. Examples are shown in the following
table for a digital readout:
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Example 1 Example 2 Example 3
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Applicable standard.................. 1.5 g/m\2\/day......... 1.5 g/m\2\/day......... 15 g/m\2\/day.
Internal surface area................ 1.15 m\2\.............. 0.47 m\2\.............. 0.015 m\2\.
Length of test....................... 14.0 days.............. 14.0 days.............. 14.1 days.
Maximum allowable mass change........ 24.15 g................ 9.87 g................. 3.173 g.
Required accuracy and precision...... 0.483 g or better. eq>0.197 g or better. eq>0.0635 g or better.
Required readability................. 0.1 g or better........ 0.1 g or better........ 0.01 g or better.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 27]]
[73 FR 59298, Oct. 8, 2008, as amended at 74 FR 8427, Feb. 24, 2009]
Sec. 1060.505 Other procedures.
(a) Your testing. The procedures in this part apply for all testing
you do to show compliance with emission standards, with certain
exceptions listed in this section.
(b) Our testing. These procedures generally apply for testing that
we do to determine if your equipment complies with applicable emission
standards. We may perform other testing as allowed by the Clean Air Act.
(c) Exceptions. We may allow or require you to use procedures other
than those specified in this part in the following cases:
(1) You may request to use special procedures if your equipment
cannot be tested using the specified procedures. We will approve your
request if we determine that it would produce emission measurements that
represent in-use operation and we determine that it can be used to show
compliance with the requirements of the standard-setting part.
(2) You may ask to use emission data collected using other
procedures, such as those of the California Air Resources Board or the
International Organization for Standardization. We will approve this
only if you show us that using these other procedures does not affect
your ability to show compliance with the applicable emission standards.
This generally requires emission levels to be far enough below the
applicable emission standards so any test differences do not affect your
ability to state unconditionally that your equipment will meet all
applicable emission standards when tested using the specified test
procedures.
(3) You may request to use alternate procedures that are equivalent
to allowed procedures or are more accurate or more precise than allowed
procedures. See 40 CFR 1065.12 for a description of the information that
is generally required to show that an alternate test procedure is
equivalent.
(4) The test procedures are specified for gasoline-fueled equipment.
If your equipment will use another volatile liquid fuel instead of
gasoline, use a test fuel that is representative of the fuel that will
be used with the equipment in use. You may ask us to approve other
changes to the test procedures to reflect the effects of using a fuel
other than gasoline.
(d) Approval. If we require you to request approval to use other
procedures under paragraph (c) of this section, you may not use them
until we approve your request.
Sec. 1060.510 How do I test EPA Low-Emission Fuel Lines for
permeation emissions?
For EPA Low-Emission Fuel Lines, measure emissions according to SAE
J2260, which is incorporated by reference in Sec. 1060.810.
[74 FR 8427, Feb. 24, 2009]
Sec. 1060.515 How do I test EPA Nonroad Fuel Lines and EPA
Cold-Weather Fuel Lines for permeation emissions?
Measure emission as follows for EPA Nonroad Fuel Lines and EPA Cold-
Weather Fuel Lines:
(a) Prior to permeation testing, use good engineering judgment to
precondition the fuel line by filling it with the fuel specified in this
paragraph (a), sealing the openings, and soaking it for at least four
weeks at 43 5 [deg]C or eight weeks at 23 5 [deg]C.
(1) For EPA Nonroad Fuel Lines, use Fuel CE10, which is Fuel C as
specified in ASTM D471 (incorporated by reference in Sec. 1060.810)
blended with ethanol such that the blended fuel has 10.0 1.0 percent ethanol by volume.
(2) For EPA Cold-Weather Fuel Lines, use gasoline blended with
ethanol such that the blended fuel has 10.0 1.0
percent ethanol by volume.
(b) Drain the fuel line and refill it immediately with the fuel
specified in paragraph (a) of this section. Be careful not to spill any
fuel.
(c) Except as specified in paragraph (d) of this section, measure
fuel line permeation emissions using the equipment and procedures for
weight-loss testing specified in SAE J30 or SAE J1527 (incorporated by
reference in Sec. 1060.810). Start the measurement procedure within 8
hours after draining and refilling the fuel line. Perform the emission
test over a sampling period of 14 days. You may omit up to two daily
[[Page 28]]
measurements in any seven day period. Determine your final emission
result based on the average of measured values over the 14-day period.
Maintain an ambient temperature of 232 [deg]C
throughout the sampling period.
(d) For fuel lines with a nominal inner diameter below 5.0 mm, you
may alternatively measure fuel line permeation emissions using the
equipment and procedures for weight-loss testing specified in SAE J2996
(incorporated by reference in Sec. 1060.810). Determine your final
emission result based on the average of measured values over the 14-day
sampling period. Maintain an ambient temperature of 232 [deg]C throughout the sampling period.
(e) Use good engineering judgment to test short fuel line segments.
For example, you may need to join individual fuel line segments using
proper connection fittings to achieve enough length and surface area for
a proper measurement. Size the fuel reservoir appropriately for the
tested fuel line.
[73 FR 59298, Oct. 8, 2008, as amended at 74 FR 8427, Feb. 24, 2009; 75
FR 23027, Apr. 30, 2010; 80 FR 9116, Feb. 19, 2015]
Sec. 1060.520 How do I test fuel tanks for permeation emissions?
Measure permeation emissions by weighing a sealed fuel tank before
and after a temperature-controlled soak.
(a) Preconditioning durability testing. Take the following steps
before an emission test, in any order, if your emission control
technology involves surface treatment or other post-processing
treatments such as an epoxy coating:
(1) Pressure cycling. Perform a pressure test by sealing the tank
and cycling it between +13.8 and -3.4 kPa (+2.0 and -0.5 psig) for
10,000 cycles at a rate of 60 seconds per cycle. The purpose of this
test is to represent environmental wall stresses caused by pressure
changes and other factors (such as vibration or thermal expansion). If
your tank cannot be tested using the pressure cycles specified by this
paragraph (a)(1), you may ask to use special test procedures under Sec.
1060.505.
(2) UV exposure. Perform a sunlight-exposure test by exposing the
tank to an ultraviolet light of at least 24 W/m\2\ (0.40 W-hr/m\2\/min)
on the tank surface for at least 450 hours. Alternatively, the fuel tank
may be exposed to direct natural sunlight for an equivalent period of
time as long as you ensure that the tank is exposed to at least 450
daylight hours.
(3) Slosh testing. Perform a slosh test by filling the tank to 40-50
percent of its capacity with the fuel specified in paragraph (e) of this
section and rocking it at a rate of 15 cycles per minute until you reach
one million total cycles. Use an angle deviation of + 15[deg] to -
15[deg] from level.
(4) Cap testing. Perform durability cycles on fuel caps intended for
use with handheld equipment by putting the fuel cap on and taking it off
300 times. Tighten the fuel cap each time in a way that represents the
typical in-use experience.
(b) Preconditioning fuel soak. Take the following steps before an
emission test:
(1) Fill the tank with the fuel specified in paragraph (e) of this
section, seal it, and allow it to soak at 28 5
[deg]C for at least 20 weeks. Alternatively, the tank may be soaked for
at least 10 weeks at 435 [deg]C. You may count the
time of the preconditioning steps in paragraph (a) of this section as
part of the preconditioning fuel soak as long as the ambient temperature
remains within the specified temperature range and the fuel tank is at
least 40 percent full; you may add or replace fuel as needed to conduct
the specified durability procedures.
(2) Empty the fuel tank and immediately refill it with the specified
test fuel to its nominal capacity. Be careful not to spill any fuel.
(3) [Reserved]
(4) Allow the tank and its contents to equilibrate to the
temperatures specified in paragraph (d)(7) of this section. Seal the
fuel tank as described in paragraph (b)(5) of this section once the fuel
temperatures are stabilized at the test temperature. You must seal the
tank no more than eight hours after refueling. Until the fuel tank is
sealed, take steps to minimize the vapor losses from the fuel tank, such
as keeping the fuel cap loose on the fuel inlet or routing vapors
through a vent hose.
(5) Seal the fuel tank as follows:
(i) If fuel tanks are designed for use with a filler neck such that
the fuel
[[Page 29]]
cap is not directly mounted on the fuel tank, you may seal the fuel
inlet with a nonpermeable covering.
(ii) If fuel tanks are designed with fuel caps directly mounted on
the fuel tank, take one of the following approaches:
(A) Use a production fuel cap expected to have permeation emissions
at least as high as the highest-emitting fuel cap that you expect to be
used with fuel tanks from the emission family. It would generally be
appropriate to consider an HDPE fuel cap with a nitrile rubber seal to
be worst-case.
(B) You may seal the fuel inlet with a nonpermeable covering if you
separately account for permeation emissions from the fuel cap. This may
involve a separate measurement of permeation emissions from a worst-case
fuel cap as described in Sec. 1060.521. This may also involve
specifying a worst-case Family Emission Limit based on separately
certified fuel caps as described in Sec. 1060.103(e).
(C) If you use or specify a fuel gasket made of low-permeability
material, you may seal the fuel inlet with a nonpermeable covering and
calculate an emission rate for the complete fuel tank using a default
value of 30 g/m\2\/day for the fuel cap (or 50 g/m\2\/day for testing at
40 [deg]C). Use the smallest inside cross-sectional area of the opening
on which the cap is mounted as the fuel cap's surface area.
(iii) Openings that are not normally sealed on the fuel tank (such
as hose-connection fittings and vents in fuel caps) may be sealed using
nonpermeable fittings such as metal or fluoropolymer plugs.
(iv) Openings for petcocks that are designed for draining fuel may
be sealed using nonpermeable fittings such as metal or fluoropolymer
plugs.
(v) Openings for grommets may be sealed using nonpermeable fittings
such as metal or fluoropolymer plugs.
(vi) Rather than sealing a fuel tank with nonpermeable fittings, you
may produce a fuel tank for testing without machining or stamping those
holes.
(c) Reference tank. A reference tank is required to correct for
buoyancy effects that may occur during testing. Prepare the reference
tank as follows:
(1) Obtain a second tank whose total volume is within 5 percent of
the test tank's volume. You may not use a tank that has previously
contained fuel or any other contents that might affect its mass
stability.
(2) Fill the reference tank with enough glass beads (or other inert
material) so the mass of the reference tank is approximately the same as
the test tank when filled with fuel. Considering the performance
characteristics of your balance, use good engineering judgment to
determine how similar the mass of the reference tank needs to be to the
mass of the test tank.
(3) Ensure that the inert material is dry.
(4) Seal the tank.
(d) Permeation test run. To run the test, take the following steps
after preconditioning:
(1) Determine the fuel tank's internal surface area in square-
meters, accurate to at least three significant figures. You may use less
accurate estimates of the surface area if you make sure not to
overestimate the surface area.
(2) Weigh the sealed test tank and record the weight. Place the
reference tank on the balance and tare it so it reads zero. Place the
sealed test tank on the balance and record the difference between the
test tank and the reference tank. This value is Mo. Take this
measurement directly after sealing the test tank as specified in
paragraphs (b)(4) and (5) of this section.
(3) Carefully place the tank within a temperature-controlled room or
enclosure. Do not spill or add any fuel.
(4) Close the room or enclosure as needed to control temperatures
and record the time. However, you may need to take steps to prevent an
accumulation of hydrocarbon vapors in the room or enclosure that might
affect the degree to which fuel permeates through the fuel tank. This
might simply involve passive ventilation to allow fresh air exchanges.
(5) Ensure that the measured temperature in the room or enclosure
stays within the temperatures specified in paragraph (d)(6) of this
section.
(6) Leave the tank in the room or enclosure for the duration of the
test run.
(7) Hold the temperature of the room or enclosure at 28 2 [deg]C; measure and
[[Page 30]]
record the temperature at least daily. You may alternatively hold the
temperature of the room or enclosure at 40 2
[deg]C to demonstrate compliance with the alternative standards
specified in Sec. 1060.103(b).
(8) Measure weight loss daily by retaring the balance using the
reference tank and weighing the sealed test tank. Calculate the
cumulative weight loss in grams for each measurement. Calculate the
coefficient of determination, r\2\, based on a linear plot of cumulative
weight loss vs. test days. Use the equation in 40 CFR 1065.602(k), with
cumulative weight loss represented by yi and cumulative time
represented by yref. The daily measurements must be at
approximately the same time each day. You may omit up to two daily
measurements in any seven-day period. Test for ten full days, then
determine when to stop testing as follows:
(i) You may stop testing after the measurement on the tenth day if
r\2\ is at or above 0.95 or if the measured value is less than 50
percent of the applicable standard. (Note that if a Family Emission
Limit applies for the family, it is considered to be the applicable
standard for that family.) This means that if you stop testing with an
r\2\ below 0.95, you may not use the data to show compliance with a
Family Emission Limit less than twice the measured value.
(ii) If after ten days of testing your r\2\ value is below 0.95 and
your measured value is more than 50 percent of the applicable standard,
continue testing for a total of 20 days or until r\2\ is at or above
0.95. If r\2\ is not at or above 0.95 within 20 days of testing,
discontinue the test and precondition the fuel tank further until it has
stabilized emission levels, then repeat the testing.
(9) Record the difference in mass between the reference tank and the
test tank for each measurement. This value is Mi, where i is
a counter representing the number of days elapsed. Subtract
Mi from Mo and divide the difference by the
internal surface area of the fuel tank. Divide this g/m\2\ value by the
number of test days (using at least two decimal places) to calculate the
emission rate in g/m\2\/day. Example: If a tank with an internal surface
area of 0.720 m\2\ weighed 1.31 grams less than the reference tank at
the beginning of the test and weighed 9.86 grams less than the reference
tank after soaking for 10.03 days, the emission rate would be--
((-1.31 g)-(-9.86 g))/0.720 m\2\/10.03 days = 1.1839 g/m\2\/day
(10) Determine your final emission result based on the cumulative
weight loss measured on the final day of testing. Round this result to
the same number of decimal places as the emission standard.
(e) Fuel specifications. Use gasoline blended with ethanol such that
the blended fuel has 10.0 1.0 percent ethanol by
volume as specified in Sec. 1060.501. As an alternative, you may use
Fuel CE10, as described in Sec. 1060.515(a)(1).
(f) Flow chart. The following figure presents a flow chart for the
permeation testing described in this section:
[[Page 31]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR08OC08.078
[[Page 32]]
[73 FR 59298, Oct. 8, 2008, as amended at 75 FR 23027, Apr. 30, 2010; 80
FR 9116, Feb. 19, 2015]
Sec. 1060.521 How do I test fuel caps for permeation emissions?
If you measure a fuel tank's permeation emissions with a
nonpermeable covering in place of the fuel cap under Sec.
1060.520(b)(5)(ii)(B), you must separately measure permeation emissions
from a fuel cap. You may show that your fuel tank and fuel cap meet
emission standards by certifying them separately or by combining the
separate measurements into a single emission rate based on the relative
surface areas of the fuel tank and fuel cap. However, you may not
combine these emission measurements if you test the fuel cap at a
nominal temperature of 28 [deg]C and you test the fuel tank at 40
[deg]C. Measure the fuel cap's permeation emissions as follows:
(a) Select a fuel cap expected to have permeation emissions at least
as high as the highest-emitting fuel cap that you expect to be used with
fuel tanks from the emission family. Include a gasket that represents
production models. If the fuel cap includes vent paths, seal these vents
as follows:
(1) If the vent path is through grooves in the gasket, you may use
another gasket with no vent grooves if it is otherwise the same as a
production gasket.
(2) If the vent path is through the cap, seal any vents for testing.
(b) Attach the fuel cap to a fuel tank with a capacity of at least
one liter made of metal or some other impermeable material.
(c) Use the procedures specified in Sec. 1060.520 to measure
permeation emissions. Calculate emission rates using the smallest inside
cross sectional area of the opening on which the cap is mounted as the
fuel cap's surface area.
Sec. 1060.525 How do I test fuel systems for diurnal emissions?
Use the procedures of this section to determine whether your fuel
tanks meet diurnal emission standards as specified in Sec. 1060.105.
(a) Use the following procedure to measure diurnal emissions:
(1) Diurnal measurements are based on representative temperature
cycles, as follows:
(i) Diurnal fuel temperatures for marine fuel tanks that will be
installed in nontrailerable boats must undergo repeat temperature swings
of 2.6 [deg]C between nominal values of 27.6 and 30.2 [deg]C.
(ii) Diurnal fuel temperatures for other installed marine fuel tanks
must undergo repeat temperature swings of 6.6 [deg]C between nominal
values of 25.6 and 32.2 [deg]C.
(iii) For fuel tanks installed in equipment other than marine
vessels, the following table specifies a profile of ambient
temperatures:
Table 1 to Sec. 1060.525--Diurnal Temperature Profiles for Nonmarine
Fuel Tanks
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ambient
temperature
Time (hours) profile (
[deg]C)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
0....................................................... 22.2
1....................................................... 22.5
2....................................................... 24.2
3....................................................... 26.8
4....................................................... 29.6
5....................................................... 31.9
6....................................................... 33.9
7....................................................... 35.1
8....................................................... 35.4
9....................................................... 35.6
10...................................................... 35.3
11...................................................... 34.5
12...................................................... 33.2
13...................................................... 31.4
14...................................................... 29.7
15...................................................... 28.2
16...................................................... 27.2
17...................................................... 26.1
18...................................................... 25.1
19...................................................... 24.3
20...................................................... 23.7
21...................................................... 23.3
22...................................................... 22.9
23...................................................... 22.6
24...................................................... 22.2
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) Fill the fuel tank to 40 percent of nominal capacity with the
gasoline specified in 40 CFR 1065.710 for general testing.
(3) Install a vapor line from any vent ports that would not be
sealed in the final in-use configuration. Use a length of vapor line
representing the largest inside diameter and shortest length that would
be expected with the range of in-use installations for the emission
family.
(4) If the fuel tank is equipped with a carbon canister, load the
canister with
[[Page 33]]
butane or gasoline vapors to its canister working capacity as specified
in Sec. 1060.240(e)(2)(i) and attach it to the fuel tank in a way that
represents a typical in-use configuration. Purge the canister as follows
to prepare for emission measurement:
(i) For marine fuel tanks, perform a single heating and cooling
cycle as specified in paragraph (a)(7) of this section without measuring
emissions.
(ii) For nonmarine fuel tanks, establish a characteristic purge
volume by running an engine with the fuel tank installed to represent an
in-use configuration. Measure the volume of air flowing through the
canister while the engine operates for 30 minutes over repeat cycles of
the appropriate duty cycle used for certifying the engine for exhaust
emissions. Set up the loaded canister for testing by purging it with the
characteristic purge volume from the engine simulation run.
(5) Stabilize the fuel tank to be within 2.0 [deg]C of the nominal
starting temperature specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section. In
the case of marine fuel tanks, install a thermocouple meeting the
requirements of 40 CFR 86.107-96(e) in the approximate mid-volume of
fuel and record the temperature at the end of the stabilization period
to the nearest 0.1 [deg]C. For sealed fuel systems, replace the fuel cap
once the fuel reaches equilibrium at the appropriate starting
temperature.
(6) Prepare the tank for mass measurement using one of the following
procedures:
(i) Place the stabilized fuel tank in a SHED meeting the
specifications of 40 CFR 86.107-96(a)(1) that is equipped with a FID
analyzer meeting the specifications of 40 CFR 1065.260. Take the
following steps in sequence:
(A) Purge the SHED.
(B) Close and seal the SHED.
(C) Zero and span the FID analyzer.
(D) Within ten minutes of sealing the SHED, measure the initial
hydrocarbon concentration. This is the start of the sampling period.
(ii) If your testing configuration involves mass emissions at the
standard of 2.0 grams or more, you may alternatively place the
stabilized fuel tank in any temperature-controlled environment and
establish mass emissions as a weight loss relative to a reference fuel
tank using the procedure specified in Sec. 1060.520(d) instead of
calculating it from changing hydrocarbon concentrations in the SHED.
(7) Control temperatures as follows:
(i) For marine fuel tanks, supply heat to the fuel tank for
continuously increasing temperatures such that the fuel reaches the
maximum temperature in 8 hours. Set the target temperature by adding the
temperature swing specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section to the
recorded starting temperature. Hold the tank for approximately 60
minutes at a temperature no less than 0.1 [deg]C below the target
temperature. For example, if the recorded starting fuel temperature for
a fuel tank that will be installed in a nontrailerable vessel is 27.1
[deg]C, the target temperature is 29.7 [deg]C and the fuel must be
stabilized for 60 minutes with fuel temperatures not falling below 29.6
[deg]C. For EPA testing, fuel temperatures may not go 1.0 [deg]C above
the target temperature at any point during the heating or stabilization
sequence. Measure the hydrocarbon concentration in the SHED at the end
of the high-temperature stabilization period. Calculate the diurnal
emissions for this heating period based on the change in hydrocarbon
concentration over this sampling period. Allow the fuel temperature to
cool sufficiently to stabilize again at the starting temperature without
emission sampling. Repeat the heating and measurement sequence for three
consecutive days, starting each heating cycle no more than 26 hours
after the previous start.
(ii) For nonmarine fuel tanks, follow the air temperature trace from
paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section for three consecutive 24-hour
periods. Measured temperatures must follow the profile with a maximum
deviation of 1.7 [deg]C for any hourly measurement and an average
temperature deviation not to exceed 1.0 [deg]C, where the average
deviation is calculated using the absolute value of each measured
deviation. Start measuring emissions when you start the temperature
profile. The end of the first, second, and third emission sampling
periods must occur 14406, 28806, and 43206 minutes,
respectively, after starting the measurement procedure.
[[Page 34]]
(8) Use the highest of the three emission levels to determine
whether your fuel tank meets the diurnal emission standard.
(9) For emission control technologies that rely on a sealed fuel
system, you may omit the preconditioning steps in paragraph (a)(4) of
this section and the last two 24-hour periods of emission measurements
in paragraph (a)(7) of this section. For purposes of this paragraph (a),
sealed fuel systems include those that rely on pressure-relief valves,
limiting flow orifices, bladder fuel tanks, and volume-compensating air
bags.
(b) You may subtract your fuel tank's permeation emissions from the
measured diurnal emissions if the fuel tank is preconditioned with
diurnal test fuel as described in Sec. 1060.520(b) or if you use good
engineering judgment to otherwise establish that the fuel tank has
stabilized permeation emissions. Measure permeation emissions for
subtraction as specified in Sec. 1060.520(c) and (d) before measuring
diurnal emissions, except that the permeation measurement must be done
with diurnal test fuel at 282 [deg]C. Use
appropriate units and corrections to subtract the permeation emissions
from the fuel tank during the diurnal emission test. You may not
subtract a greater mass of emissions under this paragraph (b) than the
fuel tank would emit based on meeting the applicable emission standard
for permeation.
[80 FR 9117, Feb. 19, 2015]
Subpart G_Special Compliance Provisions
Sec. 1060.601 How do the prohibitions of 40 CFR 1068.101 apply with
respect to the requirements of this part?
(a) As described in Sec. 1060.1, fuel tanks and fuel lines that are
used with or intended to be used with new nonroad engines or equipment
are subject to evaporative emission standards under this part 1060. This
includes portable marine fuel tanks and fuel lines and other fuel-system
components associated with portable marine fuel tanks. Note that Sec.
1060.1 specifies an implementation schedule based on the date of
manufacture of nonroad equipment, so new fuel tanks and fuel lines are
not subject to standards under this part 1060 if they will be installed
for use in equipment built before the specified dates for implementing
the appropriate standards, subject to the limitations in paragraph (b)
of this section. Except as specified in paragraph (f) of this section,
fuel-system components that are subject to permeation or diurnal
emission standards under this part 1060 must be covered by a valid
certificate of conformity before being introduced into U.S. commerce to
avoid violating the prohibition of 40 CFR 1068.101(a). To the extent we
allow it under the exhaust standard-setting part, fuel-system components
may be certified with a family emission limit higher than the specified
emission standard. The provisions of this paragraph (a) do not apply to
fuel caps.
(b) New replacement fuel tanks and fuel lines must meet the
requirements of this part 1060 if they are intended to be used with
nonroad engines or equipment regulated under this part 1060, as follows:
(1) Applicability of standards between January 1, 2012 and December
31, 2019. Manufacturers, distributors, retailers, and importers must
clearly state on the packaging for all replacement components that could
reasonably be used with nonroad engines how such components may be used
consistent with the prohibition in paragraph (a) of this section. It is
presumed that such components are intended for use with nonroad engines
regulated under this part 1060 unless the components, or the packaging
for such components, clearly identify appropriate restrictions. This
requirement does not apply for components that are clearly not intended
for use with fuels.
(2) Applicability of standards after January 1, 2020. Starting
January 1, 2020 it is presumed that replacement components will be used
with nonroad engines regulated under this part 1060 if they can
reasonably be used with such engines. Manufacturers, distributors,
retailers, and importers are therefore obligated to take reasonable
steps to ensure that any uncertified components are not used to replace
certified
[[Page 35]]
components. This would require labeling the components and may also
require restricting the sales and requiring the ultimate purchaser to
agree to not use the components inappropriately. This requirement does
not apply for components that are clearly not intended for use with
fuels.
(3) Applicability of the tampering prohibition. If a fuel tank or
fuel line needing replacement was certified to meet the emission
standards in this part with a family emission limit below the otherwise
applicable standard, the new replacement fuel tank or fuel line must be
certified to current emission standards, but need not be certified with
the same or lower family emission limit to avoid violating the tampering
prohibition in 40 CFR 1068.101(b)(1).
(c) [Reserved]
(d) Manufacturers that generate or use evaporative emission credits
related to Marine SI engines in 40 CFR part 1045 or Small SI engines in
40 CFR part 1054 are subject to the emission standards for which they
are generating or using evaporative emission credits. These engines or
equipment must therefore be covered by a valid certificate of conformity
showing compliance with emission-credit provisions before being
introduced into U.S. commerce to avoid violating the prohibition of 40
CFR 1068.101(a).
(e) If there is no valid certificate of conformity for any given
evaporative emission standard for new equipment, the manufacturers of
the engine, equipment and fuel-system components are each liable for
violations of the prohibited acts with respect to the fuel systems and
fuel-system components they have introduced into U.S. commerce,
including fuel systems and fuel-system components installed in engines
or equipment at the time the engines or equipment are introduced into
U.S. commerce.
(f) If you manufacture fuel lines or fuel tanks that are subject to
the requirements of this part as described in paragraph (a) of this
section, 40 CFR 1068.101(a) does not prohibit you from shipping your
products directly to an equipment manufacturer or another manufacturer
from which you have received a written commitment to be responsible for
certifying the components as required under this part 1060. This
includes SHED-based certification of Small SI equipment as described in
Sec. 1060.105. If you ship fuel lines or fuel tanks under this
paragraph (f), you must include documentation that accompanies the
shipped products identifying the name and address of the company
receiving shipment and stating that the fuel lines or fuel tanks are
exempt under the provisions of 40 CFR 1060.601(f).
(g) If new evaporative emission standards apply in a given model
year, your equipment in that model year must have fuel-system components
that are certified to the new standards, except that you may continue to
use up your normal inventory of earlier fuel-system components that were
built before the date of the new or changed standards. For example, if
your normal inventory practice is to keep on hand a one-month supply of
fuel tanks based on your upcoming production schedules, and a new tier
of standards starts to apply for the 2012 model year, you may order fuel
tanks based on your normal inventory requirements late in the fuel tank
manufacturer's 2011 model year and install those fuel tanks in your
equipment, regardless of the date of installation. Also, if your model
year starts before the end of the calendar year preceding new standards,
you may use fuel-system components from the previous model year (or
uncertified components if no standards were in place) for those units
you produce before January 1 of the year that new standards apply. If
emission standards do not change in a given model year, you may continue
to install fuel-system components from the previous model year without
restriction. You may not circumvent the provisions of 40 CFR
1068.101(a)(1) by stockpiling fuel-system components that were built
before new or changed standards take effect.
(h) If equipment manufacturers hold certificates of conformity for
their equipment but they use only fuel-system components that have been
certified by other companies, they may satisfy their defect-reporting
obligations by tracking the information described in 40 CFR
1068.501(b)(1) related
[[Page 36]]
to possible defects, reporting this information to the appropriate
component manufacturers, and keeping these records for eight years. Such
equipment manufacturers will not be considered in violation of 40 CFR
1068.101(b)(6) for failing to perform investigations, make calculations,
or submit reports to EPA as specified in 40 CFR 1068.501. See Sec.
1060.5(a).
[73 FR 59298, Oct. 8, 2008, as amended at 75 FR 23027, Apr. 30, 2010]
Sec. 1060.605 Exemptions from evaporative emission standards.
(a) Except as specified in the exhaust standard-setting part and
paragraph (b) of this section, equipment using an engine that is exempt
from exhaust emission standards under the provisions in 40 CFR part
1068, subpart C or D, is also exempt from the requirements of this part
1060. For example, engines or equipment exempted from exhaust emission
standards for purposes of national security do not need to meet
evaporative emission standards. Also, any engine that is exempt from
emission standards because it will be used solely for competition does
not need to meet evaporative emission standards. Equipment that is
exempt from all exhaust emission standards under the standard-setting
part are also exempt from the requirements of this part 1060; however,
this does not apply for engines that must meet a less stringent exhaust
emission standard as a condition of the exemption.
(b) Engines produced under the replacement-engine exemption in 40
CFR 1068.240 must use fuel-system components that meet the evaporative
emission standards based on the model year of the engine being replaced
subject to the provisions of 40 CFR 1068.265. If no evaporative emission
standards applied at that time, no requirements related to evaporative
emissions apply to the new engine. Installing a replacement engine does
not change the applicability of requirements for the equipment into
which the replacement engine is installed.
(c) Engines or equipment that are temporarily exempt from EPA
exhaust emission standards are also exempt from the requirements of this
part 1060 for the same period as the exhaust exemption.
(d) For equipment powered by more than one engine, all the engines
installed in the equipment must be exempt from all applicable EPA
exhaust emission standards for the equipment to also be exempt under
paragraph (a) or (b) of this section.
(e) In unusual circumstances, we may exempt components or equipment
from the requirements of this part 1060 even if the equipment is powered
by one or more engines that are subject to EPA exhaust emission
standards. See 40 CFR part 1068. Such exemptions will be limited to:
(1) Testing. See 40 CFR 1068.210.
(2) National security. See 40 CFR 1068.225.
(3) Economic hardship. See 40 CFR 1068.245 and 1068.250.
(f) Evaporative emission standards generally apply based on the
model year of the equipment, which is determined by the equipment's date
of final assembly. However, in the first year of new emission standards,
equipment manufacturers may apply evaporative emission standards based
on the model year of the engine as shown on the engine's emission
control information label. For example, for fuel tank permeation
standards starting in 2012, equipment manufacturers may order a batch of
2011 model year engines for installation in 2012 model year equipment,
subject to the anti-stockpiling provisions of 40 CFR 1068.105(a). The
equipment with the 2011 model year engines would not need to meet fuel
tank permeation standards as long as the equipment is fully assembled by
December 31, 2012.
Sec. 1060.640 What special provisions apply to branded equipment?
The following provisions apply if you identify the name and
trademark of another company instead of your own on your emission
control information label for equipment, as provided by Sec. Sec.
1060.135 and 1060.137:
(a) You must have a contractual agreement with the other company
that obligates that company to take the following steps:
(1) Meet the emission warranty requirements that apply under Sec.
1060.120.
[[Page 37]]
This may involve a separate agreement involving reimbursement of
warranty-related expenses.
(2) Report all warranty-related information to the certificate
holder.
(b) In your application for certification, identify the company
whose trademark you will use and describe the arrangements you have made
to meet your requirements under this section.
(c) You remain responsible for meeting all the requirements of this
chapter, including warranty and defect-reporting provisions.
Subpart H_Averaging, Banking, and Trading Provisions
Sec. 1060.701 Applicability.
(a) You are allowed to comply with the emission standards in this
part with evaporative emission credits only if the exhaust standard-
setting part explicitly allows it for evaporative emissions.
(b) The following exhaust standard-setting parts allow some use of
evaporative emission credits:
(1) 40 CFR part 1045 for marine vessels.
(2) 40 CFR part 1051 for recreational vehicles.
(3) 40 CFR part 1054 for Small SI equipment.
(c) As specified in 40 CFR part 1048, there is no allowance to
generate or use emission credits with Large SI equipment.
Sec. 1060.705 How do I certify components to an emission level
other than the standard under this part or use such components
in my equipment?
As specified in this section, a fuel-system component may be
certified to a family emission limit (FEL) instead of the otherwise
applicable emission standard. Note that the exhaust standard-setting
part may apply maximum values for an FEL (i.e., FEL caps).
(a) Requirements for certifying component manufacturers. See subpart
C of this part for instructions regarding the general requirements for
certifying components.
(1) When you submit your application for certification, indicate the
FEL to which your components will be certified. This FEL will serve as
the applicable standard for your component, and the equipment that uses
the component. For example, when the regulations of this part use the
phrase ``demonstrate compliance with the applicable emission standard''
it will mean ``demonstrate compliance with the FEL'' for your component.
(2) You may not change the FEL for an emission family. To specify a
different FEL for your components, you must send a new application for
certification for a new emission family.
(3) Unless your FEL is below all emission standards that could
potentially apply, you must ensure that all equipment manufacturers that
will use your component are aware of the limitations regarding the
conditions under which they may use your component.
(4) It is your responsibility to read the instructions relative to
emission-credit provisions in the standard-setting parts identified in
Sec. 1060.1.
(b) Requirements for equipment manufacturers. See subpart C of this
part for instructions regarding your ability to rely on the component
manufacturer's certificate.
(1) The FEL of the component will serve as the applicable standard
for your equipment.
(2) You may not specify more than one FEL for an emission family at
one time; however, you may change the FEL during the model year as
described in Sec. 1060.225(f).
(3) If the FEL is above the emission standard you must ensure that
the exhaust standard-setting part allows you to use evaporative emission
credits to comply with emission standards and that you will have an
adequate source of evaporative emission credits. You must certify your
equipment as specified in Sec. 1060.201 and the rest of subpart C of
this part.
Subpart I_Definitions and Other Reference Information
Sec. 1060.801 What definitions apply to this part?
The following definitions apply to this part. The definitions apply
to all subparts unless we note otherwise. All undefined terms have the
meaning the
[[Page 38]]
Clean Air Act gives to them. The definitions follow:
Accuracy and precision means the sum of accuracy and repeatability,
as defined in 40 CFR 1065.1001. For example, if a measurement device is
determined to have an accuracy of 1% and a
repeatability of 2%, then its accuracy and
precision would be 3%.
Adjustable parameter means any device, system, or element of design
that someone can adjust and that, if adjusted, may affect emissions. You
may ask us to exclude a parameter if you show us that it will not be
adjusted in use in a way that affects emissions.
Applicable emission standard or applicable standard means an
emission standard to which a fuel-system component is subject.
Additionally, if a fuel-system component has been or is being certified
to another standard or FEL, applicable emission standard means the FEL
or other standard to which the fuel-system component has been or is
being certified. This definition does not apply to subpart H of this
part.
Canister working capacity means the measured amount of hydrocarbon
vapor that can be stored in a canister as specified in Sec.
1060.240(e)(2)(i).
Carbon working capacity means the measured amount of hydrocarbon
vapor that can be stored in a given volume of carbon when tested
according to ASTM D5228 (incorporated by reference in Sec. 1060.810).
See Sec. 1060.240(e)(2)(ii).
Certification means relating to the process of obtaining a
certificate of conformity for an emission family that complies with the
emission standards and requirements in this part.
Certified emission level means the highest official emission result
in an emission family.
Clean Air Act means the Clean Air Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 7401-
7671q.
Cold-weather equipment is limited to the following types of handheld
equipment: Chainsaws, cut-off saws, clearing saws, brush cutters with
engines at or above 40cc, commercial earth and wood drills, and ice
augers. This includes earth augers if they are also marketed as ice
augers.
Configuration means a unique combination of hardware (material,
geometry, and size) and calibration within an emission family. Units
within a single configuration differ only with respect to normal
production variability.
Date of manufacture, means one of the following with respect to
equipment:
(1) For outboard engines with under-cowl fuel tanks and for vessels
equipped with outboard engines and installed fuel tanks, date of
manufacture means the date on which the fuel tank is installed.
(2) For all other equipment, date of manufacture has the meaning
given in 40 CFR 1068.30.
Days means calendar days unless otherwise specified. For example,
when we specify working days we mean calendar days, excluding weekends
and U.S. national holidays.
Designated Compliance Officer means the Manager, Heavy-Duty and
Nonroad Engine Group (6405-J), U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
1200 Pennsylvania Ave., NW., Washington, DC 20460.
Detachable fuel line means a fuel line or fuel line assembly
intended to be used with a portable nonroad fuel tank and which is
connected by special fittings to the fuel tank and/or engine for easy
disassembly. Fuel lines that require a wrench or other tools to
disconnect are not considered detachable fuel lines. Fuel lines that are
labeled or marketed as USCG Type B1 fuel line as specified in 33 CFR
183.540 are not considered detachable fuel lines if they are sold to the
ultimate purchaser without quick-connect fittings or similar hardware.
Diurnal emissions means evaporative emissions that occur as a result
of venting fuel tank vapors during daily temperature changes while the
engine is not operating.
Effective length-to-diameter ratio means the mean vapor path length
of a carbon canister divided by the effective diameter of that vapor
path. The effective diameter is the diameter of a circle with the same
cross-sectional area as the average cross-sectional area of the carbon
canister's vapor path.
Emission control system means any device, system, or element of
design that controls or reduces the regulated evaporative emissions from
a piece of nonroad equipment.
[[Page 39]]
Emission-data unit means a fuel line, fuel tank, fuel system, or
fuel-system component that is tested for certification. This includes
components tested by EPA.
Emission family has the meaning given in Sec. 1060.230.
Emission-related maintenance means maintenance that substantially
affects emissions or is likely to substantially affect emission
deterioration.
Equipment means vehicles, marine vessels, and other types of nonroad
equipment that are subject to this part's requirements.
Evaporative means relating to fuel emissions that result from
permeation of fuel through the fuel-system materials or from ventilation
of the fuel system.
Exhaust standard-setting part means the part in the Code of Federal
Regulations that contains exhaust emission standards for a particular
piece of equipment (or the engine in that piece of equipment). For
example, the exhaust standard-setting part for off-highway motorcycles
is 40 CFR part 1051. Exhaust standard-setting parts may include
evaporative emission requirements or describe how the requirements of
this part 1060 apply.
Exposed gasket surface area means the surface area of the gasket
inside the fuel tank that is exposed to fuel or fuel vapor. For the
purposes of calculating exposed surface area of a gasket, the thickness
of the gasket and the outside dimension of the opening being sealed are
used. Gasket overhang into the fuel tank should be ignored for the
purpose of this calculation.
Family emission limit (FEL) means an emission level declared by the
manufacturer to serve in place of an otherwise applicable emission
standard under an ABT program specified by the exhaust standard-setting
part. The family emission limit must be expressed to the same number of
decimal places as the emission standard it replaces. The family emission
limit serves as the emission standard for the emission family with
respect to all required testing.
Fuel CE10 has the meaning given in Sec. 1060.515(a).
Fuel line means hoses or tubing designed to contain liquid fuel. The
exhaust standard-setting part may further specify which types of hoses
and tubing are subject to the standards of this part.
Fuel system means all components involved in transporting, metering,
and mixing the fuel from the fuel tank to the combustion chamber(s),
including the fuel tank, fuel tank cap, fuel pump, fuel filters, fuel
lines, carburetor or fuel-injection components, and all fuel-system
vents. In the case where the fuel tank cap or other components
(excluding fuel lines) are directly mounted on the fuel tank, they are
considered to be a part of the fuel tank.
Fuel type means a general category of fuels such as gasoline or
natural gas. There can be multiple grades within a single fuel type,
such as premium gasoline, regular gasoline, or gasoline with 10 percent
ethanol.
Gasoline means one of the following:
(1) For in-use fuels, gasoline means fuel that is commonly and
commercially know as gasoline, including ethanol blends.
(2) For testing, gasoline has the meaning given in subpart F of this
part.
Good engineering judgment means judgments made consistent with
generally accepted scientific and engineering principles and all
available relevant information. See 40 CFR 1068.5 for the administrative
process we use to evaluate good engineering judgment.
High-permeability material means any nonmetal material that does not
qualify as low-permeability material.
Installed marine fuel line means a fuel line designed for delivering
fuel to a Marine SI engine that does not meet the definition of portable
marine fuel line.
Installed marine fuel tank means a fuel tank designed for delivering
fuel to a Marine SI engine that does not meet the definition of portable
marine fuel tanks.
Large SI means relating to engines that are subject to evaporative
emission standards in 40 CFR part 1048.
Low-permeability material means, for gaskets, a material with
permeation emission rates at or below 10 (g-mm)/m\2\/day when measured
according to SAE J2659 (incorporated by reference
[[Page 40]]
in Sec. 1060.810), where the test temperature is 23 [deg]C, the test
fuel is Fuel CE10, and testing immediately follows a four-week
preconditioning soak with the test fuel.
Manufacture means the physical and engineering process of designing,
constructing, and assembling an engine, piece of nonroad equipment, or
fuel-system components subject to the requirements of this part.
Manufacturer has the meaning given in section 216(1) of the Clean
Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7550(1)). In general, this term includes:
(1) Any person who manufactures an engine or piece of nonroad
equipment for sale in the United States or otherwise introduces a new
nonroad engine or a piece of new nonroad equipment into U.S. commerce.
(2) Any person who manufactures a fuel-system component for an
engine subject to the requirements of this part as described in Sec.
1060.1(a).
(3) Importers who import such products into the United States.
Marine SI means relating to vessels powered by engines that are
subject to exhaust emission standards in 40 CFR part 1045.
Marine vessel has the meaning given in 40 CFR Sec. 1045.801, which
generally includes all nonroad equipment used as a means of
transportation on water.
Model year means one of the following things:
(1) For equipment defined as ``new nonroad equipment'' under
paragraph (1) of the definition of ``new nonroad engine,'' model year
means one of the following:
(i) Calendar year.
(ii) Your annual new model production period if it is different than
the calendar year. This must include January 1 of the calendar year for
which the model year is named. It may not begin before January 2 of the
previous calendar year and it must end by December 31 of the named
calendar year.
(2) For other equipment defined as ``new nonroad equipment'' under
paragraph (2) of the definition of ``new nonroad engine,'' model year
has the meaning given in the exhaust standard-setting part.
(3) For other equipment defined as ``new nonroad equipment'' under
paragraph (3) or paragraph (4) of the definition of ``new nonroad
engine,'' model year means the model year of the engine as defined in
the exhaust standard-setting part.
New nonroad equipment means equipment meeting one or more of the
following criteria:
(1) Nonroad equipment for which the ultimate purchaser has never
received the equitable or legal title. The equipment is no longer new
when the ultimate purchaser receives this title or the product is placed
into service, whichever comes first.
(2) Nonroad equipment that is defined as new under the exhaust
standard-setting part. (Note: equipment that is not defined as new under
the exhaust standard-setting part may be defined as new under this
definition of ``new nonroad equipment.'')
(3) Nonroad equipment with an engine that becomes new (as defined in
the exhaust standard-setting part) while installed in the equipment. The
equipment is no longer new when it is subsequently placed into service.
This paragraph (3) does not apply if the engine becomes new before being
installed in the equipment.
(4) Nonroad equipment not covered by a certificate of conformity
issued under this part at the time of importation and manufactured after
the requirements of this part start to apply (see Sec. 1060.1). The
equipment is no longer new when it is subsequently placed into service.
Importation of this kind of new nonroad equipment is generally
prohibited by 40 CFR part 1068.
Nominal capacity means a fuel tank's volume as specified by the fuel
tank manufacturer, using at least two significant figures, based on the
maximum volume of fuel the tank can hold with standard refueling
techniques.
Nonroad engine has the meaning we give in 40 CFR 1068.30. In general
this means all internal-combustion engines except motor vehicle engines,
stationary engines, engines used solely for competition, or engines used
in aircraft. This part does not apply to all nonroad engines (see Sec.
1060.1).
Nonroad equipment means a piece of equipment that is powered by or
intended to be powered by one or more nonroad engines. Note that
Sec. Sec. 1060.5 and
[[Page 41]]
1060.601 describes how we treat outboard engines, portable marine fuel
tanks, and associated fuel-system components as nonroad equipment under
this part 1060.
Nontrailerable boat means a vessel whose length is 26.0 feet or
more, or whose width is more than 8.5 feet.
Official emission result means the measured emission rate for an
emission-data unit.
Placed into service means put into initial use for its intended
purpose.
Portable marine fuel line means a detachable fuel line that is used
or intended to be used to supply fuel to a marine engine during
operation. This also includes any fuel line labeled or marketed at USCG
Type B1 fuel line as specified in 33 CFR 183.540, whether or not it
includes detachable connecting hardware; this is often called universal
fuel line.
Portable marine fuel tank means a portable fuel tank that is used or
intended to be used to supply fuel to a marine engine during operation.
Portable nonroad fuel tank means a fuel tank that meets each of the
following criteria:
(1) It has design features indicative of use in portable
applications, such as a carrying handle and fuel line fitting that can
be readily attached to and detached from a nonroad engine.
(2) It has a nominal fuel capacity of 12 gallons or less.
(3) It is designed to supply fuel to an engine while the engine is
operating.
(4) It is not used or intended to be used to supply fuel to a marine
engine.
Production period means the period in which a component or piece of
equipment will be produced under a certificate of conformity. A given
production period for an emission family may not include components
certified using different test data. A production period may not exceed
five years for certified components. Note that the definition of model
year includes specifications related to production periods for which a
certificate is valid for equipment.
Recreational vehicle means vehicles that are subject to evaporative
emission standards in 40 CFR part 1051. This generally includes engines
that will be installed in recreational vehicles if the engines are
certified separately under 40 CFR 1051.20.
Relating to as used in this section means relating to something in a
specific, direct manner. This expression is used in this section only to
define terms as adjectives and not to broaden the meaning of the terms.
Revoke has the meaning given in 40 CFR 1068.30. If we revoke a
certificate or an exemption, you must apply for a new certificate or
exemption before continuing to introduce the affected equipment into
U.S. commerce.
Round means to round numbers according to standard procedures as
specified in 40 CFR 1065.1001.
Running loss emissions means unburned fuel vapor that escapes from
the fuel system to the ambient atmosphere while the engine is operating,
excluding permeation emissions and diurnal emissions. Running loss
emissions generally result from fuel-temperature increases caused by
heat released from in-tank fuel pumps, fuel recirculation, or proximity
to heat sources such as the engine or exhaust components.
Sealed means lacking openings to the atmosphere that would allow a
measurable amount of liquid or vapor to leak out under normal operating
pressures or other pressures specified in this part. For example, you
may generally establish a maximum value for operating pressures based on
the highest pressure you would observe from an installed fuel tank
during continuous equipment operation on a sunny day with ambient
temperatures of 35 [deg]C. A fuel system may be considered to have no
measurable leak if it does not release bubbles when held underwater at
the identified tank pressure for 60 seconds. This determination presumes
the use of good engineering judgment; for example, it would not be
appropriate to test the fuel tank such that small leaks would avoid
detection by collecting in a cavity created by holding the tank with a
certain orientation. Sealed fuel systems may have openings for emission
controls or for fuel lines needed to route fuel to the engine.
Small SI means relating to engines that are subject to emission
standards in 40 CFR part 90 or 1054.
[[Page 42]]
Structurally integrated nylon fuel tank means a fuel tank having all
the following characteristics:
(1) The fuel tank is made of a polyamide material that does not
contain more than 50 percent by weight of a reinforcing glass fiber or
mineral filler and does not contain more than 10 percent by weight of
impact modified polyamides that use rubberized agents such as EPDM
rubber.
(2) The fuel tank must be used in a cut-off saw or chainsaw or be
integrated into a major structural member where, as a single component,
the fuel tank material is a primary structural/stress member for other
major components such as the engine, transmission, or cutting
attachment.
Subchapter U means 40 CFR parts 1000 through 1299.
Suspend has the meaning given in 40 CFR 1068.30. If we suspend a
certificate, you may not introduce into U.S. commerce equipment from
that emission family unless we reinstate the certificate or approve a
new one. If we suspend an exemption, you may not introduce into U.S.
commerce equipment that was previously covered by the exemption unless
we reinstate the exemption.
Tare means to use a container or other reference mass to zero a
balance before weighing a sample. Generally, this means placing the
container or reference mass on the balance, allowing it to stabilize,
then zeroing the balance without removing the container or reference
mass. This allows you to use the balance to determine the difference in
mass between the sample and the container or reference mass.
Test sample means the collection of fuel lines, fuel tanks, or fuel
systems selected from the population of an emission family for emission
testing. This may include certification testing or any kind of
confirmatory testing.
Test unit means a piece of fuel line, a fuel tank, or a fuel system
in a test sample.
Ultimate purchaser means, with respect to any new nonroad equipment,
the first person who in good faith purchases such new nonroad equipment
for purposes other than resale.
Ultraviolet light means electromagnetic radiation with a wavelength
between 300 and 400 nanometers.
United States has the meaning given in 40 CFR 1068.30.
U.S.-directed production volume means the amount of equipment,
subject to the requirements of this part, produced by a manufacturer for
which the manufacturer has a reasonable assurance that sale was or will
be made to ultimate purchasers in the United States.
Useful life means the period during which new nonroad equipment is
required to comply with all applicable emission standards. See Sec.
1060.101.
Void has the meaning given in 40 CFR 1068.30. In general this means
to invalidate a certificate or an exemption both retroactively and
prospectively.
Volatile liquid fuel means any fuel other than diesel or biodiesel
that is a liquid at atmospheric pressure and has a Reid Vapor Pressure
higher than 2.0 pounds per square inch.
We (us, our) means the Administrator of the Environmental Protection
Agency and any authorized representatives.
Wintertime equipment means equipment using a wintertime engine, as
defined in 40 CFR 1054.801. Note this definition applies only for Small
SI equipment.
[73 FR 59298, Oct. 8, 2008, as amended at 75 FR 23027, Apr. 30, 2010]
Sec. 1060.805 What symbols, acronyms, and abbreviations does this
part use?
The following symbols, acronyms, and abbreviations apply to this
part:
[deg] degree.
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials.
C Celsius.
CFR Code of Federal Regulations.
EPA Environmental Protection Agency.
FEL family emission limit.
g gram.
gal gallon.
hr hour.
in inch.
kPa kilopascal.
kW kilowatt.
L liter.
m meter.
min minute.
mm millimeter.
[[Page 43]]
psig pounds per square inch of gauge pressure.
SAE Society of Automotive Engineers.
SHED Sealed Housing for Evaporative Determination.
U.S. United States.
U.S.C. United States Code.
W watt.
Sec. 1060.810 What materials does this part reference?
(a) Materials incorporated by reference. Certain material is
incorporated by reference into this part with the approval of the
Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part
51. To enforce any edition other than that specified in this section, a
document must be published in the Federal Register and the material must
be available to the public. All approved material is available for
inspection at U.S. EPA, Air and Radiation Docket and Information Center,
1301 Constitution Ave. NW., Room B102, EPA West Building, Washington, DC
20460, (202) 202-1744, and is available from the sources listed below.
It is also available for inspection at the National Archives and Records
Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this
material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to http://www.archives.gov/
federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.
(b) ASTM International material. The following standards are
available from ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, P.O. Box C700,
West Conshohocken, PA, 19428-2959, (610) 832-9585, or http://
www.astm.org/:
(1) ASTM D471-06, Standard Test Method for Rubber Property--Effect
of Liquids, approved October 1, 2006 (``ASTM D471''), IBR approved for
Sec. 1060.515(a).
(2) ASTM D2862-97 (Reapproved 2004), Standard Test Method for
Particle Size Distribution of Granular Activated Carbon, approved April
1, 2004 (``ASTM D2862''), IBR approved for Sec. 1060.240(e).
(3) ASTM D3802-79 (Reapproved 2005), Standard Test Method for Ball-
Pan Hardness of Activated Carbon, approved October 1, 2005 (``ASTM
D3802''), IBR approved for Sec. 1060.240(e).
(4) ASTM D4806-07, Standard Specification for Denatured Fuel Ethanol
for Blending with Gasolines for Use as Automotive Spark-Ignition Engine
Fuel, approved July 15, 2007 (``ASTM D4806''), IBR approved for Sec.
1060.501(c).
(5) ASTM D5228-92 (Reapproved 2005), Standard Test Method for
Determination of Butane Working Capacity of Activated Carbon, approved
October 1, 2005 (``ASTM D5228''), IBR approved for Sec. 1060.801.
(c) SAE International material. The following standards are
available from SAE International, 400 Commonwealth Dr., Warrendale, PA
15096-0001, (877) 606-7323 (U.S. and Canada) or (724) 776-4970 (outside
the U.S. and Canada), or http://www.sae.org:
(1) SAE J30, Fuel and Oil Hoses, Revised June 1998, IBR approved for
Sec. 1060.515(c).
(2) SAE J1527, Marine Fuel Hoses, Revised February 1993, IBR
approved for Sec. 1060.515(c).
(3) SAE J2260, Nonmetallic Fuel System Tubing with One or More
Layers, Revised November 2004, IBR approved for Sec. 1060.510.
(4) SAE J2659, Test Method to Measure Fluid Permeation of Polymeric
Materials by Speciation, Issued December 2003, IBR approved for Sec.
1060.801.
(5) SAE J2996, Surface Vehicle Recommended Practice, Small Diameter
Fuel Line Permeation Test Procedure, Issued January 2013, IBR approved
for Sec. 1060.515(d).
(d) California Air Resources Board. The following documents are
available from the California Air Resources Board, 1001 I Street,
Sacramento, CA, 95812, (916) 322-2884, or http://www.arb.ca.gov:
(1) Final Regulation Order, Article 1, Chapter 15, Division 3, Title
13, California Code of Regulations, July 26, 2004, IBR approved for
Sec. 1060.105(e), and 1060.240(e).
(2) [Reserved]
(e) American Boat and Yacht Council Material. The following
documents are available from the American Boat and Yacht Council, 613
Third Street, Suite 10, Annapolis, MD 21403 or (410) 990-4460 or http://
www.abycinc.org/:
(1) ABYC H-25, Portable Marine Gasoline Fuel Systems, July 2010, IBR
approved for Sec. 1060.105(f).
[[Page 44]]
(2) [Reserved]
[80 FR 9117, Feb. 19, 2015]
Sec. 1060.815 What provisions apply to confidential information?
(a) Clearly show what you consider confidential by marking,
circling, bracketing, stamping, or some other method.
(b) We will store your confidential information as described in 40
CFR part 2. Also, we will disclose it only as specified in 40 CFR part
2. This applies both to any information you send us and to any
information we collect from inspections, audits, or other site visits.
(c) If you send us a second copy without the confidential
information, we will assume it contains nothing confidential whenever we
need to release information from it.
(d) If you send us information without claiming it is confidential,
we may make it available to the public without further notice to you, as
described in 40 CFR 2.204.
Sec. 1060.820 How do I request a hearing?
(a) You may request a hearing under certain circumstances as
described elsewhere in this part. To do this, you must file a written
request, including a description of your objection and any supporting
data, within 30 days after we make a decision.
(b) For a hearing you request under the provisions of this part, we
will approve your request if we find that your request raises a
substantial factual issue.
(c) If we agree to hold a hearing, we will use the procedures
specified in 40 CFR part 1068, subpart G.
Sec. 1060.825 What reporting and recordkeeping requirements apply
under this part?
Under the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq), the
Office of Management and Budget approves the reporting and recordkeeping
specified in the applicable regulations. The following items illustrate
the kind of reporting and recordkeeping we require for products
regulated under this part:
(a) We specify the following requirements related to equipment
certification in this part 1060:
(1) In 40 CFR 1060.20 we give an overview of principles for
reporting information.
(2) In 40 CFR part 1060, subpart C, we identify a wide range of
information required to certify engines.
(3) In 40 CFR 1060.301 we require manufacturers to make engines or
equipment available for our testing if we make such a request.
(4) In 40 CFR 1060.505 we specify information needs for establishing
various changes to published test procedures.
(b) We specify the following requirements related to the general
compliance provisions in 40 CFR part 1068:
(1) In 40 CFR 1068.5 we establish a process for evaluating good
engineering judgment related to testing and certification.
(2) In 40 CFR 1068.25 we describe general provisions related to
sending and keeping information.
(3) In 40 CFR 1068.27 we require manufacturers to make equipment
available for our testing or inspection if we make such a request.
(4) In 40 CFR 1068.105 we require equipment manufacturers to keep
certain records related to duplicate labels from engine manufacturers.
(5) [Reserved]
(6) In 40 CFR part 1068, subpart C, we identify several reporting
and recordkeeping items for making demonstrations and getting approval
related to various exemptions.
(7) In 40 CFR part 1068, subpart D, we identify several reporting
and recordkeeping items for making demonstrations and getting approval
related to importing equipment.
(8) In 40 CFR 1068.450 and 1068.455 we specify certain records
related to testing production-line products in a selective enforcement
audit.
(9) In 40 CFR 1068.501 we specify certain records related to
investigating and reporting emission-related defects.
(10) In 40 CFR 1068.525 and 1068.530 we specify certain records
related to recalling nonconforming equipment.
[[Page 45]]
PART 1065_ENGINE-TESTING PROCEDURES--Table of Contents
Subpart A_Applicability and General Provisions
Sec.
1065.1 Applicability.
1065.2 Submitting information to EPA under this part.
1065.5 Overview of this part 1065 and its relationship to the standard-
setting part.
1065.10 Other procedures.
1065.12 Approval of alternate procedures.
1065.15 Overview of procedures for laboratory and field testing.
1065.20 Units of measure and overview of calculations.
1065.25 Recordkeeping.
Subpart B_Equipment Specifications
1065.101 Overview.
1065.110 Work inputs and outputs, accessory work, and operator demand.
1065.120 Fuel properties and fuel temperature and pressure.
1065.122 Engine cooling and lubrication.
1065.125 Engine intake air.
1065.127 Exhaust gas recirculation.
1065.130 Engine exhaust.
1065.140 Dilution for gaseous and PM constituents.
1065.145 Gaseous and PM probes, transfer lines, and sampling system
components.
1065.150 Continuous sampling.
1065.170 Batch sampling for gaseous and PM constituents.
1065.190 PM-stabilization and weighing environments for gravimetric
analysis.
1065.195 PM-stabilization environment for in-situ analyzers.
Subpart C_Measurement Instruments
1065.201 Overview and general provisions.
1065.202 Data updating, recording, and control.
1065.205 Performance specifications for measurement instruments.
Measurement of Engine Parameters and Ambient Conditions
1065.210 Work input and output sensors.
1065.215 Pressure transducers, temperature sensors, and dewpoint
sensors.
Flow-Related Measurements
1065.220 Fuel flow meter.
1065.225 Intake-air flow meter.
1065.230 Raw exhaust flow meter.
1065.240 Dilution air and diluted exhaust flow meters.
1065.245 Sample flow meter for batch sampling.
1065.247 Diesel exhaust fluid flow rate.
1065.248 Gas divider.
CO and CO2 Measurements
1065.250 Nondispersive infrared analyzer.
Hydrocarbon Measurements
1065.260 Flame ionization detector.
1065.265 Nonmethane cutter.
1065.266 Fourier transform infrared analyzer.
1065.267 Gas chromatograph with a flame ionization detector.
1065.269 Photoacoustic analyzer for ethanol and methanol.
NOX and N2O Measurements
1065.270 Chemiluminescent detector.
1065.272 Nondispersive ultraviolet analyzer.
1065.275 N2O measurement devices.
O2 Measurements
1065.280 Paramagnetic and magnetopneumatic O2 detection
analyzers.
Air-to-Fuel Ratio Measurements
1065.284 Zirconia (ZrO2) analyzer.
PM Measurements
1065.290 PM gravimetric balance.
1065.295 PM inertial balance for field-testing analysis.
Subpart D_Calibrations and Verifications
1065.301 Overview and general provisions.
1065.303 Summary of required calibration and verifications.
1065.305 Verifications for accuracy, repeatability, and noise.
1065.307 Linearity verification.
1065.308 Continuous gas analyzer system-response and updating-recording
verification--for gas analyzers not continuously compensated
for other gas species.
1065.309 Continuous gas analyzer system-response and updating-recording
verification--for gas analyzers continuously compensated for
other gas species.
Measurement of Engine Parameters and Ambient Conditions
1065.310 Torque calibration.
1065.315 Pressure, temperature, and dewpoint calibration.
Flow-Related Measurements
1065.320 Fuel-flow calibration.
1065.325 Intake-flow calibration.
1065.330 Exhaust-flow calibration.
1065.340 Diluted exhaust flow (CVS) calibration.
1065.341 CVS, PFD, and batch sampler verification (propane check).
[[Page 46]]
1065.342 Sample dryer verification.
1065.345 Vacuum-side leak verification.
CO and CO2 Measurements
1065.350 H2O interference verification for CO2
NDIR analyzers.
1065.355 H2O and CO2 interference verification for
CO NDIR analyzers.
Hydrocarbon Measurements
1065.360 FID optimization and verification.
1065.362 Non-stoichiometric raw exhaust FID O2 interference
verification.
1065.365 Nonmethane cutter penetration fractions.
1065.366 Interference verification for FTIR analyzers.
1065.369 H[bdi2]O, CO, and CO[bdi2] interference verification for
photoacoustic alcohol analyzers.
NOX and N2O Measurements
1065.370 CLD CO2 and H2O quench verification.
1065.372 NDUV analyzer HC and H2O interference verification.
1065.375 Interference verification for N2O analyzers.
1065.376 Chiller NO2 penetration.
1065.378 NO2-to-NO converter conversion verification.
PM Measurements
1065.390 PM balance verifications and weighing process verification.
1065.395 Inertial PM balance verifications.
Subpart E_Engine Selection, Preparation, and Maintenance
1065.401 Test engine selection.
1065.405 Test engine preparation and maintenance.
1065.410 Maintenance limits for stabilized test engines.
1065.415 Durability demonstration.
Subpart F_Performing an Emission Test Over Specified Duty Cycles
1065.501 Overview.
1065.510 Engine mapping.
1065.512 Duty cycle generation.
1065.514 Cycle-validation criteria for operation over specified duty
cycles.
1065.516 Sample system decontamination and preconditioning.
1065.518 Engine preconditioning.
1065.520 Pre-test verification procedures and pre-test data collection.
1065.525 Engine starting, restarting, and shutdown.
1065.526 Repeating of void modes or test intervals.
1065.530 Emission test sequence.
1065.545 Verification of proportional flow control for batch sampling.
1065.546 Verification of minimum dilution ratio for PM batch sampling.
1065.550 Gas analyzer range verification and drift verification.
1065.590 PM sampling media (e.g., filters) preconditioning and tare
weighing.
1065.595 PM sample post-conditioning and total weighing.
Subpart G_Calculations and Data Requirements
1065.601 Overview.
1065.602 Statistics.
1065.610 Duty cycle generation.
1065.630 Local acceleration of gravity.
1065.640 Flow meter calibration calculations.
1065.642 PDP, SSV, and CFV molar flow rate calculations.
1065.644 Vacuum-decay leak rate.
1065.645 Amount of water in an ideal gas.
1065.650 Emission calculations.
1065.655 Chemical balances of fuel, intake air, and exhaust.
1065.659 Removed water correction.
1065.660 THC, NMHC, NMNEHC, CH4, and
C2H6 determination.
1065.665 THCE and NMHCE determination.
1065.667 Dilution air background emission correction.
1065.670 NOX intake-air humidity and temperature corrections.
1065.672 Drift correction.
1065.675 CLD quench verification calculations.
1065.680 Adjusting emission levels to account for infrequently
regenerating aftertreatment devices.
1065.690 Buoyancy correction for PM sample media.
1065.695 Data requirements.
Subpart H_Engine Fluids, Test Fuels, Analytical Gases and Other
Calibration Standards
1065.701 General requirements for test fuels.
1065.703 Distillate diesel fuel.
1065.705 Residual and intermediate residual fuel.
1065.710 Gasoline.
1065.715 Natural gas.
1065.720 Liquefied petroleum gas.
1065.725 High-level ethanol-gasoline blends.
1065.735 Diesel exhaust fluid.
1065.740 Lubricants.
1065.745 Coolants.
1065.750 Analytical gases.
1065.790 Mass standards.
Subpart I_Testing with Oxygenated Fuels
1065.801 Applicability.
1065.805 Sampling system.
[[Page 47]]
1065.845 Response factor determination.
1065.850 Calculations.
Subpart J_Field Testing and Portable Emission Measurement Systems
1065.901 Applicability.
1065.905 General provisions.
1065.910 PEMS auxiliary equipment for field testing.
1065.915 PEMS instruments.
1065.920 PEMS calibrations and verifications.
1065.925 PEMS preparation for field testing.
1065.930 Engine starting, restarting, and shutdown.
1065.935 Emission test sequence for field testing.
1065.940 Emission calculations.
Subpart K_Definitions and Other Reference Information
1065.1001 Definitions.
1065.1005 Symbols, abbreviations, acronyms, and units of measure.
1065.1010 Incorporation by reference.
Subpart L_Methods for Unregulated and Special Pollutants
1065.1101 Applicability.
1065.1102 Semi-Volatile Organic Compounds
1065.1103 General provisions for SVOC measurement.
1065.1105 Sampling system design.
1065.1107 Sample media and sample system preparation; sampler assembly.
1065.1109 Post-test sampler disassembly and sample extraction.
1065.1111 Sample analysis.
Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7401-7671q.
Source: 70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, unless otherwise noted.
Subpart A_Applicability and General Provisions
Sec. 1065.1 Applicability.
(a) This part describes the procedures that apply to testing we
require for the following engines or for vehicles using the following
engines:
(1) Locomotives we regulate under 40 CFR part 1033. For earlier
model years, manufacturers may use the test procedures in this part or
those specified in 40 CFR part 92 according to Sec. 1065.10.
(2) Model year 2010 and later heavy-duty highway engines we regulate
under 40 CFR part 86. For earlier model years, manufacturers may use the
test procedures in this part or those specified in 40 CFR part 86,
subpart N, according to Sec. 1065.10.
(3) Nonroad diesel engines we regulate under 40 CFR part 1039 and
stationary compression-ignition engines that are certified to the
standards in 40 CFR part 1039, as specified in 40 CFR part 60, subpart
IIII. For earlier model years, manufacturers may use the test procedures
in this part or those specified in 40 CFR part 89 according to Sec.
1065.10.
(4) Marine diesel engines we regulate under 40 CFR part 1042 and
stationary compression-ignition engines that are certified to the
standards in 40 CFR part 1042, as specified in 40 CFR part 60, subpart
IIII. For earlier model years, manufacturers may use the test procedures
in this part or those specified in 40 CFR part 94 according to Sec.
1065.10.
(5) Marine spark-ignition engines we regulate under 40 CFR part
1045. For earlier model years, manufacturers may use the test procedures
in this part or those specified in 40 CFR part 91 according to Sec.
1065.10.
(6) Large nonroad spark-ignition engines we regulate under 40 CFR
part 1048, and stationary engines that are certified to the standards in
40 CFR part 1048 or as otherwise specified in 40 CFR part 60, subpart
JJJJ.
(7) Vehicles we regulate under 40 CFR part 1051 (such as snowmobiles
and off-highway motorcycles) based on engine testing. See 40 CFR part
1051, subpart F, for standards and procedures that are based on vehicle
testing.
(8) Small nonroad spark-ignition engines we regulate under 40 CFR
part 1054 and stationary engines that are certified to the standards in
40 CFR part 1054 as specified in 40 CFR part 60, subpart JJJJ. For
earlier model years, manufacturers may use the test procedures in this
part or those specified in 40 CFR part 90 according to Sec. 1065.10.
(b) The procedures of this part may apply to other types of engines,
as described in this part and in the standard-setting part.
(c) The term ``you'' means anyone performing testing under this part
other than EPA.
(1) This part is addressed primarily to manufacturers of engines,
vehicles, equipment, and vessels, but it applies
[[Page 48]]
equally to anyone who does testing under this part for such
manufacturers.
(2) This part applies to any manufacturer or supplier of test
equipment, instruments, supplies, or any other goods or services related
to the procedures, requirements, recommendations, or options in this
part.
(d) Paragraph (a) of this section identifies the parts of the CFR
that define emission standards and other requirements for particular
types of engines. In this part, we refer to each of these other parts
generically as the ''standard-setting part.'' For example, 40 CFR part
1051 is always the standard-setting part for snowmobiles. Note that
while 40 CFR part 86 is the standard-setting part for heavy-duty highway
engines, this refers specifically to 40 CFR part 86, subpart A, and to
certain portions of 40 CFR part 86, subpart N, as described in 40 CFR
86.1301.
(e) Unless we specify otherwise, the terms ``procedures'' and ``test
procedures'' in this part include all aspects of engine testing,
including the equipment specifications, calibrations, calculations, and
other protocols and procedural specifications needed to measure
emissions.
(f) For vehicles, equipment, or vessels subject to this part and
regulated under vehicle-based, equipment-based, or vessel-based
standards, use good engineering judgment to interpret the term
``engine'' in this part to include vehicles, equipment, or vessels,
where appropriate.
(g) For additional information regarding these test procedures,
visit our Web site at http://www.epa.gov, and in particular http://
www.epa.gov/nvfel/testing/regulations.htm.
(h) This part describes procedures and specifications for measuring
an engine's exhaust emissions. While the measurements are geared toward
engine-based measurements (in units of g/kW [middot] hr), many of these
provisions apply equally to vehicle-based measurements (in units of g/
mile or g/kilometer). 40 CFR part 1066 describes the analogous
procedures for vehicle-based emission measurements, and in many cases
states that specific provisions of this part 1065 also apply for those
vehicle-based measurements. Where material from this part 1065 applies
for vehicle-based measurements under 40 CFR part 1066, it is sometimes
necessary to include parenthetical statements in this part 1065 to
properly cite secondary references that are different for vehicle-based
testing. See 40 CFR part 1066 and the standard-setting part for
additional information.
[73 FR 37288, June 30, 2008, as amended at 73 FR 59321, Oct. 8, 2008; 75
FR 23028, Apr. 30, 2010; 76 FR 37977, June 28, 2011; 76 FR 57437, Sept.
15, 2011; 79 FR 23752, Apr. 28, 2014]
Sec. 1065.2 Submitting information to EPA under this part.
(a) You are responsible for statements and information in your
applications for certification, requests for approved procedures,
selective enforcement audits, laboratory audits, production-line test
reports, field test reports, or any other statements you make to us
related to this part 1065. If you provide statements or information to
someone for submission to EPA, you are responsible for these statements
and information as if you had submitted them to EPA yourself.
(b) In the standard-setting part and in 40 CFR 1068.101, we describe
your obligation to report truthful and complete information and the
consequences of failing to meet this obligation. See also 18 U.S.C. 1001
and 42 U.S.C. 7413(c)(2). This obligation applies whether you submit
this information directly to EPA or through someone else.
(c) We may void any certificates or approvals associated with a
submission of information if we find that you intentionally submitted
false, incomplete, or misleading information. For example, if we find
that you intentionally submitted incomplete information to mislead EPA
when requesting approval to use alternate test procedures, we may void
the certificates for all engines families certified based on emission
data collected using the alternate procedures. This would also apply if
you ignore data from incomplete tests or from repeat tests with higher
emission results.
(d) We may require an authorized representative of your company to
approve and sign the submission, and to certify that all the information
submitted is accurate and complete. This
[[Page 49]]
includes everyone who submits information, including manufacturers and
others.
(e) See 40 CFR 1068.10 for provisions related to confidential
information. Note however that under 40 CFR 2.301, emission data are
generally not eligible for confidential treatment.
(f) Nothing in this part should be interpreted to limit our ability
under Clean Air Act section 208 (42 U.S.C. 7542) to verify that engines
conform to the regulations.
[73 FR 37289, June 30, 2008, as amended at 75 FR 23028, Apr. 30, 2010;
79 FR 23752, Apr. 28, 2014]
Sec. 1065.5 Overview of this part 1065 and its relationship to the
standard-setting part.
(a) This part specifies procedures that apply generally to testing
various categories of engines. See the standard-setting part for
directions in applying specific provisions in this part for a particular
type of engine. Before using this part's procedures, read the standard-
setting part to answer at least the following questions:
(1) What duty cycles must I use for laboratory testing?
(2) Should I warm up the test engine before measuring emissions, or
do I need to measure cold-start emissions during a warm-up segment of
the duty cycle?
(3) Which exhaust constituents do I need to measure? Measure all
exhaust constituents that are subject to emission standards, any other
exhaust constituents needed for calculating emission rates, and any
additional exhaust constituents as specified in the standard-setting
part. Alternatively, you may omit the measurement of N2O and
CH4 for an engine, provided it is not subject to an
N2O or CH4 emission standard. If you omit the
measurement of N2O and CH4, you must provide other
information and/or data that will give us a reasonable basis for
estimating the engine's emission rates.
(4) Do any unique specifications apply for test fuels?
(5) What maintenance steps may I take before or between tests on an
emission-data engine?
(6) Do any unique requirements apply to stabilizing emission levels
on a new engine?
(7) Do any unique requirements apply to test limits, such as ambient
temperatures or pressures?
(8) Is field testing required or allowed, and are there different
emission standards or procedures that apply to field testing?
(9) Are there any emission standards specified at particular engine-
operating conditions or ambient conditions?
(10) Do any unique requirements apply for durability testing?
(b) The testing specifications in the standard-setting part may
differ from the specifications in this part. In cases where it is not
possible to comply with both the standard-setting part and this part,
you must comply with the specifications in the standard-setting part.
The standard-setting part may also allow you to deviate from the
procedures of this part for other reasons.
(c) The following table shows how this part divides testing
specifications into subparts:
Table 1 of Sec. 1065.5--Description of Part 1065 Subparts
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Describes these specifications or
This subpart procedures
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subpart A.................... Applicability and general provisions.
Subpart B.................... Equipment for testing.
Subpart C.................... Measurement instruments for testing.
Subpart D.................... Calibration and performance verifications
for measurement systems.
Subpart E.................... How to prepare engines for testing,
including service accumulation.
Subpart F.................... How to run an emission test over a
predetermined duty cycle.
Subpart G.................... Test procedure calculations.
Subpart H.................... Fuels, engine fluids, analytical gases,
and other calibration standards.
Subpart I.................... Special procedures related to oxygenated
fuels.
Subpart J.................... How to test with portable emission
measurement systems (PEMS).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 50]]
[73 FR 37289, June 30, 2008, as amended at 74 FR 56511, Oct. 30, 2009]
Sec. 1065.10 Other procedures.
(a) Your testing. The procedures in this part apply for all testing
you do to show compliance with emission standards, with certain
exceptions noted in this section. In some other sections in this part,
we allow you to use other procedures (such as less precise or less
accurate procedures) if they do not affect your ability to show that
your engines comply with the applicable emission standards. This
generally requires emission levels to be far enough below the applicable
emission standards so that any errors caused by greater imprecision or
inaccuracy do not affect your ability to state unconditionally that the
engines meet all applicable emission standards.
(b) Our testing. These procedures generally apply for testing that
we do to determine if your engines comply with applicable emission
standards. We may perform other testing as allowed by the Act.
(c) Exceptions. We may allow or require you to use procedures other
than those specified in this part in the following cases, which may
apply to laboratory testing, field testing, or both. We intend to
publicly announce when we allow or require such exceptions. All of the
test procedures noted here as exceptions to the specified procedures are
considered generically as ``other procedures.'' Note that the terms
``special procedures'' and ``alternate procedures'' have specific
meanings; ``special procedures'' are those allowed by Sec.
1065.10(c)(2) and ``alternate procedures'' are those allowed by Sec.
1065.10(c)(7).
(1) The objective of the procedures in this part is to produce
emission measurements equivalent to those that would result from
measuring emissions during in-use operation using the same engine
configuration as installed in a vehicle, equipment, or vessel. However,
in unusual circumstances where these procedures may result in
measurements that do not represent in-use operation, you must notify us
if good engineering judgment indicates that the specified procedures
cause unrepresentative emission measurements for your engines. Note that
you need not notify us of unrepresentative aspects of the test procedure
if measured emissions are equivalent to in-use emissions. This provision
does not obligate you to pursue new information regarding the different
ways your engine might operate in use, nor does it obligate you to
collect any other in-use information to verify whether or not these test
procedures are representative of your engine's in-use operation. If you
notify us of unrepresentative procedures under this paragraph (c)(1), we
will cooperate with you to establish whether and how the procedures
should be appropriately changed to result in more representative
measurements. While the provisions of this paragraph (c)(1) allow us to
be responsive to issues as they arise, we would generally work toward
making these testing changes generally applicable through rulemaking. We
will allow reasonable lead time for compliance with any resulting change
in procedures. We will consider the following factors in determining the
importance of pursuing changes to the procedures:
(i) Whether supplemental emission standards or other requirements in
the standard-setting part address the type of operation of concern or
otherwise prevent inappropriate design strategies.
(ii) Whether the unrepresentative aspect of the procedures affects
your ability to show compliance with the applicable emission standards.
(iii) The extent to which the established procedures require the use
of emission-control technologies or strategies that are expected to
ensure a comparable degree of emission control under the in-use
operation that differs from the specified procedures.
(2) You may request to use special procedures if your engine cannot
be tested using the specified procedures. For example, this may apply if
your engine cannot operate on the specified duty cycle. In this case,
tell us in writing why you cannot satisfactorily test your engine using
this part's procedures and ask to use a different approach. We will
approve your request if we determine that it would produce emission
measurements that represent in-use operation and we determine that
[[Page 51]]
it can be used to show compliance with the requirements of the standard-
setting part. Where we approve special procedures that differ
substantially from the specified procedures, we may preclude you from
participating in averaging, banking, and trading with the affected
engine families.
(3) In a given model year, you may use procedures required for later
model year engines without request. If you upgrade your testing facility
in stages, you may rely on a combination of procedures for current and
later model year engines as long as you can ensure, using good
engineering judgment, that the combination you use for testing does not
affect your ability to show compliance with the applicable emission
standards.
(4) In a given model year, you may ask to use procedures allowed for
earlier model year engines. We will approve this only if you show us
that using the procedures allowed for earlier model years does not
affect your ability to show compliance with the applicable emission
standards.
(5) You may ask to use emission data collected using other
procedures, such as those of the California Air Resources Board or the
International Organization for Standardization. We will approve this
only if you show us that using these other procedures does not affect
your ability to show compliance with the applicable emission standards.
(6) During the 12 months following the effective date of any change
in the provisions of this part 1065 (and 40 CFR part 1066 for vehicle
testing), you may use data collected using procedures specified in the
previously applicable version of this part 1065 (and 40 CFR part 1066
for vehicle testing). This also applies for changes to test procedures
specified in the standard-setting part to the extent that these changes
do not correspond to new emission standards. This paragraph (c)(6) does
not restrict the use of carryover certification data otherwise allowed
by the standard-setting part.
(7) You may request to use alternate procedures that are equivalent
to the specified procedures, or procedures that are more accurate or
more precise than the specified procedures. We may perform tests with
your engines using either the approved alternate procedures or the
specified procedures. The following provisions apply to requests for
alternate procedures:
(i) Applications. Follow the instructions in Sec. 1065.12.
(ii) Submission. Submit requests in writing to the Designated
Compliance Officer.
(iii) Notification. We may approve your request by telling you
directly, or we may issue guidance announcing our approval of a specific
alternate procedure, which would make additional requests for approval
unnecessary.
(d) Advance approval. If we require you to request approval to use
other procedures under paragraph (c) of this section, you may not use
them until we approve your request.
[70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 FR 37290, June 30, 2008;
75 FR 23028, Apr. 30, 2010; 79 FR 23752, Apr. 28, 2014; 80 FR 9118, Feb.
19, 2015; 81 FR 74162, Oct. 25, 2016]
Sec. 1065.12 Approval of alternate procedures.
(a) To get approval for an alternate procedure under Sec.
1065.10(c), send the Designated Compliance Officer an initial written
request describing the alternate procedure and why you believe it is
equivalent to the specified procedure. Anyone may request alternate
procedure approval. This means that an individual engine manufacturer
may request to use an alternate procedure. This also means that an
instrument manufacturer may request to have an instrument, equipment, or
procedure approved as an alternate procedure to those specified in this
part. We may approve your request based on this information alone,
whether or not it includes all the information specified in this
section. Where we determine that your original submission does not
include enough information for us to determine that the alternate
procedure is equivalent to the specified procedure, we may ask you to
submit supplemental information showing that your alternate procedure is
consistently and reliably at least as accurate and repeatable as the
specified procedure.
(b) We may make our approval under this section conditional upon
meeting other requirements or specifications.
[[Page 52]]
We may limit our approval, for example, to certain time frames, specific
duty cycles, or specific emission standards. Based upon any supplemental
information we receive after our initial approval, we may amend a
previously approved alternate procedure to extend, limit, or discontinue
its use. We intend to publicly announce alternate procedures that we
approve.
(c) Although we will make every effort to approve only alternate
procedures that completely meet our requirements, we may revoke our
approval of an alternate procedure if new information shows that it is
significantly not equivalent to the specified procedure.
If we do this, we will grant time to switch to testing using an
allowed procedure, considering the following factors:
(1) The cost, difficulty, and availability to switch to a procedure
that we allow.
(2) The degree to which the alternate procedure affects your ability
to show that your engines comply with all applicable emission standards.
(3) Any relevant factors considered in our initial approval.
(d) If we do not approve your proposed alternate procedure based on
the information in your initial request, we may ask you to send
additional information to fully evaluate your request. While we consider
the information specified in this paragraph (d) and the statistical
criteria of paragraph (e) of this section to be sufficient to
demonstrate equivalence, it may not be necessary to include all the
information or meet the specified statistical criteria. For example,
systems that do not meet the statistical criteria in paragraph (e) of
this section because they have a small bias toward high emission results
could be approved since they would not adversely affect your ability to
demonstrate compliance with applicable standards.
(1) Theoretical basis. Give a brief technical description explaining
why you believe the proposed alternate procedure should result in
emission measurements equivalent to those using the specified procedure.
You may include equations, figures, and references. You should consider
the full range of parameters that may affect equivalence. For example,
for a request to use a different NOX measurement procedure,
you should theoretically relate the alternate detection principle to the
specified detection principle over the expected concentration ranges for
NO, NO2, and interference gases. For a request to use a
different PM measurement procedure, you should explain the principles by
which the alternate procedure quantifies particulate mass similarly to
the specified procedures.
(2) Technical description. Describe briefly any hardware or software
needed to perform the alternate procedure. You may include dimensioned
drawings, flowcharts, schematics, and component specifications. Explain
any necessary calculations or other data manipulation.
(3) Procedure execution. Describe briefly how to perform the
alternate procedure and recommend a level of training an operator should
have to achieve acceptable results.
Summarize the installation, calibration, operation, and maintenance
procedures in a step-by-step format. Describe how any calibration is
performed using NIST-traceable standards or other similar standards we
approve. Calibration must be specified by using known quantities and
must not be specified as a comparison with other allowed procedures.
(4) Data-collection techniques. Compare measured emission results
using the proposed alternate procedure and the specified procedure, as
follows:
(i) Both procedures must be calibrated independently to NIST-
traceable standards or to other similar standards we approve.
(ii) Include measured emission results from all applicable duty
cycles. Measured emission results should show that the test engine meets
all applicable emission standards according to specified procedures.
(iii) Use statistical methods to evaluate the emission measurements,
such as those described in paragraph (e) of this section.
(e) Absent any other directions from us, use a t-test and an F-test
calculated according to Sec. 1065.602 to evaluate
[[Page 53]]
whether your proposed alternate procedure is equivalent to the specified
procedure. We may give you specific directions regarding methods for
statistical analysis, or we may approve other methods that you propose.
Such alternate methods may be more or less stringent than those
specified in this paragraph (e). In determining the appropriate
statistical criteria, we will consider the repeatability of measurements
made with the reference procedure. For example, less stringent
statistical criteria may be appropriate for measuring emission levels
being so low that they adversely affect the repeatability of reference
measurements. We recommend that you consult a statistician if you are
unfamiliar with these statistical tests. Perform the tests as follows:
(1) Repeat measurements for all applicable duty cycles at least
seven times for each procedure. You may use laboratory duty cycles to
evaluate field-testing procedures.
Be sure to include all available results to evaluate the precision
and accuracy of the proposed alternate procedure, as described in Sec.
1065.2.
(2) Demonstrate the accuracy of the proposed alternate procedure by
showing that it passes a two-sided t-test. Use an unpaired t-test,
unless you show that a paired t-test is appropriate under both of the
following provisions:
(i) For paired data, the population of the paired differences from
which you sampled paired differences must be independent. That is, the
probability of any given value of one paired difference is unchanged by
knowledge of the value of another paired difference. For example, your
paired data would violate this requirement if your series of paired
differences showed a distinct increase or decrease that was dependent on
the time at which they were sampled.
(ii) For paired data, the population of paired differences from
which you sampled the paired differences must have a normal (i.e.,
Gaussian) distribution. If the population of paired difference is not
normally distributed, consult a statistician for a more appropriate
statistical test, which may include transforming the data with a
mathematical function or using some kind of non-parametric test.
(3) Show that t is less than the critical t value, tcrit, tabulated
in Sec. 1065.602, for the following confidence intervals:
(i) 90% for a proposed alternate procedure for laboratory testing.
(ii) 95% for a proposed alternate procedure for field testing.
(4) Demonstrate the precision of the proposed alternate procedure by
showing that it passes an F-test. Use a set of at least seven samples
from the reference procedure and a set of at least seven samples from
the alternate procedure to perform an F-test. The sets must meet the
following requirements:
(i) Within each set, the values must be independent. That is, the
probability of any given value in a set must be unchanged by knowledge
of another value in that set. For example, your data would violate this
requirement if a set showed a distinct increase or decrease that was
dependent upon the time at which they were sampled.
(ii) For each set, the population of values from which you sampled
must have a normal (i.e., Gaussian) distribution. If the population of
values is not normally distributed, consult a statistician for a more
appropriate statistical test, which may include transforming the data
with a mathematical function or using some kind of non-parametric test.
(iii) The two sets must be independent of each other. That is, the
probability of any given value in one set must be unchanged by knowledge
of another value in the other set. For example, your data would violate
this requirement if one value in a set showed a distinct increase or
decrease that was dependent upon a value in the other set. Note that a
trend of emission changes from an engine would not violate this
requirement.
(iv) If you collect paired data for the paired t-test in paragraph
(e)(2) in this section, use caution when selecting sets from paired data
for the F-test. If you do this, select sets that do not mask the
precision of the measurement procedure. We recommend selecting such sets
only from data collected using the same engine, measurement instruments,
and test cycle.
[[Page 54]]
(5) Show that F is less than the critical F value, Fcrit, tabulated
in Sec. 1065.602. If you have several F-test results from several sets
of data, show that the mean F-test value is less than the mean critical
F value for all the sets. Evaluate Fcrit, based on the following
confidence intervals:
(i) 90% for a proposed alternate procedure for laboratory testing.
(ii) 95% for a proposed alternate procedure for field testing.
[70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 FR 37290, June 30, 2008;
79 FR 23752, Apr. 28, 2014]
Sec. 1065.15 Overview of procedures for laboratory and field testing.
This section outlines the procedures to test engines that are
subject to emission standards.
(a) In the standard-setting part, we set brake-specific emission
standards in g/(kW [middot] hr) (or g/(hp [middot] hr)), for the
following constituents:
(1) Total oxides of nitrogen, NOX.
(2) Hydrocarbon, HC, which may be expressed in the following ways:
(i) Total hydrocarbon, THC.
(ii) Nonmethane hydrocarbon, NMHC, which results from subtracting
methane, CH4, from THC.
(iii) Nonmethane-nonethane hydrocarbon, NMNEHC, which results from
subtracting methane, CH4, and ethane,
C2H6, from THC.
(iv) Total hydrocarbon-equivalent, THCE, which results from
adjusting THC mathematically to be equivalent on a carbon-mass basis.
(v) Nonmethane hydrocarbon-equivalent, NMHCE, which results from
adjusting NMHC mathematically to be equivalent on a carbon-mass basis.
(3) Particulate matter, PM.
(4) Carbon monoxide, CO.
(5) Carbon dioxide, CO2.
(6) Methane, CH4.
(7) Nitrous oxide, N2O.
(b) Note that some engines are not subject to standards for all the
emission constituents identified in paragraph (a) of this section. Note
also that the standard-setting part may include standards for pollutants
not listed in paragraph (a) of this section.
(c) We generally set brake-specific emission standards over test
intervals and/or duty cycles, as follows:
(1) Engine operation. Testing may involve measuring emissions and
work in a laboratory-type environment or in the field, as described in
paragraph (f) of this section. For most laboratory testing, the engine
is operated over one or more duty cycles specified in the standard-
setting part. However, laboratory testing may also include non-duty
cycle testing (such as simulation of field testing in a laboratory). For
field testing, the engine is operated under normal in-use operation. The
standard-setting part specifies how test intervals are defined for field
testing. Refer to the definitions of ``duty cycle'' and ``test
interval'' in Sec. 1065.1001. Note that a single duty cycle may have
multiple test intervals and require weighting of results from multiple
test intervals to calculate a composite brake-specific emissions value
to compare to the standard.
(2) Constituent determination. Determine the total mass of each
constituent over a test interval by selecting from the following
methods:
(i) Continuous sampling. In continuous sampling, measure the
constituent's concentration continuously from raw or dilute exhaust.
Multiply this concentration by the continuous (raw or dilute) flow rate
at the emission sampling location to determine the constituent's flow
rate. Sum the constituent's flow rate continuously over the test
interval. This sum is the total mass of the emitted constituent.
(ii) Batch sampling. In batch sampling, continuously extract and
store a sample of raw or dilute exhaust for later measurement. Extract a
sample proportional to the raw or dilute exhaust flow rate. You may
extract and store a proportional sample of exhaust in an appropriate
container, such as a bag, and then measure NOX, HC, CO,
CO2, CH4, N2O, and CH2O
concentrations in the container after the test interval. You may deposit
PM from proportionally extracted exhaust onto an appropriate substrate,
such as a filter. In this case, divide the PM by the amount of filtered
exhaust to calculate the PM concentration. Multiply batch sampled
concentrations by the total (raw or dilute) flow from which it was
extracted during the test interval. This
[[Page 55]]
product is the total mass of the emitted constituent.
(iii) Combined sampling. You may use continuous and batch sampling
simultaneously during a test interval, as follows:
(A) You may use continuous sampling for some constituents and batch
sampling for others.
(B) You may use continuous and batch sampling for a single
constituent, with one being a redundant measurement. See Sec. 1065.201
for more information on redundant measurements.
(3) Work determination. Determine work over a test interval by one
of the following methods:
(i) Speed and torque. Synchronously multiply speed and brake torque
to calculate instantaneous values for engine brake power. Sum engine
brake power over a test interval to determine total work.
(ii) Fuel consumed and brake-specific fuel consumption. Directly
measure fuel consumed or calculate it with chemical balances of the
fuel, intake air, and exhaust. To calculate fuel consumed by a chemical
balance, you must also measure either intake-air flow rate or exhaust
flow rate. Divide the fuel consumed during a test interval by the brake-
specific fuel consumption to determine work over the test interval. For
laboratory testing, calculate the brake-specific fuel consumption using
fuel consumed and speed and torque over a test interval. For field
testing, refer to the standard-setting part and Sec. 1065.915 for
selecting an appropriate value for brake-specific fuel consumption.
(d) Refer to Sec. 1065.650 for calculations to determine brake-
specific emissions.
(e) The following figure illustrates the allowed measurement
configurations described in this part 1065:
[[Page 56]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR15SE11.019
(f) This part 1065 describes how to test engines in a laboratory-
type environment or in the field.
(1) This affects test intervals and duty cycles as follows:
[[Page 57]]
(i) For laboratory testing, you generally determine brake-specific
emissions for duty-cycle testing by using an engine dynamometer in a
laboratory or other environment. This typically consists of one or more
test intervals, each defined by a duty cycle, which is a sequence of
modes, speeds, and/or torques (or powers) that an engine must follow. If
the standard-setting part allows it, you may also simulate field testing
with an engine dynamometer in a laboratory or other environment.
(ii) Field testing consists of normal in-use engine operation while
an engine is installed in a vehicle, equipment, or vessel rather than
following a specific engine duty cycle. The standard-setting part
specifies how test intervals are defined for field testing.
(2) The type of testing may also affect what test equipment may be
used. You may use ``lab-grade'' test equipment for any testing. The term
``lab-grade'' refers to equipment that fully conforms to the applicable
specifications of this part. For some testing you may alternatively use
``field-grade'' equipment. The term ``field-grade'' refers to equipment
that fully conforms to the applicable specifications of subpart J of
this part, but does not fully conform to other specifications of this
part. You may use ``field-grade'' equipment for field testing. We also
specify in this part and in the standard-setting parts certain cases in
which you may use ``field-grade'' equipment for testing in a laboratory-
type environment. (Note: Although ``field-grade'' equipment is generally
more portable than ``lab-grade'' test equipment, portability is not
relevant to whether equipment is considered to be ``field-grade'' or
``lab-grade''.)
[70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 FR 37290, June 30, 2008;
75 FR 23028, Apr. 30, 2010; 76 FR 57437, Sept. 15, 2011; 79 FR 23753,
Apr. 28, 2014; 81 FR 74162, Oct. 25, 2016]
Sec. 1065.20 Units of measure and overview of calculations.
(a) System of units. The procedures in this part generally follow
the International System of Units (SI), as detailed in NIST Special
Publication 811, which we incorporate by reference in Sec. 1065.1010.
The following exceptions apply:
(1) We designate angular speed, fn, of an engine's
crankshaft in revolutions per minute (r/min), rather than the SI unit of
radians per second (rad/s). This is based on the commonplace use of r/
min in many engine dynamometer laboratories.
(2) We designate brake-specific emissions in grams per kilowatt-hour
(g/(kW [middot] hr)), rather than the SI unit of grams per megajoule (g/
MJ). In addition, we use the symbol hr to identify hour, rather than the
SI convention of using h. This is based on the fact that engines are
generally subject to emission standards expressed in g/kW [middot] hr.
If we specify engine standards in grams per horsepower [middot] hour (g/
(hp [middot] hr)) in the standard-setting part, convert units as
specified in paragraph (d) of this section.
(3) We generally designate temperatures in units of degrees Celsius
( [deg]C) unless a calculation requires an absolute temperature. In that
case, we designate temperatures in units of Kelvin (K). For conversion
purposes throughout this part, 0 [deg]C equals 273.15 K. Unless
specified otherwise, always use absolute temperature values for
multiplying or dividing by temperature.
(b) Concentrations. This part does not rely on amounts expressed in
parts per million. Rather, we express such amounts in the following SI
units:
(1) For ideal gases, [micro]mol/mol, formerly ppm (volume).
(2) For all substances, cm\3\/m\3\, formerly ppm (volume).
(3) For all substances, mg/kg, formerly ppm (mass).
(c) Absolute pressure. Measure absolute pressure directly or
calculate it as the sum of atmospheric pressure plus a differential
pressure that is referenced to atmospheric pressure. Always use absolute
pressure values for multiplying or dividing by pressure.
(d) Units conversion. Use the following conventions to convert
units:
(1) Testing. You may record values and perform calculations with
other units. For testing with equipment that involves other units, use
the conversion factors from NIST Special Publication 811, as described
in paragraph (a) of this section.
[[Page 58]]
(2) Humidity. In this part, we identify humidity levels by
specifying dewpoint, which is the temperature at which pure water begins
to condense out of air. Use humidity conversions as described in Sec.
1065.645.
(3) Emission standards. If your standard is in g/(hp [middot] hr)
units, convert kW to hp before any rounding by using the conversion
factor of 1 hp (550 ft [middot] lbf/s) = 0.7456999 kW. Round the final
value for comparison to the applicable standard.
(e) Rounding. You are required to round certain final values, such
as final emission values. You may round intermediate values when
transferring data as long as you maintain at least six significant
digits (which requires more than six decimal places for values less than
0.1), or all significant digits if fewer than six digits are available.
Unless the standard-setting part specifies otherwise, do not round other
intermediate values. Round values to the number of significant digits
necessary to match the number of decimal places of the applicable
standard or specification as described in this paragraph (e). Note that
specifications expressed as percentages have infinite precision (as
described in paragraph (e)(7) of this section). Use the following
rounding convention, which is consistent with ASTM E29 and NIST SP 811:
(1) If the first (left-most) digit to be removed is less than five,
remove all the appropriate digits without changing the digits that
remain. For example, 3.141593 rounded to the second decimal place is
3.14.
(2) If the first digit to be removed is greater than five, remove
all the appropriate digits and increase the lowest-value remaining digit
by one. For example, 3.141593 rounded to the fourth decimal place is
3.1416.
(3) If the first digit to be removed is five with at least one
additional non-zero digit following the five, remove all the appropriate
digits and increase the lowest-value remaining digit by one. For
example, 3.141593 rounded to the third decimal place is 3.142.
(4) If the first digit to be removed is five with no additional non-
zero digits following the five, remove all the appropriate digits,
increase the lowest-value remaining digit by one if it is odd and leave
it unchanged if it is even. For example, 1.75 and 1.750 rounded to the
first decimal place are 1.8; while 1.85 and 1.850 rounded to the first
decimal place are also 1.8. Note that this rounding procedure will
always result in an even number for the lowest-value digit.
(5) This paragraph (e)(5) applies if the regulation specifies
rounding to an increment other than decimal places or powers of ten (to
the nearest 0.01, 0.1, 1, 10, 100, etc.). To round numbers for these
special cases, divide the quantity by the specified rounding increment.
Round the result to the nearest whole number as described in paragraphs
(e)(1) through (4) of this section. Multiply the rounded number by the
specified rounding increment. This value is the desired result. For
example, to round 0.90 to the nearest 0.2, divide 0.90 by 0.2 to get a
result of 4.5, which rounds to 4. Multiplying 4 by 0.2 gives 0.8, which
is the result of rounding 0.90 to the nearest 0.2.
(6) The following tables further illustrate the rounding procedures
specified in this paragraph (e):
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rounding increment
Quantity ---------------------------------------------------------------
10 1 0.1 0.01
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.141593........................................ 0 3 3.1 3.14
123,456.789..................................... 123,460 123,457 123,456.8 123,456.79
5.500........................................... 10 6 5.5 5.50
4.500........................................... 0 4 4.5 4.50
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rounding increment
Quantity ---------------------------------------------------------------
25 3 0.5 0.02
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
229.267......................................... 225 228 229.5 229.26
62.500.......................................... 50 63 62.5 62.50
87.500.......................................... 100 87 87.5 87.50
7.500........................................... 0 6 7.5 7.50
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 59]]
(7) This paragraph (e)(7) applies where we specify a limit or
tolerance as some percentage of another value (such as 2% of a maximum concentration). You may show compliance
with such specifications either by applying the percentage to the total
value to calculate an absolute limit, or by converting the absolute
value to a percentage by dividing it by the total value.
(i) Do not round either value (the absolute limit or the calculated
percentage), except as specified in paragraph (e)(7)(ii) of this
section. For example, assume we specify that an analyzer must have a
repeatability of 1% of the maximum concentration
or better, the maximum concentration is 1059 ppm, and you determine
repeatability to be 6.3 ppm. In this example, you
could calculate an absolute limit of 10.59 ppm
(1059 ppm x 0.01) or calculate that the 6.3 ppm repeatability is
equivalent to a repeatability of 0.5949008498584%.
(ii) Prior to July 1, 2013, you may treat tolerances (and equivalent
specifications) specified in percentages as having fixed rather than
infinite precision. For example, 2% would be equivalent to 1.51% to
2.50% and 2.0% would be equivalent to 1.951% to 2.050%. Note that this
allowance applies whether or not the percentage is explicitly specified
as a percentage of another value.
(8) You may use measurement devices that incorporate internal
rounding, consistent with the provisions of this paragraph (e)(8). You
may use devices that use any rounding convention if they report six or
more significant digits. You may use devices that report fewer than six
digits, consistent with good engineering judgment and the accuracy,
repeatability, and noise specifications of this part. Note that this
provision does not necessarily require you to perform engineering
analysis or keep records.
(f) Interpretation of ranges. Interpret a range as a tolerance
unless we explicitly identify it as an accuracy, repeatability,
linearity, or noise specification. See Sec. 1065.1001 for the
definition of tolerance. In this part, we specify two types of ranges:
(1) Whenever we specify a range by a single value and corresponding
limit values above and below that value (such as X Y), target the associated control point to that single
value (X). Examples of this type of range include ``10% of maximum pressure'', or ``(30 10) kPa''. In these examples, you would target the
maximum pressure or 30 kPa, respectively.
(2) Whenever we specify a range by the interval between two values,
you may target any associated control point to any value within that
range. An example of this type of range is ``(40 to 50) kPa''.
(g) Scaling of specifications with respect to an applicable
standard. Because this part 1065 is applicable to a wide range of
engines and emission standards, some of the specifications in this part
are scaled with respect to an engine's applicable standard or maximum
power. This ensures that the specification will be adequate to determine
compliance, but not overly burdensome by requiring unnecessarily high-
precision equipment. Many of these specifications are given with respect
to a ``flow-weighted mean'' that is expected at the standard or during
testing. Flow-weighted mean is the mean of a quantity after it is
weighted proportional to a corresponding flow rate. For example, if a
gas concentration is measured continuously from the raw exhaust of an
engine, its flow-weighted mean concentration is the sum of the products
(dry-to-wet corrected, if applicable) of each recorded concentration
times its respective exhaust flow rate, divided by the sum of the
recorded flow rates. As another example, the bag concentration from a
CVS system is the same as the flow-weighted mean concentration, because
the CVS system itself flow-weights the bag concentration. Refer to Sec.
1065.602 for information needed to estimate and calculate flow-weighted
means. Wherever a specification is scaled to a value based upon an
applicable standard, interpret the standard to be the family emission
limit if the engine is certified under an emission credit program in the
standard-setting part.
[70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 FR 37292, June 30, 2008;
76 FR 57438, Sept. 15, 2011; 79 FR 23753, Apr. 28, 2014]
Sec. 1065.25 Recordkeeping.
(a) The procedures in this part include various requirements to
record
[[Page 60]]
data or other information. Refer to the standard-setting part and Sec.
1065.695 regarding specific recordkeeping requirements.
(b) You must promptly send us organized, written records in English
if we ask for them. We may review them at any time.
(c) We may waive specific reporting or recordkeeping requirements we
determine to be unnecessary for the purposes of this part and the
standard-setting part. Note that while we will generally keep the
records required by this part, we are not obligated to keep records we
determine to be unnecessary for us to keep. For example, while we
require you to keep records for invalid tests so that we may verify that
your invalidation was appropriate, it is not necessary for us to keep
records for our own invalid tests.
[79 FR 23753, Apr. 28, 2014]
Subpart B_Equipment Specifications
Sec. 1065.101 Overview.
(a) This subpart specifies equipment, other than measurement
instruments, related to emission testing. The provisions of this subpart
apply for all engine dynamometer testing where engine speeds and loads
are controlled to follow a prescribed duty cycle. See subpart J of this
part to determine which of the provisions of this subpart apply for
field testing. This equipment includes three broad categories-
dynamometers, engine fluid systems (such as fuel and intake-air
systems), and emission-sampling hardware.
(b) Other related subparts in this part identify measurement
instruments (subpart C), describe how to evaluate the performance of
these instruments (subpart D), and specify engine fluids and analytical
gases (subpart H).
(c) Subpart J of this part describes additional equipment that is
specific to field testing.
(d) Figures 1 and 2 of this section illustrate some of the possible
configurations of laboratory equipment. These figures are schematics
only; we do not require exact conformance to them. Figure 1 of this
section illustrates the equipment specified in this subpart and gives
some references to sections in this subpart. Figure 2 of this section
illustrates some of the possible configurations of a full-flow dilution,
constant-volume sampling (CVS) system. Not all possible CVS
configurations are shown.
(e) Dynamometer testing involves engine operation over speeds and
loads that are controlled to a prescribed duty cycle. Field testing
involves measuring emissions over normal in-use operation of a vehicle
or piece of equipment. Field testing does not involve operating an
engine over a prescribed duty cycle.
[[Page 61]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13JY05.012
[[Page 62]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13JY05.013
[70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 FR 37292, June 30, 2008]
Sec. 1065.110 Work inputs and outputs, accessory work, and operator
demand.
(a) Work. Use good engineering judgment to simulate all engine work
inputs and outputs as they typically would operate in use. Account for
work inputs and outputs during an emission test by measuring them; or,
if they are small, you may show by engineering analysis that
disregarding them does not affect your ability to determine the net work
output by more than 0.5% of the net expected work
output over the test interval. Use equipment to simulate the specific
types of work, as follows:
(1) Shaft work. Use an engine dynamometer that is able to meet the
cycle-validation criteria in Sec. 1065.514 over each applicable duty
cycle.
(i) You may use eddy-current and water-brake dynamometers for any
testing that does not involve engine motoring, which is identified by
negative torque commands in a reference duty cycle. See the standard
setting part for reference duty cycles that are applicable to your
engine.
(ii) You may use alternating-current or direct-current motoring
dynamometers for any type of testing.
(iii) You may use one or more dynamometers.
(iv) You may use any device that is already installed on a vehicle,
equipment, or vessel to absorb work from the engine's output shaft(s).
Examples of these types of devices include a vessel's propeller and a
locomotive's generator.
(2) Electrical work. Use one or more of the following to simulate
electrical work:
[[Page 63]]
(i) Use storage batteries or capacitors that are of the type and
capacity installed in use.
(ii) Use motors, generators, and alternators that are of the type
and capacity installed in use.
(iii) Use a resistor load bank to simulate electrical loads.
(3) Pump, compressor, and turbine work. Use pumps, compressors, and
turbines that are of the type and capacity installed in use. Use working
fluids that are of the same type and thermodynamic state as normal in-
use operation.
(b) Laboratory work inputs. You may supply any laboratory inputs of
work to the engine. For example, you may supply electrical work to the
engine to operate a fuel system, and as another example you may supply
compressor work to the engine to actuate pneumatic valves. We may ask
you to show by engineering analysis your accounting of laboratory work
inputs to meet the criterion in paragraph (a) of this section.
(c) Engine accessories. You must either install or account for the
work of engine accessories required to fuel, lubricate, or heat the
engine, circulate coolant to the engine, or to operate aftertreatment
devices. Operate the engine with these accessories installed or
accounted for during all testing operations, including mapping. If these
accessories are not powered by the engine during a test, account for the
work required to perform these functions from the total work used in
brake-specific emission calculations. For air-cooled engines only,
subtract externally powered fan work from total work. We may ask you to
show by engineering analysis your accounting of engine accessories to
meet the criterion in paragraph (a) of this section.
(d) Engine starter. You may install a production-type starter.
(e) Operator demand for shaft work. Operator demand is defined in
Sec. 1065.1001. Command the operator demand and the dynamometer(s) to
follow a prescribed duty cycle with set points for engine speed and
torque as specified in Sec. 1065.512. Refer to the standard-setting
part to determine the specifications for your duty cycle(s). Use a
mechanical or electronic input to control operator demand such that the
engine is able to meet the validation criteria in Sec. 1065.514 over
each applicable duty cycle. Record feedback values for engine speed and
torque as specified in Sec. 1065.512. Using good engineering judgment,
you may improve control of operator demand by altering on-engine speed
and torque controls. However, if these changes result in
unrepresentative testing, you must notify us and recommend other test
procedures under Sec. 1065.10(c)(1).
(f) Other engine inputs. If your electronic control module requires
specific input signals that are not available during dynamometer
testing, such as vehicle speed or transmission signals, you may simulate
the signals using good engineering judgment. Keep records that describe
what signals you simulate and explain why these signals are necessary
for representative testing.
[70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 FR 37292, June 30, 2008]
Sec. 1065.120 Fuel properties and fuel temperature and pressure.
(a) Use fuels as specified in the standard-setting part, or as
specified in subpart H of this part if fuels are not specified in the
standard-setting part.
(b) If the engine manufacturer specifies fuel temperature and
pressure tolerances and the location where they are to be measured, then
measure the fuel temperature and pressure at the specified location to
show that you are within these tolerances throughout testing.
(c) If the engine manufacturer does not specify fuel temperature and
pressure tolerances, use good engineering judgment to set and control
fuel temperature and pressure in a way that represents typical in-use
fuel temperatures and pressures.
[70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 FR 37293, June 30, 2008]
Sec. 1065.122 Engine cooling and lubrication.
(a) Engine cooling. Cool the engine during testing so its intake-
air, oil, coolant, block, and head temperatures are within their
expected ranges for normal operation. You may use auxiliary coolers and
fans.
[[Page 64]]
(1) For air-cooled engines only, if you use auxiliary fans you must
account for work input to the fan(s) according to Sec. 1065.110.
(2) See Sec. 1065.125 for more information related to intake-air
cooling.
(3) See Sec. 1065.127 for more information related to exhaust gas
recirculation cooling.
(4) Measure temperatures at the manufacturer-specified locations. If
the manufacturer does not specify temperature measurement locations,
then use good engineering judgment to monitor intake-air, oil, coolant,
block, and head temperatures to ensure that they are in their expected
ranges for normal operation.
(b) Forced cooldown. You may install a forced cooldown system for an
engine and an exhaust aftertreatment device according to Sec.
1065.530(a)(1).
(c) Lubricating oil. Use lubricating oils specified in Sec.
1065.740. For two-stroke engines that involve a specified mixture of
fuel and lubricating oil, mix the lubricating oil with the fuel
according to the manufacturer's specifications.
(d) Coolant. For liquid-cooled engines, use coolant as specified in
Sec. 1065.745.
[70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 FR 37293, June 30, 2008]
Sec. 1065.125 Engine intake air.
(a) Use the intake-air system installed on the engine or one that
represents a typical in-use configuration. This includes the charge-air
cooling and exhaust gas recirculation systems.
(b) Measure temperature, humidity, and atmospheric pressure near the
entrance of the furthest upstream engine or in-use intake system
component. This would generally be near the engine's air filter, or near
the inlet to the in-use air intake system for engines that have no air
filter. For engines with multiple intakes, make measurements near the
entrance of each intake.
(1) Pressure. You may use a single shared atmospheric pressure meter
as long as your laboratory equipment for handling intake air maintains
ambient pressure at all intakes within 1 kPa of
the shared atmospheric pressure. For engines with multiple intakes with
separate atmospheric pressure measurements at each intake, use an
average value for verifying compliance to Sec. 1065.520(b)(2).
(2) Humidity. You may use a single shared humidity measurement for
intake air as long as your equipment for handling intake air maintains
dewpoint at all intakes to within 0.5 [deg]C of
the shared humidity measurement. For engines with multiple intakes with
separate humidity measurements at each intake, use a flow-weighted
average humidity for NOX corrections. If individual flows of
each intake are not measured, use good engineering judgment to estimate
a flow-weighted average humidity.
(3) Temperature. Good engineering judgment may require that you
shield the temperature sensors or move them upstream of an elbow in the
laboratory intake system to prevent measurement errors due to radiant
heating from hot engine surfaces or in-use intake system components. You
must limit the distance between the temperature sensor and the entrance
to the furthest upstream engine or in-use intake system component to no
more than 12 times the outer hydraulic diameter of the entrance to the
furthest upstream engine or in-use intake system component. However, you
may exceed this limit if you use good engineering judgment to show that
the temperature at the furthest upstream engine or in-use intake system
component meets the specification in paragraph (c) of this section. For
engines with multiple intakes, use a flow-weighted average value to
verify compliance with the specification in paragraph (c) of this
section. If individual flows of each intake are not measured, you may
use good engineering judgment to estimate a flow-weighted average
temperature. You may also verify that each individual intake complies
with the specification in paragraph (c) of this section.
(c) Maintain the temperature of intake air to (25 5) [deg]C, except as follows:
(1) Follow the standard-setting part if it specifies different
temperatures.
(2) For engines above 560 kW, you may use 35 [deg]C as the upper
bound of the tolerance. However, your system must be capable of
controlling the temperature to the 25 [deg]C setpoint for any
[[Page 65]]
steady-state operation at 30% of maximum engine power.
(3) You may ask us to allow you to apply a different setpoint for
intake air temperature if it is necessary to remain consistent with the
provisions of Sec. 1065.10(c)(1) for testing during which ambient
temperature will be outside this range.
(d) Use an intake-air restriction that represents production
engines. Make sure the intake-air restriction is between the
manufacturer's specified maximum for a clean filter and the
manufacturer's specified maximum allowed. Measure the static
differential pressure of the restriction at the location and at the
speed and torque set points specified by the manufacturer. If the
manufacturer does not specify a location, measure this pressure upstream
of any turbocharger or exhaust gas recirculation system connection to
the intake air system. If the manufacturer does not specify speed and
torque points, measure this pressure while the engine outputs maximum
power. As the manufacturer, you are liable for emission compliance for
all values up to the maximum restriction you specify for a particular
engine.
(e) This paragraph (e) includes provisions for simulating charge-air
cooling in the laboratory. This approach is described in paragraph
(e)(1) of this section. Limits on using this approach are described in
paragraphs (e)(2) and (3) of this section.
(1) Use a charge-air cooling system with a total intake-air capacity
that represents production engines' in-use installation. Design any
laboratory charge-air cooling system to minimize accumulation of
condensate. Drain any accumulated condensate. Before starting a duty
cycle (or preconditioning for a duty cycle), completely close all drains
that would normally be closed during in-use operation. Keep those drains
closed during the emission test. Maintain coolant conditions as follows:
(i) Maintain a coolant temperature of at least 20 [deg]C at the
inlet to the charge-air cooler throughout testing. We recommend
maintaining a coolant temperature of 25 5 [deg]C
at the inlet of the charge-air cooler.
(ii) At the engine conditions specified by the manufacturer, set the
coolant flow rate to achieve an air temperature within 5 [deg]C of the value specified by the manufacturer
after the charge-air cooler's outlet. Measure the air-outlet temperature
at the location specified by the manufacturer. Use this coolant flow
rate set point throughout testing. If the engine manufacturer does not
specify engine conditions or the corresponding charge-air cooler air
outlet temperature, set the coolant flow rate at maximum engine power to
achieve a charge-air cooler air outlet temperature that represents in-
use operation.
(iii) If the engine manufacturer specifies pressure-drop limits
across the charge-air cooling system, ensure that the pressure drop
across the charge-air cooling system at engine conditions specified by
the manufacturer is within the manufacturer's specified limit(s).
Measure the pressure drop at the manufacturer's specified locations.
(2) Using a constant flow rate as described in paragraph (e)(1) of
this section may result in unrepresentative overcooling of the intake
air. The provisions of this paragraph (e)(2) apply instead of the
provisions of Sec. 1065.10(c)(1) for this simulation. Our allowance to
cool intake air as specified in this paragraph (e) does not affect your
liability for field testing or for laboratory testing that is done in a
way that better represents in-use operation. Where we determine that
this allowance adversely affects your ability to demonstrate that your
engines would comply with emission standards under in-use conditions, we
may require you to use more sophisticated setpoints and controls of
charge-air pressure drop, coolant temperature, and flow rate to achieve
more representative results.
(3) This approach does not apply for field testing. You may not
correct measured emission levels from field testing to account for any
differences caused by the simulated cooling in the laboratory.
[70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 FR 37293, June 30, 2008;
73 FR 59321, Oct. 8, 2008; 75 FR 23029, Apr. 30, 2010; 76 FR 57440,
Sept. 15, 2011]
Sec. 1065.127 Exhaust gas recirculation.
Use the exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) system installed with the
engine
[[Page 66]]
or one that represents a typical in-use configuration. This includes any
applicable EGR cooling devices.
Sec. 1065.130 Engine exhaust.
(a) General. Use the exhaust system installed with the engine or one
that represents a typical in-use configuration. This includes any
applicable aftertreatment devices. We refer to exhaust piping as an
exhaust stack; this is equivalent to a tailpipe for vehicle
configurations.
(b) Aftertreatment configuration. If you do not use the exhaust
system installed with the engine, configure any aftertreatment devices
as follows:
(1) Position any aftertreatment device so its distance from the
nearest exhaust manifold flange or turbocharger outlet is within the
range specified by the engine manufacturer in the application for
certification. If this distance is not specified, position
aftertreatment devices to represent typical in-use vehicle
configurations.
(2) You may use exhaust tubing that is not from the in-use exhaust
system upstream of any aftertreatment device that is of diameter(s)
typical of in-use configurations. If you use exhaust tubing that is not
from the in-use exhaust system upstream of any aftertreatment device,
position each aftertreatment device according to paragraph (b)(1) of
this section.
(c) Sampling system connections. Connect an engine's exhaust system
to any raw sampling location or dilution stage, as follows:
(1) Minimize laboratory exhaust tubing lengths and use a total
length of laboratory tubing of no more than 10 m or 50 outside
diameters, whichever is greater. The start of laboratory exhaust tubing
should be specified as the exit of the exhaust manifold, turbocharger
outlet, last aftertreatment device, or the in-use exhaust system,
whichever is furthest downstream. The end of laboratory exhaust tubing
should be specified as the sample point, or first point of dilution. If
laboratory exhaust tubing consists of several different outside tubing
diameters, count the number of diameters of length of each individual
diameter, then sum all the diameters to determine the total length of
exhaust tubing in diameters. Use the mean outside diameter of any
converging or diverging sections of tubing. Use outside hydraulic
diameters of any noncircular sections. For multiple stack configurations
where all the exhaust stacks are combined, the start of the laboratory
exhaust tubing may be taken at the last joint of where all the stacks
are combined.
(2) You may install short sections of flexible laboratory exhaust
tubing at any location in the engine or laboratory exhaust systems. You
may use up to a combined total of 2 m or 10 outside diameters of
flexible exhaust tubing.
(3) Insulate any laboratory exhaust tubing downstream of the first
25 outside diameters of length.
(4) Use laboratory exhaust tubing materials that are smooth-walled,
electrically conductive, and not reactive with exhaust constituents.
Stainless steel is an acceptable material.
(5) We recommend that you use laboratory exhaust tubing that has
either a wall thickness of less than 2 mm or is air gap-insulated to
minimize temperature differences between the wall and the exhaust.
(6) We recommend that you connect multiple exhaust stacks from a
single engine into one stack upstream of any emission sampling. For raw
or dilute partial-flow emission sampling, to ensure mixing of the
multiple exhaust streams before emission sampling, we recommend a
minimum Reynolds number, Re #, of 4000 for the combined
exhaust stream, where Re # is based on the inside diameter of
the combined flow at the first sampling point. You may configure the
exhaust system with turbulence generators, such as orifice plates or
fins, to achieve good mixing; inclusion of turbulence generators may be
required for Re # less than 4000 to ensure good mixing. Re
# is defined in Sec. 1065.640. For dilute full-flow (CVS)
emission sampling, you may configure the exhaust system without regard
to mixing in the laboratory section of the raw exhaust. For example you
may size the laboratory section to reduce its pressure drop even if the
Re #, in the laboratory section of the raw exhaust is less
than 4000.
(d) In-line instruments. You may insert instruments into the
laboratory exhaust tubing, such as an in-line
[[Page 67]]
smoke meter. If you do this, you may leave a length of up to 5 outside
diameters of laboratory exhaust tubing uninsulated on each side of each
instrument, but you must leave a length of no more than 25 outside
diameters of laboratory exhaust tubing uninsulated in total, including
any lengths adjacent to in-line instruments.
(e) Leaks. Minimize leaks sufficiently to ensure your ability to
demonstrate compliance with the applicable standards. We recommend
performing a chemical balance of fuel, intake air, and exhaust according
to Sec. 1065.655 to verify exhaust system integrity.
(f) Grounding. Electrically ground the entire exhaust system.
(g) Forced cooldown. You may install a forced cooldown system for an
exhaust aftertreatment device according to Sec. 1065.530(a)(1)(i).
(h) Exhaust restriction. As the manufacturer, you are liable for
emission compliance for all values up to the maximum restriction(s) you
specify for a particular engine. Measure and set exhaust restriction(s)
at the location(s) and at the engine speed and torque values specified
by the manufacturer. Also, for variable-restriction aftertreatment
devices, measure and set exhaust restriction(s) at the aftertreatment
condition (degreening/aging and regeneration/loading level) specified by
the manufacturer. If the manufacturer does not specify a location,
measure this pressure downstream of any turbocharger. If the
manufacturer does not specify speed and torque points, measure pressure
while the engine produces maximum power. Use an exhaust-restriction
setpoint that represents a typical in-use value, if available. If a
typical in-use value for exhaust restriction is not available, set the
exhaust restriction at (80 to 100)% of the maximum exhaust restriction
specified by the manufacturer, or if the maximum is 5 kPa or less, the
set point must be no less than 1.0 kPa from the maximum. For example, if
the maximum back pressure is 4.5 kPa, do not use an exhaust restriction
set point that is less than 3.5 kPa.
(i) Open crankcase emissions. If the standard-setting part requires
measuring open crankcase emissions, you may either measure open
crankcase emissions separately using a method that we approve in
advance, or route open crankcase emissions directly into the exhaust
system for emission measurement. If the engine is not already configured
to route open crankcase emissions for emission measurement, route open
crankcase emissions as follows:
(1) Use laboratory tubing materials that are smooth-walled,
electrically conductive, and not reactive with crankcase emissions.
Stainless steel is an acceptable material. Minimize tube lengths. We
also recommend using heated or thin-walled or air gap-insulated tubing
to minimize temperature differences between the wall and the crankcase
emission constituents.
(2) Minimize the number of bends in the laboratory crankcase tubing
and maximize the radius of any unavoidable bend.
(3) Use laboratory crankcase exhaust tubing that meets the engine
manufacturer's specifications for crankcase back pressure.
(4) Connect the crankcase exhaust tubing into the raw exhaust
downstream of any aftertreatment system, downstream of any installed
exhaust restriction, and sufficiently upstream of any sample probes to
ensure complete mixing with the engine's exhaust before sampling. Extend
the crankcase exhaust tube into the free stream of exhaust to avoid
boundary-layer effects and to promote mixing. You may orient the
crankcase exhaust tube's outlet in any direction relative to the raw
exhaust flow.
[73 FR 37293, June 30, 2008, as amended at 79 FR 23754, Apr. 28, 2014]
Sec. 1065.140 Dilution for gaseous and PM constituents.
(a) General. You may dilute exhaust with ambient air, purified air,
or nitrogen. References in this part to ``dilution air'' may include any
of these. For gaseous emission measurement, the dilution air must be at
least 15 [deg]C. Note that the composition of the dilution air affects
some gaseous emission measurement instruments' response to emissions. We
recommend diluting exhaust at a location as close as possible
[[Page 68]]
to the location where ambient air dilution would occur in use. Dilution
may occur in a single stage or in multiple stages. For dilution in
multiple stages, the first stage is considered primary dilution and
later stages are considered secondary dilution.
(b) Dilution-air conditions and background concentrations. Before
dilution air is mixed with exhaust, you may precondition it by
increasing or decreasing its temperature or humidity. You may also
remove constituents to reduce their background concentrations. The
following provisions apply to removing constituents or accounting for
background concentrations:
(1) You may measure constituent concentrations in the dilution air
and compensate for background effects on test results. See Sec.
1065.650 for calculations that compensate for background concentrations
(40 CFR 1066.610 for vehicle testing).
(2) Measure these background concentrations the same way you measure
diluted exhaust constituents, or measure them in a way that does not
affect your ability to demonstrate compliance with the applicable
standards. For example, you may use the following simplifications for
background sampling:
(i) You may disregard any proportional sampling requirements.
(ii) You may use unheated gaseous sampling systems.
(iii) You may use unheated PM sampling systems.
(iv) You may use continuous sampling if you use batch sampling for
diluted emissions.
(v) You may use batch sampling if you use continuous sampling for
diluted emissions.
(3) For removing background PM, we recommend that you filter all
dilution air, including primary full-flow dilution air, with high-
efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filters that have an initial minimum
collection efficiency specification of 99.97% (see Sec. 1065.1001 for
procedures related to HEPA-filtration efficiencies). Ensure that HEPA
filters are installed properly so that background PM does not leak past
the HEPA filters. If you choose to correct for background PM without
using HEPA filtration, demonstrate that the background PM in the
dilution air contributes less than 50% to the net PM collected on the
sample filter. You may correct net PM without restriction if you use
HEPA filtration.
(c) Full-flow dilution; constant-volume sampling (CVS). You may
dilute the full flow of raw exhaust in a dilution tunnel that maintains
a nominally constant volume flow rate, molar flow rate or mass flow rate
of diluted exhaust, as follows:
(1) Construction. Use a tunnel with inside surfaces of 300 series
stainless steel. Electrically ground the entire dilution tunnel. We
recommend a thin-walled and insulated dilution tunnel to minimize
temperature differences between the wall and the exhaust gases. You may
not use any flexible tubing in the dilution tunnel upstream of the PM
sample probe. You may use nonconductive flexible tubing downstream of
the PM sample probe and upstream of the CVS flow meter; use good
engineering judgment to select a tubing material that is not prone to
leaks, and configure the tubing to ensure smooth flow at the CVS flow
meter.
(2) Pressure control. Maintain static pressure at the location where
raw exhaust is introduced into the tunnel within 1.2 kPa of atmospheric pressure. You may use a booster
blower to control this pressure. If you test using more careful pressure
control and you show by engineering analysis or by test data that you
require this level of control to demonstrate compliance at the
applicable standards, we will maintain the same level of static pressure
control when we test.
(3) Mixing. Introduce raw exhaust into the tunnel by directing it
downstream along the centerline of the tunnel. If you dilute directly
from the exhaust stack, the end of the exhaust stack is considered to be
the start of the dilution tunnel. You may introduce a fraction of
dilution air radially from the tunnel's inner surface to minimize
exhaust interaction with the tunnel walls. You may configure the system
with turbulence generators such as orifice plates or fins to achieve
good mixing. We recommend a minimum Reynolds number, Re #, of
4000 for the diluted exhaust stream, where Re # is
[[Page 69]]
based on the inside diameter of the dilution tunnel. Re # is
defined in Sec. 1065.640.
(4) Flow measurement preconditioning. You may condition the diluted
exhaust before measuring its flow rate, as long as this conditioning
takes place downstream of any heated HC or PM sample probes, as follows:
(i) You may use flow straighteners, pulsation dampeners, or both of
these.
(ii) You may use a filter.
(iii) You may use a heat exchanger to control the temperature
upstream of any flow meter, but you must take steps to prevent aqueous
condensation as described in paragraph (c)(6) of this section.
(5) Flow measurement. Section 1065.240 describes measurement
instruments for diluted exhaust flow.
(6) Aqueous condensation. This paragraph (c)(6) describes how you
must address aqueous condensation in the CVS. As described below, you
may meet these requirements by preventing or limiting aqueous
condensation in the CVS from the exhaust inlet to the last emission
sample probe. See that paragraph for provisions related to the CVS
between the last emission sample probe and the CVS flow meter. You may
heat and/or insulate the dilution tunnel walls, as well as the bulk
stream tubing downstream of the tunnel to prevent or limit aqueous
condensation. Where we allow aqueous condensation to occur, use good
engineering judgment to ensure that the condensation does not affect
your ability to demonstrate that your engines comply with the applicable
standards (see Sec. 1065.10(a)).
(i) Preventing aqueous condensation. To prevent condensation, you
must keep the temperature of internal surfaces, excluding any sample
probes, above the dew point of the dilute exhaust passing through the
CVS tunnel. Use good engineering judgment to monitor temperatures in the
CVS. For the purposes of this paragraph (c)(6), assume that aqueous
condensation is pure water condensate only, even though the definition
of ``aqueous condensation'' in Sec. 1065.1001 includes condensation of
any constituents that contain water. No specific verification check is
required under this paragraph (c)(6)(i), but we may ask you to show how
you comply with this requirement. You may use engineering analysis, CVS
tunnel design, alarm systems, measurements of wall temperatures, and
calculation of water dew point to demonstrate compliance with this
requirement. For optional CVS heat exchangers, you may use the lowest
water temperature at the inlet(s) and outlet(s) to determine the minimum
internal surface temperature.
(ii) Limiting aqueous condensation. This paragraph (c)(6)(ii)
specifies limits of allowable condensation and requires you to verify
that the amount of condensation that occurs during each test interval
does not exceed the specified limits.
(A) Use chemical balance equations in Sec. 1065.655 to calculate
the mole fraction of water in the dilute exhaust continuously during
testing. Alternatively, you may continuously measure the mole fraction
of water in the dilute exhaust prior to any condensation during testing.
Use good engineering judgment to select, calibrate and verify water
analyzers/detectors. The linearity verification requirements of Sec.
1065.307 do not apply to water analyzers/detectors used to correct for
the water content in exhaust samples.
(B) Use good engineering judgment to select and monitor locations on
the CVS tunnel walls prior to the last emission sample probe. If you are
also verifying limited condensation from the last emission sample probe
to the CVS flow meter, use good engineering judgment to select and
monitor locations on the CVS tunnel walls, optional CVS heat exchanger,
and CVS flow meter. For optional CVS heat exchangers, you may use the
lowest water temperature at the inlet(s) and outlet(s) to determine the
minimum internal surface temperature. Identify the minimum surface
temperature on a continuous basis.
(C) Identify the maximum potential mole fraction of dilute exhaust
lost on a continuous basis during the entire test interval. This value
must be less than or equal to 0.02. Calculate on a continuous basis the
mole fraction of water that would be in equilibrium with liquid water at
the measured minimum surface temperature. Subtract
[[Page 70]]
this mole fraction from the mole fraction of water that would be in the
exhaust without condensation (either measured or from the chemical
balance), and set any negative values to zero. This difference is the
potential mole fraction of the dilute exhaust that would be lost due to
water condensation on a continuous basis.
(D) Integrate the product of the molar flow rate of the dilute
exhaust and the potential mole fraction of dilute exhaust lost, and
divide by the totalized dilute exhaust molar flow over the test
interval. This is the potential mole fraction of the dilute exhaust that
would be lost due to water condensation over the entire test interval.
Note that this assumes no re-evaporation. This value must be less than
or equal to 0.005.
(7) Flow compensation. Maintain nominally constant molar, volumetric
or mass flow of diluted exhaust. You may maintain nominally constant
flow by either maintaining the temperature and pressure at the flow
meter or by directly controlling the flow of diluted exhaust. You may
also directly control the flow of proportional samplers to maintain
proportional sampling. For an individual test, verify proportional
sampling as described in Sec. 1065.545.
(d) Partial-flow dilution (PFD). You may dilute a partial flow of
raw or previously diluted exhaust before measuring emissions. Section
1065.240 describes PFD-related flow measurement instruments. PFD may
consist of constant or varying dilution ratios as described in
paragraphs (d)(2) and (3) of this section. An example of a constant
dilution ratio PFD is a ``secondary dilution PM'' measurement system.
(1) Applicability. (i) You may use PFD to extract a proportional raw
exhaust sample for any batch or continuous PM emission sampling over any
transient duty cycle, any steady-state duty cycle, or any ramped-modal
cycle.
(ii) You may use PFD to extract a proportional raw exhaust sample
for any batch or continuous gaseous emission sampling over any transient
duty cycle, any steady-state duty cycle, or any ramped-modal cycle.
(iii) You may use PFD to extract a proportional raw exhaust sample
for any batch or continuous field-testing.
(iv) You may use PFD to extract a proportional diluted exhaust
sample from a CVS for any batch or continuous emission sampling.
(v) You may use PFD to extract a constant raw or diluted exhaust
sample for any continuous emission sampling.
(vi) You may use PFD to extract a constant raw or diluted exhaust
sample for any steady-state emission sampling.
(2) Constant dilution-ratio PFD. Do one of the following for
constant dilution-ratio PFD:
(i) Dilute an already proportional flow. For example, you may do
this as a way of performing secondary dilution from a CVS tunnel to
achieve overall dilution ratio for PM sampling.
(ii) Continuously measure constituent concentrations. For example,
you might dilute to precondition a sample of raw exhaust to control its
temperature, humidity, or constituent concentrations upstream of
continuous analyzers. In this case, you must take into account the
dilution ratio before multiplying the continuous concentration by the
sampled exhaust flow rate.
(iii) Extract a proportional sample from a separate constant
dilution ratio PFD system. For example, you might use a variable-flow
pump to proportionally fill a gaseous storage medium such as a bag from
a PFD system. In this case, the proportional sampling must meet the same
specifications as varying dilution ratio PFD in paragraph (d)(3) of this
section.
(iv) For each mode of a discrete-mode test (such as a locomotive
notch setting or a specific setting for speed and torque), use a
constant dilution ratio for any PM sampling. You must change the overall
PM sampling system dilution ratio between modes so that the dilution
ratio on the mode with the highest exhaust flow rate meets Sec.
1065.140(e)(2) and the dilution ratios on all other modes is higher than
this (minimum) dilution ratio by the ratio of the maximum exhaust flow
rate to the exhaust flow rate of the corresponding other mode. This is
the same dilution ratio requirement for RMC or field transient testing.
You must account for this change in dilution ratio in your emission
calculations.
[[Page 71]]
(3) Varying dilution-ratio PFD. All the following provisions apply
for varying dilution-ratio PFD:
(i) Use a control system with sensors and actuators that can
maintain proportional sampling over intervals as short as 200 ms (i.e.,
5 Hz control).
(ii) For control input, you may use any sensor output from one or
more measurements; for example, intake-air flow, fuel flow, exhaust
flow, engine speed, and intake manifold temperature and pressure.
(iii) Account for any emission transit time in the PFD system, as
necessary.
(iv) You may use preprogrammed data if they have been determined for
the specific test site, duty cycle, and test engine from which you
dilute emissions.
(v) We recommend that you run practice cycles to meet the
verification criteria in Sec. 1065.545. Note that you must verify every
emission test by meeting the verification criteria with the data from
that specific test. Data from previously verified practice cycles or
other tests may not be used to verify a different emission test.
(vi) You may not use a PFD system that requires preparatory tuning
or calibration with a CVS or with the emission results from a CVS.
Rather, you must be able to independently calibrate the PFD.
(e) Dilution air temperature, dilution ratio, residence time, and
temperature control of PM samples. Dilute PM samples at least once
upstream of transfer lines. You may dilute PM samples upstream of a
transfer line using full-flow dilution, or partial-flow dilution
immediately downstream of a PM probe. In the case of partial-flow
dilution, you may have up to 26 cm of insulated length between the end
of the probe and the dilution stage, but we recommend that the length be
as short as practical. The intent of these specifications is to minimize
heat transfer to or from the emission sample before the final stage of
dilution, other than the heat you may need to add to prevent aqueous
condensation. This is accomplished by initially cooling the sample
through dilution. Configure dilution systems as follows:
(1) Set the dilution air temperature to (25 5)
[deg]C. Use good engineering judgment to select a location to measure
this temperature that is as close as practical upstream of the point
where dilution air mixes with raw exhaust.
(2) For any PM dilution system (i.e., CVS or PFD), add dilution air
to the raw exhaust such that the minimum overall ratio of diluted
exhaust to raw exhaust is within the range of (5:1 to 7:1) and is at
least 2:1 for any primary dilution stage. Base this minimum value on the
maximum engine exhaust flow rate for a given test interval. Either
measure the maximum exhaust flow during a practice run of the test
interval or estimate it based on good engineering judgment (for example,
you might rely on manufacturer-published literature).
(3) Configure any PM dilution system to have an overall residence
time of (1.0 to 5.5) s, as measured from the location of initial
dilution air introduction to the location where PM is collected on the
sample media. Also configure the system to have a residence time of at
least 0.50 s, as measured from the location of final dilution air
introduction to the location where PM is collected on the sample media.
When determining residence times within sampling system volumes, use an
assumed flow temperature of 25 [deg]C and pressure of 101.325 kPa.
(4) Control sample temperature to a (47 5)
[deg]C tolerance, as measured anywhere within 20 cm upstream or
downstream of the PM storage media (such as a filter). Measure this
temperature with a bare-wire junction thermocouple with wires that are
(0.500 0.025) mm diameter, or with another
suitable instrument that has equivalent performance.
[79 FR 23754, Apr. 28, 2014, as amended at 81 FR 74162, Oct. 25, 2016]
Sec. 1065.145 Gaseous and PM probes, transfer lines, and sampling
system components.
(a) Continuous and batch sampling. Determine the total mass of each
constituent with continuous or batch sampling. Both types of sampling
systems have probes, transfer lines, and other sampling system
components that are described in this section.
(b) Options for engines with multiple exhaust stacks. Measure
emissions from
[[Page 72]]
a test engine as described in this paragraph (b) if it has multiple
exhaust stacks. You may choose to use different measurement procedures
for different pollutants under this paragraph (b) for a given test. For
purposes of this part 1065, the test engine includes all the devices
related to converting the chemical energy in the fuel to the engine's
mechanical output energy. This may or may not involve vehicle- or
equipment-based devices. For example, all of an engine's cylinders are
considered to be part of the test engine even if the exhaust is divided
into separate exhaust stacks. As another example, all the cylinders of a
diesel-electric locomotive are considered to be part of the test engine
even if they transmit power through separate output shafts, such as
might occur with multiple engine-generator sets working in tandem. Use
one of the following procedures to measure emissions with multiple
exhaust stacks:
(1) Route the exhaust flow from the multiple stacks into a single
flow as described in Sec. 1065.130(c)(6). Sample and measure emissions
after the exhaust streams are mixed. Calculate the emissions as a single
sample from the entire engine. We recommend this as the preferred
option, since it requires only a single measurement and calculation of
the exhaust molar flow for the entire engine.
(2) Sample and measure emissions from each stack and calculate
emissions separately for each stack. Add the mass (or mass rate)
emissions from each stack to calculate the emissions from the entire
engine. Testing under this paragraph (b)(2) requires measuring or
calculating the exhaust molar flow for each stack separately. If the
exhaust molar flow in each stack cannot be calculated from combustion
air flow(s), fuel flow(s), and measured gaseous emissions, and it is
impractical to measure the exhaust molar flows directly, you may
alternatively proportion the engine's calculated total exhaust molar
flow rate (where the flow is calculated using combustion air mass
flow(s), fuel mass flow(s), and emissions concentrations) based on
exhaust molar flow measurements in each stack using a less accurate,
non-traceable method. For example, you may use a total pressure probe
and static pressure measurement in each stack.
(3) Sample and measure emissions from one stack and repeat the duty
cycle as needed to collect emissions from each stack separately.
Calculate the emissions from each stack and add the separate
measurements to calculate the mass (or mass rate) emissions from the
entire engine. Testing under this paragraph (b)(3) requires measuring or
calculating the exhaust molar flow for each stack separately. You may
alternatively proportion the engine's calculated total exhaust molar
flow rate based on calculation and measurement limitations as described
in paragraph (b)(2) of this section. Use the average of the engine's
total power or work values from the multiple test runs to calculate
brake-specific emissions. Divide the total mass (or mass rate) of each
emission by the average power (or work). You may alternatively use the
engine power or work associated with the corresponding stack during each
test run if these values can be determined for each stack separately.
(4) Sample and measure emissions from each stack separately and
calculate emissions for the entire engine based on the stack with the
highest concentration. Testing under this paragraph (b)(4) requires only
a single exhaust flow measurement or calculation for the entire engine.
You may determine which stack has the highest concentration by
performing multiple test runs, reviewing the results of earlier tests,
or using good engineering judgment. Note that the highest concentration
of different pollutants may occur in different stacks. Note also that
the stack with the highest concentration of a pollutant during a test
interval for field testing may be a different stack than the one you
identified based on average concentrations over a duty cycle.
(5) Sample emissions from each stack separately and combine the wet
sample streams from each stack proportionally to the exhaust molar flows
in each stack. Measure the emission concentrations and calculate the
emissions for the entire engine based on these weighted concentrations.
Testing
[[Page 73]]
under this paragraph (b)(5) requires measuring or calculating the
exhaust molar flow for each stack separately during the test run to
proportion the sample streams from each stack. If it is impractical to
measure the exhaust molar flows directly, you may alternatively
proportion the wet sample streams based on less accurate, non-traceable
flow methods. For example, you may use a total pressure probe and static
pressure measurement in each stack. The following restrictions apply for
testing under this paragraph (b)(5):
(i) You must use an accurate, traceable measurement or calculation
of the engine's total exhaust molar flow rate for calculating the mass
of emissions from the entire engine.
(ii) You may dry the single, combined, proportional sample stream;
you may not dry the sample streams from each stack separately.
(iii) You must measure and proportion the sample flows from each
stack with active flow controls. For PM sampling, you must measure and
proportion the diluted sample flows from each stack with active flow
controls that use only smooth walls with no sudden change in cross-
sectional area. For example, you may control the dilute exhaust PM
sample flows using electrically conductive vinyl tubing and a control
device that pinches the tube over a long enough transition length so no
flow separation occurs.
(iv) For PM sampling, the transfer lines from each stack must be
joined so the angle of the joining flows is 12.5[deg] or less. Note that
the exhaust manifold must meet the same specifications as the transfer
line according to paragraph (d) of this section.
(6) Sample emissions from each stack separately and combine the wet
sample streams from each stack equally. Measure the emission
concentrations and calculate the emissions for the entire engine based
on these measured concentrations. Testing under this paragraph (b)(6)
assumes that the raw-exhaust and sample flows are the same for each
stack. The following restrictions apply for testing under this paragraph
(b)(6):
(i) You must measure and demonstrate that the sample flow from each
stack is within 5% of the value from the stack with the highest sample
flow. You may alternatively ensure that the stacks have equal flow rates
without measuring sample flows by designing a passive sampling system
that meets the following requirements:
(A) The probes and transfer line branches must be symmetrical, have
equal lengths and diameters, have the same number of bends, and have no
filters.
(B) If probes are designed such that they are sensitive to stack
velocity, the stack velocity must be similar at each probe. For example,
a static pressure probe used for gaseous sampling is not sensitive to
stack velocity.
(C) The stack static pressure must be the same at each probe. You
can meet this requirement by placing probes at the end of stacks that
are vented to atmosphere.
(D) For PM sampling, the transfer lines from each stack must be
joined so the angle of the joining flows is 12.5[deg] or less. Note that
the exhaust manifold must meet the same specifications as the transfer
line according to paragraph (d) of this section.
(ii) You may use the procedure in this paragraph (b)(6) only if you
perform an analysis showing that the resulting error due to imbalanced
stack flows and concentrations is either at or below 2%. You may
alternatively show that the resulting error does not impact your ability
to demonstrate compliance with applicable standards. For example, you
may use less accurate, non-traceable measurements of emission
concentrations and molar flow in each stack and demonstrate that the
imbalances in flows and concentrations cause 2% or less error.
(iii) For a two-stack engine, you may use the procedure in this
paragraph (b)(6) only if you can show that the stack with the higher
flow has the lower average concentration for each pollutant over the
duty cycle.
(iv) You must use an accurate, traceable measurement or calculation
of the engine's total exhaust molar flow rate for calculating the mass
of emissions from the entire engine.
(v) You may dry the single, equally combined, sample stream; you may
not dry the sample streams from each stack separately.
[[Page 74]]
(vi) You may determine your exhaust flow rates with a chemical
balance of exhaust gas concentrations and either intake air flow or fuel
flow.
(c) Gaseous and PM sample probes. A probe is the first fitting in a
sampling system. It protrudes into a raw or diluted exhaust stream to
extract a sample, such that its inside and outside surfaces are in
contact with the exhaust. A sample is transported out of a probe into a
transfer line, as described in paragraph (d) of this section. The
following provisions apply to sample probes:
(1) Probe design and construction. Use sample probes with inside
surfaces of 300 series stainless steel or, for raw exhaust sampling, use
any nonreactive material capable of withstanding raw exhaust
temperatures. Locate sample probes where constituents are mixed to their
mean sample concentration. Take into account the mixing of any crankcase
emissions that may be routed into the raw exhaust. Locate each probe to
minimize interference with the flow to other probes. We recommend that
all probes remain free from influences of boundary layers, wakes, and
eddies--especially near the outlet of a raw-exhaust stack where
unintended dilution might occur. Make sure that purging or back-flushing
of a probe does not influence another probe during testing. You may use
a single probe to extract a sample of more than one constituent as long
as the probe meets all the specifications for each constituent.
(2) Gaseous sample probes. Use either single-port or multi-port
probes for sampling gaseous emissions. You may orient these probes in
any direction relative to the raw or diluted exhaust flow. For some
probes, you must control sample temperatures, as follows:
(i) For probes that extract NOX from diluted exhaust,
control the probe's wall temperature to prevent aqueous condensation.
(ii) For probes that extract hydrocarbons for THC or NMHC analysis
from the diluted exhaust of compression-ignition engines, two-stroke
spark-ignition engines, or four-stroke spark-ignition engines at or
below 19 kW, we recommend heating the probe to minimize hydrocarbon
contamination consistent with good engineering judgment. If you
routinely fail the contamination check in the 1065.520 pretest check, we
recommend heating the probe section to approximately 190 [deg]C to
minimize contamination.
(3) PM sample probes. Use PM probes with a single opening at the
end. Orient PM probes to face directly upstream. If you shield a PM
probe's opening with a PM pre-classifier such as a hat, you may not use
the preclassifier we specify in paragraph (f)(1) of this section. We
recommend sizing the inside diameter of PM probes to approximate
isokinetic sampling at the expected mean flow rate.
(d) Transfer lines. You may use transfer lines to transport an
extracted sample from a probe to an analyzer, storage medium, or
dilution system, noting certain restrictions for PM sampling in Sec.
1065.140(e). Minimize the length of all transfer lines by locating
analyzers, storage media, and dilution systems as close to probes as
practical. We recommend that you minimize the number of bends in
transfer lines and that you maximize the radius of any unavoidable bend.
Avoid using 90[deg] elbows, tees, and cross-fittings in transfer lines.
Where such connections and fittings are necessary, take steps, using
good engineering judgment, to ensure that you meet the temperature
tolerances in this paragraph (d). This may involve measuring temperature
at various locations within transfer lines and fittings. You may use a
single transfer line to transport a sample of more than one constituent,
as long as the transfer line meets all the specifications for each
constituent. The following construction and temperature tolerances apply
to transfer lines:
(1) Gaseous samples. Use transfer lines with inside surfaces of 300
series stainless steel, PTFE, Viton \TM\, or any other material that you
demonstrate has better properties for emission sampling. For raw exhaust
sampling, use a non-reactive material capable of withstanding raw
exhaust temperatures. You may use in-line filters if they do not react
with exhaust constituents and if the filter and its housing meet the
same temperature requirements as the transfer lines, as follows:
(i) For NOX transfer lines upstream of either an
NO2-to-NO converter that
[[Page 75]]
meets the specifications of Sec. 1065.378 or a chiller that meets the
specifications of Sec. 1065.376, maintain a sample temperature that
prevents aqueous condensation.
(ii) For THC transfer lines for testing compression-ignition
engines, two-stroke spark-ignition engines, or four-stroke spark-
ignition engines at or below 19 kW, maintain a wall temperature
tolerance throughout the entire line of (191 11)
[deg]C. If you sample from raw exhaust, you may connect an unheated,
insulated transfer line directly to a probe. Design the length and
insulation of the transfer line to cool the highest expected raw exhaust
temperature to no lower than 191 [deg]C, as measured at the transfer
line's outlet. For dilute sampling, you may use a transition zone
between the probe and transfer line of up to 92 cm to allow your wall
temperature to transition to (191 11) [deg]C.
(2) PM samples. We recommend heated transfer lines or a heated
enclosure to minimize temperature differences between transfer lines and
exhaust constituents. Use transfer lines that are inert with respect to
PM and are electrically conductive on the inside surfaces. We recommend
using PM transfer lines made of 300 series stainless steel. Electrically
ground the inside surface of PM transfer lines.
(e) Optional sample-conditioning components for gaseous sampling.
You may use the following sample-conditioning components to prepare
gaseous samples for analysis, as long as you do not install or use them
in a way that adversely affects your ability to show that your engines
comply with all applicable gaseous emission standards.
(1) NO2-to-NO converter. You may use an NO2-to-NO
converter that meets the converter conversion verification specified in
Sec. 1065.378 at any point upstream of a NOX analyzer,
sample bag, or other storage medium.
(2) Sample dryer. You may use either type of sample dryer described
in this paragraph (e)(2) to decrease the effects of water on gaseous
emission measurements. You may not use a chemical dryer, or use dryers
upstream of PM sample filters.
(i) Osmotic-membrane. You may use an osmotic-membrane dryer upstream
of any gaseous analyzer or storage medium, as long as it meets the
temperature specifications in paragraph (d)(1) of this section. Because
osmotic-membrane dryers may deteriorate after prolonged exposure to
certain exhaust constituents, consult with the membrane manufacturer
regarding your application before incorporating an osmotic-membrane
dryer. Monitor the dewpoint, Tdew, and absolute pressure,
ptotal, downstream of an osmotic-membrane dryer. You may use
continuously recorded values of Tdew and ptotal in
the amount of water calculations specified in Sec. 1065.645. For our
testing we may use average temperature and pressure values over the test
interval or a nominal pressure value that we estimate as the dryer's
average pressure expected during testing as constant values in the
amount of water calculations specified in Sec. 1065.645. For your
testing, you may use the maximum temperature or minimum pressure values
observed during a test interval or duty cycle or the high alarm
temperature setpoint or low alarm pressure setpoint as constant values
in the calculations specified in Sec. 1065.645. For your testing, you
may also use a nominal ptotal, which you may estimate as the
dryer's lowest absolute pressure expected during testing.
(ii) Thermal chiller. You may use a thermal chiller upstream of some
gas analyzers and storage media. You may not use a thermal chiller
upstream of a THC measurement system for compression-ignition engines,
two-stroke spark-ignition engines, or four-stroke spark-ignition engines
at or below 19 kW. If you use a thermal chiller upstream of an
NO2-to-NO converter or in a sampling system without an
NO2-to-NO converter, the chiller must meet the NO2
loss-performance check specified in Sec. 1065.376. Monitor the
dewpoint, Tdew, and absolute pressure, p total,
downstream of a thermal chiller. You may use continuously recorded
values of Tdew and ptotal in the amount of water
calculations specified in Sec. 1065.645. If it is valid to assume the
degree of saturation in the thermal chiller, you may calculate T
dew based on the known chiller performance and continuous
monitoring of chiller temperature,
[[Page 76]]
Tchiller. If it is valid to assume a constant temperature
offset between Tchiller and Tdew, due to a known
and fixed amount of sample reheat between the chiller outlet and the
temperature measurement location, you may factor in this assumed
temperature offset value into emission calculations. If we ask for it,
you must show by engineering analysis or by data the validity of any
assumptions allowed by this paragraph (e)(2)(ii). For our testing we may
use average temperature and pressure values over the test interval or a
nominal pressure value that we estimate as the dryer's average pressure
expected during testing as constant values in the calculations specified
in Sec. 1065.645. For your testing you may use the maximum temperature
and minimum pressure values observed during a test interval or duty
cycle or the high alarm temperature setpoint and the low alarm pressure
setpoint as constant values in the amount of water calculations
specified in Sec. 1065.645. For your testing you may also use a nominal
ptotal, which you may estimate as the dryer's lowest absolute
pressure expected during testing.
(3) Sample pumps. You may use sample pumps upstream of an analyzer
or storage medium for any gas. Use sample pumps with inside surfaces of
300 series stainless steel, PTFE, or any other material that you
demonstrate has better properties for emission sampling. For some sample
pumps, you must control temperatures, as follows:
(i) If you use a NOX sample pump upstream of either an
NO2-to-NO converter that meets Sec. 1065.378 or a chiller
that meets Sec. 1065.376, it must be heated to prevent aqueous
condensation.
(ii) For testing compression-ignition engines, two-stroke spark-
ignition engines, or four-stroke spark-ignition engines at or below 19
kW, if you use a THC sample pump upstream of a THC analyzer or storage
medium, its inner surfaces must be heated to a tolerance of (191 11) [deg]C.
(4) Ammonia Scrubber. You may use ammonia scrubbers for any or all
gaseous sampling systems to prevent interference with NH3,
poisoning of the NO2-to-NO converter, and deposits in the
sampling system or analyzers. Follow the ammonia scrubber manufacturer's
recommendations or use good engineering judgment in applying ammonia
scrubbers.
(f) Optional sample-conditioning components for PM sampling. You may
use the following sample-conditioning components to prepare PM samples
for analysis, as long as you do not install or use them in a way that
adversely affects your ability to show that your engines comply with the
applicable PM emission standards. You may condition PM samples to
minimize positive and negative biases to PM results, as follows:
(1) PM preclassifier. You may use a PM preclassifier to remove
large-diameter particles. The PM preclassifier may be either an inertial
impactor or a cyclonic separator. It must be constructed of 300 series
stainless steel. The preclassifier must be rated to remove at least 50%
of PM at an aerodynamic diameter of 10 [micro]m and no more than 1% of
PM at an aerodynamic diameter of 1 [micro]m over the range of flow rates
for which you use it. Follow the preclassifier manufacturer's
instructions for any periodic servicing that may be necessary to prevent
a buildup of PM. Install the preclassifier in the dilution system
downstream of the last dilution stage. Configure the preclassifier
outlet with a means of bypassing any PM sample media so the
preclassifier flow may be stabilized before starting a test. Locate PM
sample media within 75 cm downstream of the preclassifier's exit. You
may not use this preclassifier if you use a PM probe that already has a
preclassifier. For example, if you use a hat-shaped preclassifier that
is located immediately upstream of the probe in such a way that it
forces the sample flow to change direction before entering the probe,
you may not use any other preclassifier in your PM sampling system.
(2) Other components. You may request to use other PM conditioning
components upstream of a PM preclassifier, such as components that
condition humidity or remove gaseous-phase hydrocarbons from the diluted
exhaust stream. You may use such
[[Page 77]]
components only if we approve them under Sec. 1065.10.
[75 FR 23030, Apr. 30, 2010; 79 FR 23756, Apr. 28, 2014]
Sec. 1065.150 Continuous sampling.
You may use continuous sampling techniques for measurements that
involve raw or dilute sampling. Make sure continuous sampling systems
meet the specifications in Sec. 1065.145. Make sure continuous
analyzers meet the specifications in subparts C and D of this part.
Sec. 1065.170 Batch sampling for gaseous and PM constituents.
Batch sampling involves collecting and storing emissions for later
analysis. Examples of batch sampling include collecting and storing
gaseous emissions in a bag or collecting and storing PM on a filter. You
may use batch sampling to store emissions that have been diluted at
least once in some way, such as with CVS, PFD, or BMD. You may use
batch-sampling to store undiluted emissions.
(a) Sampling methods. If you extract from a constant-volume flow
rate, sample at a constant-volume flow rate as follows:
(1) Verify proportional sampling after an emission test as described
in Sec. 1065.545. Use good engineering judgment to select storage media
that will not significantly change measured emission levels (either up
or down). For example, do not use sample bags for storing emissions if
the bags are permeable with respect to emissions or if they off gas
emissions to the extent that it affects your ability to demonstrate
compliance with the applicable gaseous emission standards. As another
example, do not use PM filters that irreversibly absorb or adsorb gases
to the extent that it affects your ability to demonstrate compliance
with the applicable PM emission standard.
(2) You must follow the requirements in Sec. 1065.140(e)(2) related
to PM dilution ratios. For each filter, if you expect the net PM mass on
the filter to exceed 400 [micro]g, assuming a 38 mm diameter filter
stain area, you may take the following actions in sequence:
(i) For discrete-mode testing only, you may reduce sample time as
needed to target a filter loading of 400 [micro]g, but not below the
minimum sample time specified in the standard-setting part.
(ii) Reduce filter face velocity as needed to target a filter
loading of 400 [micro]g, down to 50 cm/s or less.
(iii) Increase overall dilution ratio above the values specified in
Sec. 1065.140(e)(2) to target a filter loading of 400 [micro]g.
(b) Gaseous sample storage media. Store gas volumes in sufficiently
clean containers that minimally off-gas or allow permeation of gases.
Use good engineering judgment to determine acceptable thresholds of
storage media cleanliness and permeation. To clean a container, you may
repeatedly purge and evacuate a container and you may heat it. Use a
flexible container (such as a bag) within a temperature-controlled
environment, or use a temperature controlled rigid container that is
initially evacuated or has a volume that can be displaced, such as a
piston and cylinder arrangement. Use containers meeting the
specifications in the Table 1 of this section, noting that you may
request to use other container materials under Sec. 1065.10. Sample
temperatures must stay within the following ranges for each container
material:
(1) Up to 40 [deg]C for Tedlar \TM\ and Kynar \TM\..
(2) (191 11) [deg]C for Teflon \TM\ and 300
series stainless steel used with measuring THC or NMHC from compression-
ignition engines, two-stroke spark-ignition engines, and four-stroke
spark-ignition engines at or below 19 kW. For all other engines and
pollutants, these materials may be used for sample temperatures up to
202 [deg]C.
[[Page 78]]
Table 1 of Sec. 1065.170--Container Materials for Gaseous Batch
Sampling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Engine type
---------------------------------------
Compression-
ignition Two-
Emissions stroke spark-
ignition Four- All other engines
stroke spark-
ignition at or
below 19 kW
------------------------------------------------------------------------
CO, CO2, O2, CH4, C2H6, C3H8, Tedlar \TM\, Kynar Tedlar \TM\, Kynar
NO, NO2, N2O. \TM\, Teflon \TM\, Teflon
\TM\, or 300 \TM\, or 300
series stainless series stainless
steel. steel.
THC, NMHC....................... Teflon \TM\ or 300 Tedlar \TM\, Kynar
series stainless \TM\, Teflon
steel. \TM\, or 300
series stainless
steel.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(c) PM sample media. Apply the following methods for sampling
particulate emissions:
(1) If you use filter-based sampling media to extract and store PM
for measurement, your procedure must meet the following specifications:
(i) If you expect that a filter's total surface concentration of PM
will exceed 400 [micro]g, assuming a 38 mm diameter filter stain area,
for a given test interval, you may use filter media with a minimum
initial collection efficiency of 98%; otherwise you must use a filter
media with a minimum initial collection efficiency of 99.7%. Collection
efficiency must be measured as described in ASTM D2986 (incorporated by
reference in Sec. 1065.1010), though you may rely on the sample-media
manufacturer's measurements reflected in their product ratings to show
that you meet this requirement.
(ii) The filter must be circular, with an overall diameter of 46.50
0.6 mm and an exposed diameter of at least 38 mm.
See the cassette specifications in paragraph (c)(1)(vii) of this
section.
(iii) We highly recommend that you use a pure PTFE filter material
that does not have any flow-through support bonded to the back and has
an overall thickness of 40 20 [micro]m. An inert
polymer ring may be bonded to the periphery of the filter material for
support and for sealing between the filter cassette parts. We consider
Polymethylpentene (PMP) and PTFE inert materials for a support ring, but
other inert materials may be used. See the cassette specifications in
paragraph (c)(1)(vii) of this section. We allow the use of PTFE-coated
glass fiber filter material, as long as this filter media selection does
not affect your ability to demonstrate compliance with the applicable
standards, which we base on a pure PTFE filter material. Note that we
will use pure PTFE filter material for compliance testing, and we may
require you to use pure PTFE filter material for any compliance testing
we require, such as for selective enforcement audits.
(iv) You may request to use other filter materials or sizes under
the provisions of Sec. 1065.10.
(v) To minimize turbulent deposition and to deposit PM evenly on a
filter, use a filter holder with a 12.5[deg] (from center) divergent
cone angle to transition from the transfer-line inside diameter to the
exposed diameter of the filter face. Use 300 series stainless steel for
this transition.
(vi) Maintain a filter face velocity near 100 cm/s with less than 5%
of the recorded flow values exceeding 100 cm/s, unless you expect the
net PM mass on the filter to exceed 400 [micro]g, assuming a 38 mm
diameter filter stain area. Measure face velocity as the volumetric flow
rate of the sample at the pressure upstream of the filter and
temperature of the filter face as measured in Sec. 1065.140(e), divided
by the filter's exposed area. You may use the exhaust stack or CVS
tunnel pressure for the upstream pressure if the pressure drop through
the PM sampler up to the filter is less than 2 kPa.
(vii) Use a clean cassette designed to the specifications of Figure
1 of Sec. 1065.170. In auto changer configurations, you may use
cassettes of similar design. Cassettes must be made of one of the
following materials: Delrin \TM\, 300 series stainless steel,
polycarbonate, acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene (ABS) resin, or
conductive polypropylene. We recommend that you keep filter cassettes
clean by periodically washing or wiping them with a compatible solvent
applied using a
[[Page 79]]
lint-free cloth. Depending upon your cassette material, ethanol
(C2H5OH) might be an acceptable solvent. Your
cleaning frequency will depend on your engine's PM and HC emissions.
(viii) If you keep the cassette in the filter holder after sampling,
prevent flow through the filter until either the holder or cassette is
removed from the PM sampler. If you remove the cassettes from filter
holders after sampling, transfer the cassette to an individual container
that is covered or sealed to prevent communication of semi-volatile
matter from one filter to another. If you remove the filter holder, cap
the inlet and outlet. Keep them covered or sealed until they return to
the stabilization or weighing environments.
(ix) The filters should not be handled outside of the PM
stabilization and weighing environments and should be loaded into
cassettes, filter holders, or auto changer apparatus before removal from
these environments.
(2) You may use other PM sample media that we approve under Sec.
1065.10, including non-filtering techniques. For example, you might
deposit PM on an inert substrate that collects PM using electrostatic,
thermophoresis, inertia, diffusion, or some other deposition mechanism,
as approved.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR25OC16.158
[70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 FR 37298, June 30, 2008;
73 FR 59321, Oct. 8, 2008; 76 FR 57440, Sept. 15, 2011;79 FR 23757, Apr.
28, 2014; 81 FR 74162, Oct. 25, 2016]
Sec. 1065.190 PM-stabilization and weighing environments for
gravimetric analysis.
(a) This section describes the two environments required to
stabilize and weigh PM for gravimetric analysis: the PM stabilization
environment, where filters are stored before weighing; and
[[Page 80]]
the weighing environment, where the balance is located. The two
environments may share a common space. These volumes may be one or more
rooms, or they may be much smaller, such as a glove box or an automated
weighing system consisting of one or more countertop-sized environments.
(b) We recommend that you keep both the stabilization and the
weighing environments free of ambient contaminants, such as dust,
aerosols, or semi-volatile material that could contaminate PM samples.
We recommend that these environments conform with an ``as-built'' Class
Six clean room specification according to ISO 14644-1 (incorporated by
reference in Sec. 1065.1010); however, we also recommend that you
deviate from ISO 14644-1 as necessary to minimize air motion that might
affect weighing. We recommend maximum air-supply and air-return
velocities of 0.05 m/s in the weighing environment.
(c) Verify the cleanliness of the PM-stabilization environment using
reference filters, as described in Sec. 1065.390(d).
(d) Maintain the following ambient conditions within the two
environments during all stabilization and weighing:
(1) Ambient temperature and tolerances. Maintain the weighing
environment at a tolerance of (22 1) [deg]C. If
the two environments share a common space, maintain both environments at
a tolerance of (22 1) [deg]C. If they are
separate, maintain the stabilization environment at a tolerance of (22
3) [deg]C.
(2) Dewpoint. Maintain a dewpoint of 9.5 [deg]C in both
environments. This dewpoint will control the amount of water associated
with sulfuric acid (H2SO4) PM, such that 1.2216
grams of water will be associated with each gram of
H2SO4.
(3) Dewpoint tolerances. If the expected fraction of sulfuric acid
in PM is unknown, we recommend controlling dewpoint at within 1 [deg]C tolerance. This would limit any dewpoint-
related change in PM to less than 2%, even for PM
that is 50% sulfuric acid. If you know your expected fraction of
sulfuric acid in PM, we recommend that you select an appropriate
dewpoint tolerance for showing compliance with emission standards using
the following table as a guide:
Table 1 of Sec. 1065.190--Dewpoint Tolerance as a Function of % PM Change and % Sulfuric Acid PM
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.5% eq>1% PM mass change eq>2% PM mass change
PM PM mass change
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5%................................ 3 6 12 [deg]C
50%............................... 0.3 0.6 [deg]C. eq>1.2 [deg]C
100%.............................. 0.15 0.3 [deg]C. eq>0.6 [deg]C
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(e) Verify the following ambient conditions using measurement
instruments that meet the specifications in subpart C of this part:
(1) Continuously measure dewpoint and ambient temperature. Use these
values to determine if the stabilization and weighing environments have
remained within the tolerances specified in paragraph (d) of this
section for at least 60 min. before weighing sample media (e.g.,
filters). We recommend that you use an interlock that automatically
prevents the balance from reporting values if either of the environments
have not been within the applicable tolerances for the past 60 min.
(2) Continuously measure atmospheric pressure within the weighing
environment. An acceptable alternative is to use a barometer that
measures atmospheric pressure outside the weighing environment, as long
as you can ensure that atmospheric pressure at the balance is always
within 100 Pa of that outside environment during
weighing operations. Record atmospheric pressure as you weigh filters,
and use these pressure values to perform the buoyancy correction in
Sec. 1065.690.
(f) We recommend that you install a balance as follows:
[[Page 81]]
(1) Install the balance on a vibration-isolation platform to isolate
it from external noise and vibration.
(2) Shield the balance from convective airflow with a static-
dissipating draft shield that is electrically grounded.
(3) Follow the balance manufacturer's specifications for all
preventive maintenance.
(4) Operate the balance manually or as part of an automated weighing
system.
(g) Minimize static electric charge in the balance environment, as
follows:
(1) Electrically ground the balance.
(2) Use 300 series stainless steel tweezers if PM sample media
(e.g., filters) must be handled manually.
(3) Ground tweezers with a grounding strap, or provide a grounding
strap for the operator such that the grounding strap shares a common
ground with the balance. Make sure grounding straps have an appropriate
resistor to protect operators from accidental shock.
(4) Provide a static-electricity neutralizer that is electrically
grounded in common with the balance to remove static charge from PM
sample media (e.g., filters), as follows:
(i) You may use radioactive neutralizers such as a Polonium
(\210\Po) source. Replace radioactive sources at the intervals
recommended by the neutralizer manufacturer.
(ii) You may use other neutralizers, such as corona-discharge
ionizers. If you use a corona-discharge ionizer, we recommend that you
monitor it for neutral net charge according to the ionizer
manufacturer's recommendations.
(5) We recommend that you use a device to monitor the static charge
of PM sample media (e.g., filter) surface.
(6) We recommend that you neutralize PM sample media (e.g., filters)
to within 2.0 V of neutral. Measure static
voltages as follows:
(i) Measure static voltage of PM sample media (e.g., filters)
according to the electrostatic voltmeter manufacturer's instructions.
(ii) Measure static voltage of PM sample media (e.g., filters) while
the media is at least 15 cm away from any grounded surfaces to avoid
mirror image charge interference.
[70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 FR 37299, June 30, 2008;
73 FR 59323, Oct. 8, 2008; 76 FR 57440, Sept. 15, 2011]
Sec. 1065.195 PM-stabilization environment for in-situ analyzers.
(a) This section describes the environment required to determine PM
in-situ. For in-situ analyzers, such as an inertial balance, this is the
environment within a PM sampling system that surrounds the PM sample
media (e.g., filters). This is typically a very small volume.
(b) Maintain the environment free of ambient contaminants, such as
dust, aerosols, or semi-volatile material that could contaminate PM
samples. Filter all air used for stabilization with HEPA filters. Ensure
that HEPA filters are installed properly so that background PM does not
leak past the HEPA filters.
(c) Maintain the following thermodynamic conditions within the
environment before measuring PM:
(1) Ambient temperature. Select a nominal ambient temperature, Tamb,
between (42 and 52) [deg]C. Maintain the ambient temperature within
1.0 [deg]C of the selected nominal value.
(2) Dewpoint. Select a dewpoint, Tdew, that corresponds to Tamb such
that Tdew = (0.95Tamb-11.40) [deg]C. The resulting dewpoint will control
the amount of water associated with sulfuric acid
(H2SO4) PM, such that 1.1368 grams of water will
be associated with each gram of H2SO4. For
example, if you select a nominal ambient temperature of 47 [deg]C, set a
dewpoint of 33.3 [deg]C.
(3) Dewpoint tolerance. If the expected fraction of sulfuric acid in
PM is unknown, we recommend controlling dewpoint within 1.0 [deg]C. This would limit any dewpoint-related change
in PM to less than 2%, even for PM that is 50%
sulfuric acid. If you know your expected fraction of sulfuric acid in
PM, we recommend that you select an appropriate dewpoint tolerance for
showing compliance with emission standards using Table 1 of Sec.
1065.190 as a guide:
[[Page 82]]
(4) Absolute pressure. Use good engineering judgment to maintain a
tolerance of absolute pressure if your PM measurement instrument
requires it.
(d) Continuously measure dewpoint, temperature, and pressure using
measurement instruments that meet the PM-stabilization environment
specifications in subpart C of this part. Use these values to determine
if the in-situ stabilization environment is within the tolerances
specified in paragraph (c) of this section. Do not use any PM quantities
that are recorded when any of these parameters exceed the applicable
tolerances.
(e) If you use an inertial PM balance, we recommend that you install
it as follows:
(1) Isolate the balance from any external noise and vibration that
is within a frequency range that could affect the balance.
(2) Follow the balance manufacturer's specifications.
(f) If static electricity affects an inertial balance, you may use a
static neutralizer, as follows:
(1) You may use a radioactive neutralizer such as a Polonium
(\210\Po) source or a Krypton (\85\Kr) source. Replace radioactive
sources at the intervals recommended by the neutralizer manufacturer.
(2) You may use other neutralizers, such as a corona-discharge
ionizer. If you use a corona-discharge ionizer, we recommend that you
monitor it for neutral net charge according to the ionizer
manufacturer's recommendations.
[70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 FR 32799, June 30, 2008]
Subpart C_Measurement Instruments
Sec. 1065.201 Overview and general provisions.
(a) Scope. This subpart specifies measurement instruments and
associated system requirements related to emission testing in a
laboratory or similar environment and in the field. This includes
laboratory instruments and portable emission measurement systems (PEMS)
for measuring engine parameters, ambient conditions, flow-related
parameters, and emission concentrations.
(b) Instrument types. You may use any of the specified instruments
as described in this subpart to perform emission tests. If you want to
use one of these instruments in a way that is not specified in this
subpart, or if you want to use a different instrument, you must first
get us to approve your alternate procedure under Sec. 1065.10. Where we
specify more than one instrument for a particular measurement, we may
identify which instrument serves as the reference for comparing with an
alternate procedure. You may generally use instruments with compensation
algorithms that are functions of other gaseous measurements and the
known or assumed fuel properties for the test fuel. The target value for
any compensation algorithm is 0% (that is, no bias high and no bias
low), regardless of the uncompensated signal's bias.
(c) Measurement systems. Assemble a system of measurement
instruments that allows you to show that your engines comply with the
applicable emission standards, using good engineering judgment. When
selecting instruments, consider how conditions such as vibration,
temperature, pressure, humidity, viscosity, specific heat, and exhaust
composition (including trace concentrations) may affect instrument
compatibility and performance.
(d) Redundant systems. For all measurement instruments described in
this subpart, you may use data from multiple instruments to calculate
test results for a single test. If you use redundant systems, use good
engineering judgment to use multiple measured values in calculations or
to disregard individual measurements. Note that you must keep your
results from all measurements. This requirement applies whether or not
you actually use the measurements in your calculations.
(e) Range. You may use an instrument's response above 100% of its
operating range if this does not affect your ability to show that your
engines comply with the applicable emission standards. Note that we
require additional testing and reporting if an analyzer responds above
100% of its range. Auto-
[[Page 83]]
ranging analyzers do not require additional testing or reporting.
(f) Related subparts for laboratory testing. Subpart D of this part
describes how to evaluate the performance of the measurement instruments
in this subpart. In general, if an instrument is specified in a specific
section of this subpart, its calibration and verifications are typically
specified in a similarly numbered section in subpart D of this part. For
example, Sec. 1065.290 gives instrument specifications for PM balances
and Sec. 1065.390 describes the corresponding calibrations and
verifications. Note that some instruments also have other requirements
in other sections of subpart D of this part. Subpart B of this part
identifies specifications for other types of equipment, and subpart H of
this part specifies engine fluids and analytical gases.
(g) Field testing and testing with PEMS. Subpart J of this part
describes how to use these and other measurement instruments for field
testing and other PEMS testing.
(h) Recommended practices. This subpart identifies a variety of
recommended but not required practices for proper measurements. We
believe in most cases it is necessary to follow these recommended
practices for accurate and repeatable measurements. However, we do not
specifically require you to follow these recommended practices to
perform a valid test, as long as you meet the required calibrations and
verifications of measurement systems specified in subpart D of this
part. Similarly, we are not required to follow all recommended
practices, as long as we meet the required calibrations and
verifications. Our decision to follow or not follow a given
recommendation when we perform a test does not depend on whether you
followed it during your testing.
[70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 FR 37299, June 30, 2008;
75 FR 23033, Apr. 30, 2010; 79 FR 23758, Apr. 29, 2014]
Sec. 1065.202 Data updating, recording, and control.
Your test system must be able to update data, record data and
control systems related to operator demand, the dynamometer, sampling
equipment, and measurement instruments. Set up the measurement and
recording equipment to avoid aliasing by ensuring that the sampling
frequency is at least double that of the signal you are measuring,
consistent with good engineering judgment; this may require increasing
the sampling rate or filtering the signal. Use data acquisition and
control systems that can record at the specified minimum frequencies, as
follows:
Table 1 of Sec. 1065.202--Data Recording and Control Minimum Frequencies
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minimum command and
Applicable test protocol section Measured values control frequency Minimum recording frequency
\a\ \b\ \c\
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec. 1065.510.................. Speed and torque during 1 Hz................ 1 mean value per step.
an engine step-map.
Sec. 1065.510.................. Speed and torque during 5 Hz................ 1 Hz means.
an engine sweep-map.
Sec. 1065.514; Sec. 1065.530. Transient duty cycle 5 Hz................ 1 Hz means.
reference and feedback
speeds and torques.
Sec. 1065.514; Sec. 1065.530. Steady-state and ramped- 1 Hz................ 1 Hz.
modal duty cycle
reference and feedback
speeds and torques.
Sec. 1065.520; Sec. 1065.530; Continuous .................... 1 Hz.
Sec. 1065.550. concentrations of raw
or dilute analyzers.
Sec. 1065.520; Sec. 1065.530 Batch concentrations of .................... 1 mean value per test
Sec. 1065.550. raw or dilute analyzers. interval.
Sec. 1065.530; Sec. 1065.545. Diluted exhaust flow .................... 1 Hz.
rate from a CVS with a
heat exchanger upstream
of the flow measurement.
Sec. 1065.530; Sec. 1065.545. Diluted exhaust flow 5 Hz................ 1 Hz means.
rate from a CVS without
a heat exchanger
upstream of the flow
measurement.
Sec. 1065.530; Sec. 1065.545. Intake-air or raw- .................... 1 Hz means.
exhaust flow rate.
[[Page 84]]
Sec. 1065.530; Sec. 1065.545. Dilution air flow if 5 Hz................ 1 Hz means.
actively controlled
(for example, a partial-
flow PM sampling
system) \d\.
Sec. 1065.530; Sec. 1065.545. Sample flow from a CVS 1 Hz................ 1 Hz.
that has a heat
exchanger.
Sec. 1065.530; Sec. 1065.545. Sample flow from a CVS 5 Hz................ 1 Hz means.
that does not have a
heat exchanger.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ The specifications for minimum command and control frequency do not apply for CFVs that are not using active
control.
\b\ 1 Hz means are data reported from the instrument at a higher frequency, but recorded as a series of 1 s mean
values at a rate of 1 Hz.
\c\ For CFVs in a CVS, the minimum recording frequency is 1 Hz. The minimum recording frequency does not apply
for CFVs used to control sampling from a CVS utilizing CFVs.
\d\ Dilution air flow specifications do not apply for CVS dilution air.
[79 FR 23759, Apr. 28, 2014, as amended at 81 FR 74162, Oct. 25, 2016]
Sec. 1065.205 Performance specifications for measurement instruments.
Your test system as a whole must meet all the calibrations,
verifications, and test-validation criteria specified outside this
section for laboratory testing or field testing, as applicable. We
recommend that your instruments meet the specifications in Table 1 of
this section for all ranges you use for testing. We also recommend that
you keep any documentation you receive from instrument manufacturers
showing that your instruments meet the specifications in Table 1 of this
section.
Table 1 of Sec. 1065.205--Recommended Performance Specifications for Measurement Instruments
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Complete system
Measured quantity rise time (t10 90) Recording update
Measurement instrument symbol and fall time frequency Accuracy \b\ Repeatability \b\ Noise \b\
(t90 10) \a\
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Engine speed transducer......... fn................ 1 s............... 1 Hz means........ 2% of pt. or 0.5% 1% of pt. or 0.25% 0.05% of max.
of max. of max.
Engine torque transducer........ T................. 1 s............... 1 Hz means........ 2% of pt. or 1% of 1% of pt. or 0.5% 0.05% of max.
max. of max.
Electrical work (active-power W................. 1 s............... 1 Hz means........ 2% of pt. or 0.5% 1% of pt. or 0.25% 0.05% of max.
meter). of max. of max.
General pressure transducer (not p................. 5 s............... 1 Hz.............. 2% of pt. or 1% of 1% of pt. or 0.5% 0.1% of max.
a part of another instrument). max. of max.
Atmospheric pressure meter for patmos............ 50 s.............. 5 times per hour.. 50 Pa............. 25 Pa............. 5 Pa
PM-stabilization and balance
environments.
General purpose atmospheric patmos............ 50 s.............. 5 times per hour.. 250 Pa............ 100Pa............. 50 Pa
pressure meter.
Temperature sensor for PM- T................. 50 s.............. 0.1 Hz............ 0.25 K............ 0.1 K............. 0.1 K
stabilization and balance
environments.
Other temperature sensor (not a T................. 10 s.............. 0.5 Hz............ 0.4% of pt. K or 0.2% of pt. K or 0.1% of max.
part of another instrument). 0.2% of max K. 0.1% of max K.
Dewpoint sensor for intake air, Tdew.............. 50 s.............. 0.1 Hz............ 0.25 K............ 0.1 K............. 0.02 K
PM-stabilization and balance
environments.
[[Page 85]]
Other dewpoint sensor........... Tdew.............. 50 s.............. 0.1 Hz............ 1 K............... 0.5 K............. 0.1 K
Fuel flow meter \c\ (Fuel m................. 5 s............... 1 Hz.............. 2% of pt. or 1.5% 1% of pt. or 0.75% 0.5% of max.
totalizer). (--).............. (--).............. of max. of max.
Total diluted exhaust meter n................. 1 s............... 1 Hz means........ 2% of pt. or 1.5% 1% of pt. or 0.75% 1% of max.
(CVS) \c\ (With heat exchanger (5 s)............. (1 Hz)............ of max. of max.
before meter).
Dilution air, inlet air, n................. 1 s............... 1 Hz means of 5 Hz 2.5% of pt. or 1.25% of pt. or 1% of max.
exhaust, and sample flow meters samples. 1.5% of max. 0.75% of max.
\c\.
Continuous gas analyzer......... x................. 5 s............... 1 Hz.............. 2% of pt. or 2% of 1% of pt. or 1% of 1% of max.
meas. meas.
Batch gas analyzer.............. x................. .................. .................. 2% of pt. or 2% of 1% of pt. or 1% of 1% of max.
meas. meas.
Gravimetric PM balance.......... mPM............... .................. .................. See Sec. 0.5 [micro]g
1065.790.
Inertial PM balance............. mPM............... 5 s............... 1 Hz.............. 2% of pt. or 2% of 1% of pt. or 1% of 0.2% of max
meas. meas.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ The performance specifications identified in the table apply separately for rise time and fall time.
\b\ Accuracy, repeatability, and noise are all determined with the same collected data, as described in Sec. 1065.305, and based on absolute values.
``pt.'' refers to the overall flow-weighted mean value expected at the standard; ``max'' refers to the peak value expected at the standard over any
test interval, not the maximum of the instrument's range; ``meas'' refers to the actual flow-weighted mean measured over any test interval.
\c\ The procedure for accuracy, repeatability and noise measurement described in Sec. 1065.305 may be modified for flow meters to allow noise to be
measured at the lowest calibrated value instead of zero flow rate.
[79 FR 23759, Apr. 28, 2014]
Measurement of Engine Parameters and Ambient Conditions
Sec. 1065.210 Work input and output sensors.
(a) Application. Use instruments as specified in this section to
measure work inputs and outputs during engine operation. We recommend
that you use sensors, transducers, and meters that meet the
specifications in Table 1 of Sec. 1065.205. Note that your overall
systems for measuring work inputs and outputs must meet the linearity
verifications in Sec. 1065.307. We recommend that you measure work
inputs and outputs where they cross the system boundary as shown in
Figure 1 of Sec. 1065.210. The system boundary is different for air-
cooled engines than for liquid-cooled engines. If you choose to measure
work before or after a work conversion, relative to the system boundary,
use good engineering judgment to estimate any work-conversion losses in
a way that avoids overestimation of total work. For example, if it is
impractical to instrument the shaft of an exhaust turbine generating
electrical work, you may decide to measure its converted electrical
work. As another example, you may decide to measure the tractive (i.e.,
electrical output) power of a locomotive, rather than the brake power of
the locomotive engine. In these cases, divide the electrical work by
accurate values of electrical generator efficiency ([eta]<1), or assume
an efficiency of 1 ([eta] = 1), which would over-estimate brake-specific
emissions. For the example of using locomotive tractive power with a
generator efficiency of 1 ([eta] = 1), this means using the tractive
power as the brake power in emission calculations. Do not underestimate
any work conversion efficiencies for any components outside the system
boundary that do not return work into the system boundary. And do not
overestimate any work conversion efficiencies for components outside the
system boundary that do return work into the system boundary. In all
cases, ensure that you are able to accurately demonstrate compliance
with the applicable standards.
[[Page 86]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13JY05.015
(b) Shaft work. Use speed and torque transducer outputs to calculate
total work according to Sec. 1065.650.
(1) Speed. Use a magnetic or optical shaft-position detector with a
resolution of at least 60 counts per revolution, in combination with a
frequency
[[Page 87]]
counter that rejects common-mode noise.
(2) Torque. You may use a variety of methods to determine engine
torque. As needed, and based on good engineering judgment, compensate
for torque induced by the inertia of accelerating and decelerating
components connected to the flywheel, such as the drive shaft and
dynamometer rotor. Use any of the following methods to determine engine
torque:
(i) Measure torque by mounting a strain gage or similar instrument
in-line between the engine and dynamometer.
(ii) Measure torque by mounting a strain gage or similar instrument
on a lever arm connected to the dynamometer housing.
(iii) Calculate torque from internal dynamometer signals, such as
armature current, as long as you calibrate this measurement as described
in Sec. 1065.310.
(c) Electrical work. Use a watt-hour meter output to calculate total
work according to Sec. 1065.650. Use a watt-hour meter that outputs
active power. Watt-hour meters typically combine a Wheatstone bridge
voltmeter and a Hall-effect clamp-on ammeter into a single
microprocessor-based instrument that analyzes and outputs several
parameters, such as alternating or direct current voltage, current,
power factor, apparent power, reactive power, and active power.
(d) Pump, compressor or turbine work. Use pressure transducer and
flow-meter outputs to calculate total work according to Sec. 1065.650.
For flow meters, see Sec. Sec. 1065.220 through 1065.248.
[70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 FR 37300, June 30, 2008;
79 FR 23760, Apr. 28, 2014]
Sec. 1065.215 Pressure transducers, temperature sensors, and
dewpoint sensors.
(a) Application. Use instruments as specified in this section to
measure pressure, temperature, and dewpoint.
(b) Component requirements. We recommend that you use pressure
transducers, temperature sensors, and dewpoint sensors that meet the
specifications in Table 1 of Sec. 1065.205. Note that your overall
systems for measuring pressure, temperature, and dewpoint must meet the
calibration and verifications in Sec. 1065.315.
(c) Temperature. For PM-balance environments or other precision
temperature measurements over a narrow temperature range, we recommend
thermistors. For other applications we recommend thermocouples that are
not grounded to the thermocouple sheath. You may use other temperature
sensors, such as resistive temperature detectors (RTDs).
(d) Pressure. Pressure transducers must be located in a temperature-
controlled environment, or they must compensate for temperature changes
over their expected operating range. Transducer materials must be
compatible with the fluid being measured. For atmospheric pressure or
other precision pressure measurements, we recommend either capacitance-
type, quartz crystal, or laser-interferometer transducers. For other
applications, we recommend either strain gage or capacitance-type
pressure transducers. You may use other pressure-measurement
instruments, such as manometers, where appropriate.
(e) Dewpoint. For PM-stabilization environments, we recommend
chilled-surface hygrometers, which include chilled mirror detectors and
chilled surface acoustic wave (SAW) detectors. For other applications,
we recommend thin-film capacitance sensors. You may use other dewpoint
sensors, such as a wet-bulb/dry-bulb psychrometer, where appropriate.
[70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 FR 37300, June 30, 2008]
Flow-Related Measurements
Sec. 1065.220 Fuel flow meter.
(a) Application. You may use fuel flow in combination with a
chemical balance of fuel, inlet air, and raw exhaust to calculate raw
exhaust flow as described in Sec. 1065.655(f), as follows:
(1) Use the actual value of calculated raw exhaust flow rate in the
following cases:
(i) For multiplying raw exhaust flow rate with continuously sampled
concentrations.
[[Page 88]]
(ii) For multiplying total raw exhaust flow with batch-sampled
concentrations.
(iii) For calculating the dilution air flow for background
correction as described in Sec. 1065.667.
(2) In the following cases, you may use a fuel flow meter signal
that does not give the actual value of raw exhaust, as long as it is
linearly proportional to the exhaust molar flow rate's actual calculated
value:
(i) For feedback control of a proportional sampling system, such as
a partial-flow dilution system.
(ii) For multiplying with continuously sampled gas concentrations,
if the same signal is used in a chemical-balance calculation to
determine work from brake-specific fuel consumption and fuel consumed.
(b) Component requirements. We recommend that you use a fuel flow
meter that meets the specifications in Table 1 of Sec. 1065.205. We
recommend a fuel flow meter that measures mass directly, such as one
that relies on gravimetric or inertial measurement principles. This may
involve using a meter with one or more scales for weighing fuel or using
a Coriolis meter. Note that your overall system for measuring fuel flow
must meet the linearity verification in Sec. 1065.307 and the
calibration and verifications in Sec. 1065.320.
(c) Recirculating fuel. In any fuel-flow measurement, account for
any fuel that bypasses the engine or returns from the engine to the fuel
storage tank.
(d) Flow conditioning. For any type of fuel flow meter, condition
the flow as needed to prevent wakes, eddies, circulating flows, or flow
pulsations from affecting the accuracy or repeatability of the meter.
You may accomplish this by using a sufficient length of straight tubing
(such as a length equal to at least 10 pipe diameters) or by using
specially designed tubing bends, straightening fins, or pneumatic
pulsation dampeners to establish a steady and predictable velocity
profile upstream of the meter. Condition the flow as needed to prevent
any gas bubbles in the fuel from affecting the fuel meter.
[70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 FR 37300, June 30, 2008;
76 FR 57441, Sept. 15, 2011; 81 FR 74162, Oct. 25, 2016]
Sec. 1065.225 Intake-air flow meter.
(a) Application. You may use an intake-air flow meter in combination
with a chemical balance of fuel, inlet air, and exhaust to calculate raw
exhaust flow as described in Sec. 1065.655(f) and (g), as follows:
(1) Use the actual value of calculated raw exhaust in the following
cases:
(i) For multiplying raw exhaust flow rate with continuously sampled
concentrations.
(ii) For multiplying total raw exhaust flow with batch-sampled
concentrations.
(iii) For verifying minimum dilution ratio for PM batch sampling as
described in Sec. 1065.546.
(iv) For calculating the dilution air flow for background correction
as described in Sec. 1065.667.
(2) In the following cases, you may use an intake-air flow meter
signal that does not give the actual value of raw exhaust, as long as it
is linearly proportional to the exhaust flow rate's actual calculated
value:
(i) For feedback control of a proportional sampling system, such as
a partial-flow dilution system.
(ii) For multiplying with continuously sampled gas concentrations,
if the same signal is used in a chemical-balance calculation to
determine work from brake-specific fuel consumption and fuel consumed.
(b) Component requirements. We recommend that you use an intake-air
flow meter that meets the specifications in Table 1 of Sec. 1065.205.
This may include a laminar flow element, an ultrasonic flow meter, a
subsonic venturi, a thermal-mass meter, an averaging Pitot tube, or a
hot-wire anemometer. Note that your overall system for measuring intake-
air flow must meet the linearity verification in Sec. 1065.307 and the
calibration in Sec. 1065.325.
(c) Flow conditioning. For any type of intake-air flow meter,
condition the
[[Page 89]]
flow as needed to prevent wakes, eddies, circulating flows, or flow
pulsations from affecting the accuracy or repeatability of the meter.
You may accomplish this by using a sufficient length of straight tubing
(such as a length equal to at least 10 pipe diameters) or by using
specially designed tubing bends, orifice plates or straightening fins to
establish a predictable velocity profile upstream of the meter.
[70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 76 FR 57442, Sept. 15,
2011;79 FR 23760, Apr. 28, 2014; 81 FR 74163, Oct. 25, 2016]
Sec. 1065.230 Raw exhaust flow meter.
(a) Application. You may use measured raw exhaust flow, as follows:
(1) Use the actual value of calculated raw exhaust in the following
cases:
(i) Multiply raw exhaust flow rate with continuously sampled
concentrations.
(ii) Multiply total raw exhaust with batch sampled concentrations.
(2) In the following cases, you may use a raw exhaust flow meter
signal that does not give the actual value of raw exhaust, as long as it
is linearly proportional to the exhaust flow rate's actual calculated
value:
(i) For feedback control of a proportional sampling system, such as
a partial-flow dilution system.
(ii) For multiplying with continuously sampled gas concentrations,
if the same signal is used in a chemical-balance calculation to
determine work from brake-specific fuel consumption and fuel consumed.
(b) Component requirements. We recommend that you use a raw-exhaust
flow meter that meets the specifications in Table 1 of Sec. 1065.205.
This may involve using an ultrasonic flow meter, a subsonic venturi, an
averaging Pitot tube, a hot-wire anemometer, or other measurement
principle. This would generally not involve a laminar flow element or a
thermal-mass meter. Note that your overall system for measuring raw
exhaust flow must meet the linearity verification in Sec. 1065.307 and
the calibration and verifications in Sec. 1065.330. Any raw-exhaust
meter must be designed to appropriately compensate for changes in the
raw exhaust's thermodynamic, fluid, and compositional states.
(c) Flow conditioning. For any type of raw exhaust flow meter,
condition the flow as needed to prevent wakes, eddies, circulating
flows, or flow pulsations from affecting the accuracy or repeatability
of the meter. You may accomplish this by using a sufficient length of
straight tubing (such as a length equal to at least 10 pipe diameters)
or by using specially designed tubing bends, orifice plates or
straightening fins to establish a predictable velocity profile upstream
of the meter.
(d) Exhaust cooling. You may cool raw exhaust upstream of a raw-
exhaust flow meter, as long as you observe all the following provisions:
(1) Do not sample PM downstream of the cooling.
(2) If cooling causes exhaust temperatures above 202 [deg]C to
decrease to below 180 [deg]C, do not sample NMHC downstream of the
cooling for compression-ignition engines, two-stroke spark-ignition
engines, or four-stroke spark-ignition engines at or below 19 kW.
(3) The cooling must not cause aqueous condensation.
[70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 79 FR 23761, Apr. 28, 2014]
Sec. 1065.240 Dilution air and diluted exhaust flow meters.
(a) Application. Use a diluted exhaust flow meter to determine
instantaneous diluted exhaust flow rates or total diluted exhaust flow
over a test interval. You may use the difference between a diluted
exhaust flow meter and a dilution air meter to calculate raw exhaust
flow rates or total raw exhaust flow over a test interval.
(b) Component requirements. We recommend that you use a diluted
exhaust flow meter that meets the specifications in Table 1 of Sec.
1065.205. Note that your overall system for measuring diluted exhaust
flow must meet the linearity verification in Sec. 1065.307 and the
calibration and verifications in Sec. 1065.340 and Sec. 1065.341. You
may use the following meters:
(1) For constant-volume sampling (CVS) of the total flow of diluted
exhaust, you may use a critical-flow venturi (CFV) or multiple critical-
flow venturis arranged in parallel, a positive-displacement pump (PDP),
a subsonic venturi (SSV), or an ultrasonic
[[Page 90]]
flow meter (UFM). Combined with an upstream heat exchanger, either a CFV
or a PDP will also function as a passive flow controller in a CVS
system. However, you may also combine any flow meter with any active
flow control system to maintain proportional sampling of exhaust
constituents. You may control the total flow of diluted exhaust, or one
or more sample flows, or a combination of these flow controls to
maintain proportional sampling.
(2) For any other dilution system, you may use a laminar flow
element, an ultrasonic flow meter, a subsonic venturi, a critical-flow
venturi or multiple critical-flow venturis arranged in parallel, a
positive-displacement meter, a thermal-mass meter, an averaging Pitot
tube, or a hot-wire anemometer.
(c) Flow conditioning. For any type of diluted exhaust flow meter,
condition the flow as needed to prevent wakes, eddies, circulating
flows, or flow pulsations from affecting the accuracy or repeatability
of the meter. For some meters, you may accomplish this by using a
sufficient length of straight tubing (such as a length equal to at least
10 pipe diameters) or by using specially designed tubing bends, orifice
plates or straightening fins to establish a predictable velocity profile
upstream of the meter.
(d) Exhaust cooling. You may cool diluted exhaust upstream of a
dilute-exhaust flow meter, as long as you observe all the following
provisions:
(1) Do not sample PM downstream of the cooling.
(2) If cooling causes exhaust temperatures above 202 [deg]C to
decrease to below 180 [deg]C, do not sample NMHC downstream of the
cooling for compression-ignition engines, two-stroke spark-ignition
engines, or four-stroke spark-ignition engines at or below 19 kW.
(3) The cooling must not cause aqueous condensation as described in
Sec. 1065.140(c)(6).
[70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 75 FR 23035, Apr. 30, 2010;
79 FR 23761, Apr. 28, 2014]
Sec. 1065.245 Sample flow meter for batch sampling.
(a) Application. Use a sample flow meter to determine sample flow
rates or total flow sampled into a batch sampling system over a test
interval. You may use the difference between a diluted exhaust sample
flow meter and a dilution air meter to calculate raw exhaust flow rates
or total raw exhaust flow over a test interval.
(b) Component requirements. We recommend that you use a sample flow
meter that meets the specifications in Table 1 of Sec. 1065.205. This
may involve a laminar flow element, an ultrasonic flow meter, a subsonic
venturi, a critical-flow venturi or multiple critical-flow venturis
arranged in parallel, a positive-displacement meter, a thermal-mass
meter, an averaging Pitot tube, or a hot-wire anemometer. Note that your
overall system for measuring sample flow must meet the linearity
verification in Sec. 1065.307. For the special case where CFVs are used
for both the diluted exhaust and sample-flow measurements and their
upstream pressures and temperatures remain similar during testing, you
do not have to quantify the flow rate of the sample-flow CFV. In this
special case, the sample-flow CFV inherently flow-weights the batch
sample relative to the diluted exhaust CFV.
(c) Flow conditioning. For any type of sample flow meter, condition
the flow as needed to prevent wakes, eddies, circulating flows, or flow
pulsations from affecting the accuracy or repeatability of the meter.
For some meters, you may accomplish this by using a sufficient length of
straight tubing (such as a length equal to at least 10 pipe diameters)
or by using specially designed tubing bends, orifice plates or
straightening fins to establish a predictable velocity profile upstream
of the meter.
Sec. 1065.247 Diesel exhaust fluid flow rate.
(a) Application. Determine diesel exhaust fluid flow rate over a
test interval for batch or continuous emission sampling using one of the
three methods described in this section.
(b) ECM. Use the ECM signal directly to determine diesel exhaust
fluid flow rate. You may combine this with a gravimetric scale if that
improves measurement quality. Prior to testing, you may characterize the
ECM signal using a laboratory measurement and
[[Page 91]]
adjust the ECM signal, consistent with good engineering judgment.
(c) Flow meter. Measure diesel exhaust fluid flow rate with a flow
meter. We recommend that the flow meter that meets the specifications in
Table 1 of Sec. 1065.205. Note that your overall system for measuring
diesel exhaust fluid flow must meet the linearity verification in Sec.
1065.307. Measure using the following procedure:
(1) Condition the flow of diesel exhaust fluid as needed to prevent
wakes, eddies, circulating flows, or flow pulsations from affecting the
accuracy or repeatability of the meter. You may accomplish this by using
a sufficient length of straight tubing (such as a length equal to at
least 10 pipe diameters) or by using specially designed tubing bends,
straightening fins, or pneumatic pulsation dampeners to establish a
steady and predictable velocity profile upstream of the meter. Condition
the flow as needed to prevent any gas bubbles in the fluid from
affecting the flow meter.
(2) Account for any fluid that bypasses the engine or returns from
the engine to the fluid storage tank.
(d) Gravimetric scale. Use a gravimetric scale to determine the mass
of diesel exhaust fluid the engine uses over a discrete-mode test
interval and divide by the time of the test interval.
[81 FR 74163, Oct. 25, 2016]
Sec. 1065.248 Gas divider.
(a) Application. You may use a gas divider to blend calibration
gases.
(b) Component requirements. Use a gas divider that blends gases to
the specifications of Sec. 1065.750 and to the flow-weighted
concentrations expected during testing. You may use critical-flow gas
dividers, capillary-tube gas dividers, or thermal-mass-meter gas
dividers. Note that your overall gas-divider system must meet the
linearity verification in Sec. 1065.307.
CO and CO2 Measurements
Sec. 1065.250 Nondispersive infrared analyzer.
(a) Application. Use a nondispersive infrared (NDIR) analyzer to
measure CO and CO2 concentrations in raw or diluted exhaust
for either batch or continuous sampling.
(b) Component requirements. We recommend that you use an NDIR
analyzer that meets the specifications in Table 1 of Sec. 1065.205.
Note that your NDIR-based system must meet the calibration and
verifications in Sec. Sec. 1065.350 and 1065.355 and it must also meet
the linearity verification in Sec. 1065.307.
[76 FR 57442, Sept. 15, 2011, as amended at 79 FR 23761, Apr. 28, 2014]
Hydrocarbon Measurements
Sec. 1065.260 Flame-ionization detector.
(a) Application. Use a flame-ionization detector (FID) analyzer to
measure hydrocarbon concentrations in raw or diluted exhaust for either
batch or continuous sampling. Determine hydrocarbon concentrations on a
carbon number basis of one, C1. For measuring THC or THCE you
must use a FID analyzer. For measuring CH4 you must meet the
requirements of paragraph (f) of this section. See subpart I of this
part for special provisions that apply to measuring hydrocarbons when
testing with oxygenated fuels.
(b) Component requirements. We recommend that you use a FID analyzer
that meets the specifications in Table 1 of Sec. 1065.205. Note that
your FID-based system for measuring THC, THCE, or CH4 must
meet all the verifications for hydrocarbon measurement in subpart D of
this part, and it must also meet the linearity verification in Sec.
1065.307.
(c) Heated FID analyzers. For measuring THC or THCE from
compression-ignition engines, two-stroke spark-ignition engines, and
four-stroke spark-ignition engines at or below 19 kW, you must use
heated FID analyzers that maintain all surfaces that are exposed to
emissions at a temperature of (191 11) [deg]C.
(d) FID fuel and burner air. Use FID fuel and burner air that meet
the specifications of Sec. 1065.750. Do not allow the FID fuel and
burner air to mix before entering the FID analyzer to ensure that the
FID analyzer operates with a diffusion flame and not a premixed flame.
(e) NMHC and NMOG. For demonstrating compliance with NMHC
[[Page 92]]
standards, you may either measure THC or determine NMHC mass as
described in Sec. 1065.660(b)(1), or you may measure THC and
CH4 and determine NMHC as described in Sec. 1065.660(b)(2)
or (3). For gaseous-fueled engines, you may also use the additive method
in Sec. 1065.660(b)(4). See 40 CFR 1066.635 for methods to demonstrate
compliance with NMOG standards for vehicle testing.
(f) NMNEHC. For demonstrating compliance with NMNEHC standards, you
may either measure NMHC or determine NMNEHC mass as described in Sec.
1065.660(c)(1), you may measure THC, CH4, and
C2H6 and determine NMNEHC as described in Sec.
1065.660(c)(2), or you may use the additive method in Sec.
1065.660(c)(3).
(g) CH4. For reporting CH4 or for demonstrating
compliance with CH4 standards, you may use a FID analyzer
with a nonmethane cutter as described in Sec. 1065.265 or you may use a
GC-FID as described in Sec. 1065.267. Determine CH4 as
described in Sec. 1065.660(d).
[76 FR 57442, Sept. 15, 2011, as amended at 79 FR 23761, Apr. 28, 2014;
81 FR 74163, Oct. 25, 2016]
Sec. 1065.265 Nonmethane cutter.
(a) Application. You may use a nonmethane cutter to measure
CH4 with a FID analyzer. A nonmethane cutter oxidizes all
nonmethane hydrocarbons to CO2 and H2O. You may
use a nonmethane cutter for raw or diluted exhaust for batch or
continuous sampling.
(b) System performance. Determine nonmethane-cutter performance as
described in Sec. 1065.365 and use the results to calculate
CH4 or NMHC emissions in Sec. 1065.660.
(c) Configuration. Configure the nonmethane cutter with a bypass
line if it is needed for the verification described in Sec. 1065.365.
(d) Optimization. You may optimize a nonmethane cutter to maximize
the penetration of CH4 and the oxidation of all other
hydrocarbons. You may humidify a sample and you may dilute a sample with
purified air or oxygen (O2) upstream of the nonmethane cutter
to optimize its performance. You must account for any sample
humidification and dilution in emission calculations.
[70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 FR 37300, June 30, 2008;
76 FR 57442, Sept. 15, 2011]
Sec. 1065.266 Fourier transform infrared analyzer.
(a) Application. For engines that run only on natural gas, you may
use a Fourier transform infrared (FTIR) analyzer to measure nonmethane
hydrocarbon (NMHC) and nonmethane-nonethane hydrocarbon (NMNEHC) for
continuous sampling. You may use an FTIR analyzer with any gaseous-
fueled engine, including dual-fuel engines, to measure CH4
and C2H6, for either batch or continuous sampling
(for subtraction from THC).
(b) Component requirements. We recommend that you use an FTIR
analyzer that meets the specifications in Table 1 of Sec. 1065.205.
Note that your FTIR-based system must meet the linearity verification in
Sec. 1065.307. Use appropriate analytical procedures for interpretation
of infrared spectra. For example, EPA Test Method 320 (see https://
www3.epa.gov/ttn/emc/promgate/m-320.pdf) and ASTM D6348 (incorporated by
reference in Sec. 1065.1010) are considered valid methods for spectral
interpretation. You must use heated FTIR analyzers that maintain all
surfaces that are exposed to emissions at a temperature of (110 to 202)
[deg]C.
(c) Hydrocarbon species for NMHC and NMNEHC additive determination.
To determine NMNEHC, measure ethene, ethyne, propane, propene, butane,
formaldehyde, acetaldehyde, formic acid, and methanol. To determine
NMHC, measure ethane in addition to those same hydrocarbon species.
Determine NMHC and NMNEHC as described in Sec. 1065.660(b)(4) and Sec.
1065.660(c)(3).
(d) NMHC and NMNEHC CH4 and C2H6
determination from subtraction of CH4 and
C2H6 from THC. Determine CH4 as
described in Sec. 1065.660(d)(2) and C2H6 as
described Sec. 1065.660(e). Determine NMHC from subtraction of
CH4 from THC as described in Sec. 1065.660(b)(3) and NMNEHC
from subtraction of CH4 and C2H6 as
described Sec. 1065.660(c)(2). Determine CH4 as described in
Sec. 1065.660(d)(2) and C2H6 as described Sec.
1065.660(e).
[[Page 93]]
(e) Interference verification. Perform interference verification for
FTIR analyzers using the procedures of Sec. 1065.366. Certain
interference gases can interfere with FTIR analyzers by causing a
response similar to the hydrocarbon species of interest. When running
the interference verification for these analyzers, use interference
gases as follows:
(1) The interference gases for CH4 are CO2,
H2O, and C2H6.
(2) The interference gases for C2H6 are
CO2, H2O, and CH4.
(3) The interference gases for other measured hydrocarbon species
are CO2, H2O, CH4, and
C2H6.
[81 FR 74163, Oct. 25, 2016]
Sec. 1065.267 Gas chromatograph with a flame ionization detector.
(a) Application. You may use a gas chromatograph with a flame
ionization detector (GC-FID) to measure CH4 and
C2H6 concentrations of diluted exhaust for batch
sampling. While you may also use a nonmethane cutter to measure
CH4, as described in Sec. 1065.265, use a reference
procedure based on a gas chromatograph for comparison with any proposed
alternate measurement procedure under Sec. 1065.10.
(b) Component requirements. We recommend that you use a GC-FID that
meets the specifications in Table 1 of Sec. 1065.205 and that the
measurement be done according to SAE J1151 (incorporated by reference in
Sec. 1065.1010). The GC-FID must meet the linearity verification in
Sec. 1065.307.
[76 FR 57442, Sept. 15, 2011, as amended at 79 FR 23761, Apr. 28, 2014;
81 FR 74163, Oct. 25, 2016]
Sec. 1065.269 Photoacoustic analyzer for ethanol and methanol.
(a) Application. You may use a photoacoustic analyzer to measure
ethanol and/or methanol concentrations in diluted exhaust for batch
sampling.
(b) Component requirements. We recommend that you use a
photoacoustic analyzer that meets the specifications in Table 1 of Sec.
1065.205. Note that your photoacoustic system must meet the verification
in Sec. 1065.369 and it must also meet the linearity verification in
Sec. 1065.307. Use an optical wheel configuration that gives analytical
priority to measurement of the least stable components in the sample.
Select a sample integration time of at least 5 seconds. Take into
account sample chamber and sample line volumes when determining flush
times for your instrument.
[79 FR 23761, Apr. 28, 2014]
NOX and N2O Measurements
Sec. 1065.270 Chemiluminescent detector.
(a) Application. You may use a chemiluminescent detector (CLD) to
measure NOX concentration in raw or diluted exhaust for batch
or continuous sampling. We generally accept a CLD for NOX
measurement, even though it measures only NO and NO2, when
coupled with an NO2-to-NO converter, since conventional
engines and aftertreatment systems do not emit significant amounts of
NOX species other than NO and NO2. Measure other
NOX species if required by the standard-setting part. While
you may also use other instruments to measure NOX, as
described in Sec. 1065.272, use a reference procedure based on a
chemiluminescent detector for comparison with any proposed alternate
measurement procedure under Sec. 1065.10.
(b) Component requirements. We recommend that you use a CLD that
meets the specifications in Table 1 of Sec. 1065.205. Note that your
CLD-based system must meet the quench verification in Sec. 1065.370 and
it must also meet the linearity verification in Sec. 1065.307. You may
use a heated or unheated CLD, and you may use a CLD that operates at
atmospheric pressure or under a vacuum.
(c) NO2-to-NO converter. Place upstream of the CLD an internal or
external NO2-to-NO converter that meets the verification in
Sec. 1065.378. Configure the converter with a bypass line if it is
needed to facilitate this verification.
(d) Humidity effects. You must maintain all CLD temperatures to
prevent aqueous condensation. If you remove humidity from a sample
upstream of a CLD, use one of the following configurations:
(1) Connect a CLD downstream of any dryer or chiller that is
downstream of an NO2-to-NO converter that meets the
verification in Sec. 1065.378.
[[Page 94]]
(2) Connect a CLD downstream of any dryer or thermal chiller that
meets the verification in Sec. 1065.376.
(e) Response time. You may use a heated CLD to improve CLD response
time.
[70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 FR 37300, June 30, 2008;
76 FR 57442, Sept. 15, 2011; 79 FR 23761, Apr. 28, 2014]
Sec. 1065.272 Nondispersive ultraviolet analyzer.
(a) Application. You may use a nondispersive ultraviolet (NDUV)
analyzer to measure NOX concentration in raw or diluted
exhaust for batch or continuous sampling. We generally accept an NDUV
for NOX measurement, even though it measures only NO and
NO2, since conventional engines and aftertreatment systems do
not emit significant amounts of other NOX species. Measure
other NOX species if required by the standard-setting part.
Note that good engineering judgment may preclude you from using an NDUV
analyzer if sampled exhaust from test engines contains oil (or other
contaminants) in sufficiently high concentrations to interfere with
proper operation.
(b) Component requirements. We recommend that you use an NDUV
analyzer that meets the specifications in Table 1 of Sec. 1065.205.
Note that your NDUV-based system must meet the verifications in Sec.
1065.372 and it must also meet the linearity verification in Sec.
1065.307.
(c) NO2-to-NO converter. If your NDUV analyzer measures only NO,
place upstream of the NDUV analyzer an internal or external
NO2-to-NO converter that meets the verification in Sec.
1065.378. Configure the converter with a bypass to facilitate this
verification.
(d) Humidity effects. You must maintain NDUV temperature to prevent
aqueous condensation, unless you use one of the following
configurations:
(1) Connect an NDUV downstream of any dryer or chiller that is
downstream of an NO2-to-NO converter that meets the
verification in Sec. 1065.378.
(2) Connect an NDUV downstream of any dryer or thermal chiller that
meets the verification in Sec. 1065.376.
[70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 FR 59323, Oct. 8, 2008; 76
FR 57442, Sept. 15, 2011; 79 FR 23761, Apr. 28, 2014]
Sec. 1065.275 N[bdi2]O measurement devices.
(a) General component requirements. We recommend that you use an
analyzer that meets the specifications in Table 1 of Sec. 1065.205.
Note that your system must meet the linearity verification in Sec.
1065.307.
(b) Instrument types. You may use any of the following analyzers to
measure N2O:
(1) Nondispersive infrared (NDIR) analyzer.
(2) Fourier transform infrared (FTIR) analyzer. Use appropriate
analytical procedures for interpretation of infrared spectra. For
example, EPA Test Method 320 (see https://www3.epa.gov/ttn/emc/promgate/
m-320.pdf) and ASTM D6348 (incorporated by reference in Sec. 1065.1010)
are considered valid methods for spectral interpretation.
(3) Laser infrared analyzer. Examples of laser infrared analyzers
are pulsed-mode high-resolution narrow band mid-infrared analyzers, and
modulated continuous wave high-resolution narrow band mid-infrared
analyzers.
(4) Photoacoustic analyzer. Use an optical wheel configuration that
gives analytical priority to measurement of the least stable components
in the sample. Select a sample integration time of at least 5 seconds.
Take into account sample chamber and sample line volumes when
determining flush times for your instrument.
(5) Gas chromatograph analyzer. You may use a gas chromatograph with
an electron-capture detector (GC-ECD) to measure N2O
concentrations of diluted exhaust for batch sampling.
(i) You may use a packed or porous layer open tubular (PLOT) column
phase of suitable polarity and length to achieve adequate resolution of
the N2O peak for analysis. Examples of acceptable columns are
a PLOT column consisting of bonded polystyrene-divinylbenzene or a
Porapack Q packed column. Take the column temperature profile and
carrier gas selection into consideration when setting up your
[[Page 95]]
method to achieve adequate N2O peak resolution.
(ii) Use good engineering judgment to zero your instrument and
correct for drift. You do not need to follow the specific procedures in
Sec. Sec. 1065.530 and 1065.550(b) that would otherwise apply. For
example, you may perform a span gas measurement before and after sample
analysis without zeroing and use the average area counts of the pre-span
and post-span measurements to generate a response factor (area counts/
span gas concentration), which you then multiply by the area counts from
your sample to generate the sample concentration.
(c) Interference verification. Perform interference verification for
NDIR, FTIR, laser infrared analyzers, and photoacoustic analyzers using
the procedures of Sec. 1065.375. Interference verification is not
required for GC-ECD. Certain interference gases can positively interfere
with NDIR, FTIR, and photoacoustic analyzers by causing a response
similar to N2O. When running the interference verification
for these analyzers, use interference gases as follows:
(1) The interference gases for NDIR analyzers are CO,
CO2, H2O, CH4, and SO2. Note
that interference species, with the exception of H2O, are
dependent on the N2O infrared absorption band chosen by the
instrument manufacturer. For each analyzer determine the N2O
infrared absorption band. For each N2O infrared absorption
band, use good engineering judgment to determine which interference
gases to use in the verification.
(2) Use good engineering judgment to determine interference gases
for FTIR, and laser infrared analyzers. Note that interference species,
with the exception of H2O, are dependent on the
N2O infrared absorption band chosen by the instrument
manufacturer. For each analyzer determine the N2O infrared
absorption band. For each N2O infrared absorption band, use
good engineering judgment to determine interference gases to use in the
verification.
(3) The interference gases for photoacoustic analyzers are CO,
CO2, and H2O.
[74 FR 56512, Oct. 30, 2009, as amended at 76 FR 57443, Sept. 15, 2011;
78 FR 36398, June 17, 2013;79 FR 23761, Apr. 28, 2014; 81 FR 74163, Oct.
25, 2016]
O2 Measurements
Sec. 1065.280 Paramagnetic and magnetopneumatic O[bdi2] detection
analyzers.
(a) Application. You may use a paramagnetic detection (PMD) or
magnetopneumatic detection (MPD) analyzer to measure O2
concentration in raw or diluted exhaust for batch or continuous
sampling. You may use O2 measurements with intake air or fuel
flow measurements to calculate exhaust flow rate according to Sec.
1065.650.
(b) Component requirements. We recommend that you use a PMD or MPD
analyzer that meets the specifications in Table 1 of Sec. 1065.205.
Note that it must meet the linearity verification in Sec. 1065.307.
[73 FR 37300, June 30, 2008, as amended at 76 FR 57443, Sept. 15,
2011;79 FR 23762, Apr. 28, 2014]
Air-to-Fuel Ratio Measurements
Sec. 1065.284 Zirconia (ZrO[bdi2]) analyzer.
(a) Application. You may use a zirconia (ZrO2) analyzer
to measure air-to-fuel ratio in raw exhaust for continuous sampling. You
may use O2 measurements with intake air or fuel flow
measurements to calculate exhaust flow rate according to Sec. 1065.650.
(b) Component requirements. We recommend that you use a
ZrO2 analyzer that meets the specifications in Table 1 of
Sec. 1065.205. Note that your ZrO2-based system must meet
the linearity verification in Sec. 1065.307.
[70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 76 FR 57443, Sept. 15, 2011;
79 FR 23762, Apr. 28, 2014]
PM Measurements
Sec. 1065.290 PM gravimetric balance.
(a) Application. Use a balance to weigh net PM on a sample medium
for laboratory testing.
[[Page 96]]
(b) Component requirements. We recommend that you use a balance that
meets the specifications in Table 1 of Sec. 1065.205. Note that your
balance-based system must meet the linearity verification in Sec.
1065.307. If the balance uses internal calibration weights for routine
spanning and the weights do not meet the specifications in Sec.
1065.790, the weights must be verified independently with external
calibration weights meeting the requirements of Sec. 1065.790. While
you may also use an inertial balance to measure PM, as described in
Sec. 1065.295, use a reference procedure based on a gravimetric balance
for comparison with any proposed alternate measurement procedure under
Sec. 1065.10.
(c) Pan design. We recommend that you use a balance pan designed to
minimize corner loading of the balance, as follows:
(1) Use a pan that centers the PM sample media (such as a filter) on
the weighing pan. For example, use a pan in the shape of a cross that
has upswept tips that center the PM sample media on the pan.
(2) Use a pan that positions the PM sample as low as possible.
(d) Balance configuration. Configure the balance for optimum
settling time and stability at your location.
[73 FR 37300, June 30, 2008, as amended at 75 FR 68462, Nov. 8, 2010]
Sec. 1065.295 PM inertial balance for field-testing analysis.
(a) Application. You may use an inertial balance to quantify net PM
on a sample medium for field testing.
(b) Component requirements. We recommend that you use a balance that
meets the specifications in Table 1 of Sec. 1065.205. Note that your
balance-based system must meet the linearity verification in Sec.
1065.307. If the balance uses an internal calibration process for
routine spanning and linearity verifications, the process must be NIST-
traceable.
(c) Loss correction. You may use PM loss corrections to account for
PM loss in the inertial balance, including the sample handling system.
(d) Deposition. You may use electrostatic deposition to collect PM
as long as its collection efficiency is at least 95%.
[73 FR 59259, Oct. 8, 2008, as amended at 75 FR 68462, Nov. 8, 2010; 76
FR 57443, Sept. 15, 2011; 79 FR 23762, Apr. 28, 2014]
Subpart D_Calibrations and Verifications
Sec. 1065.301 Overview and general provisions.
(a) This subpart describes required and recommended calibrations and
verifications of measurement systems. See subpart C of this part for
specifications that apply to individual instruments.
(b) You must generally use complete measurement systems when
performing calibrations or verifications in this subpart. For example,
this would generally involve evaluating instruments based on values
recorded with the complete system you use for recording test data,
including analog-to-digital converters. For some calibrations and
verifications, we may specify that you disconnect part of the
measurement system to introduce a simulated signal.
(c) If we do not specify a calibration or verification for a portion
of a measurement system, calibrate that portion of your system and
verify its performance at a frequency consistent with any
recommendations from the measurement-system manufacturer, consistent
with good engineering judgment.
(d) Use NIST-traceable standards to the tolerances we specify for
calibrations and verifications. Where we specify the need to use NIST-
traceable standards, you may alternatively ask for our approval to use
international standards that are not NIST-traceable.
Sec. 1065.303 Summary of required calibration and verifications.
The following table summarizes the required and recommended
calibrations and verifications described in this subpart and indicates
when these have to be performed:
[[Page 97]]
Table 1 of Sec. 1065.303--Summary of Required Calibration and
Verifications
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Type of calibration or verification Minimum frequency \1\
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec. 1065.305: Accuracy, Accuracy: Not required, but
repeatability and noise. recommended for initial
installation.
Repeatability: Not required, but
recommended for initial
installation.
Noise: Not required, but
recommended for initial
installation.
Sec. 1065.307: Linearity Speed: Upon initial installation,
verification. within 370 days before testing
and after major maintenance.
Torque: Upon initial
installation, within 370 days
before testing and after major
maintenance.
Electrical power, current, and
voltage: Upon initial
installation, within 370 days
before testing and after major
maintenance.\2\
Fuel flow rate: Upon initial
installation, within 370 days
before testing, and after major
maintenance.
DEF flow: Upon initial
installation, within 370 days
before testing, and after major
maintenance.
Intake-air, dilution air, diluted
exhaust, and batch sampler flow
rates: Upon initial
installation, within 370 days
before testing and after major
maintenance, unless flow is
verified by propane check or by
carbon or oxygen balance.
Raw exhaust flow rate: Upon
initial installation, within 185
days before testing and after
major maintenance, unless flow
is verified by propane check or
by carbon or oxygen balance.
Gas dividers: Upon initial
installation, within 370 days
before testing, and after major
maintenance.
Gas analyzers (unless otherwise
noted): Upon initial
installation, within 35 days
before testing and after major
maintenance.
FTIR and photoacoustic analyzers:
Upon initial installation,
within 370 days before testing
and after major maintenance.
GC-ECD: Upon initial installation
and after major maintenance.
PM balance: Upon initial
installation, within 370 days
before testing and after major
maintenance.
Pressure, temperature, and
dewpoint: Upon initial
installation, within 370 days
before testing and after major
maintenance.
Sec. 1065.308: Continuous gas Upon initial installation or
analyzer system response and after system modification that
updating-recording verification--for would affect response.
gas analyzers not continuously
compensated for other gas species.
Sec. 1065.309: Continuous gas Upon initial installation or
analyzer system-response and after system modification that
updating-recording verification--for would affect response.
gas analyzers continuously
compensated for other gas species.
Sec. 1065.310: Torque.............. Upon initial installation and
after major maintenance.
Sec. 1065.315: Pressure, Upon initial installation and
temperature, dewpoint. after major maintenance.
Sec. 1065.320: Fuel flow........... Upon initial installation and
after major maintenance.
Sec. 1065.325: Intake flow......... Upon initial installation and
after major maintenance.
Sec. 1065.330: Exhaust flow........ Upon initial installation and
after major maintenance.
Sec. 1065.340: Diluted exhaust flow Upon initial installation and
(CVS). after major maintenance.
Sec. 1065.341: CVS and batch Upon initial installation, within
sampler verification \3\. 35 days before testing, and
after major maintenance.
Sec. 1065.342 Sample dryer For thermal chillers: Upon
verification. installation and after major
maintenance.
For osmotic membranes; Upon
installation, within 35 days of
testing, and after major
maintenance.
Sec. 1065.345: Vacuum leak......... For laboratory testing: Upon
initial installation of the
sampling system, within 8 hours
before the start of the first
test interval of each duty-cycle
sequence, and after maintenance
such as pre-filter changes.
For field testing: After each
installation of the sampling
system on the vehicle, prior to
the start of the field test, and
after maintenance such as pre-
filter changes.
Sec. 1065.350: CO2 NDIR H2O Upon initial installation and
interference. after major maintenance.
Sec. 1065.355: CO NDIR CO2 and H2O Upon initial installation and
interference. after major maintenance.
Sec. 1065.360: FID calibration THC Calibrate all FID analyzers: Upon
FID optimization, and THC FID initial installation and after
verification. major maintenance.
Optimize and determine CH4
response for THC FID analyzers:
Upon initial installation and
after major maintenance.
Verify CH4 response for THC FID
analyzers: Upon initial
installation, within 185 days
before testing, and after major
maintenance.
Verify C2H6 response for THC FID
analyzers if used for NMNEHC
determination: Upon initial
installation, within 185 days
before testing, and after major
maintenance.
Sec. 1065.362: Raw exhaust FID O2 For all FID analyzers: Upon
interference. initial installation, and after
major maintenance.
For THC FID analyzers: Upon
initial installation, after
major maintenance, and after FID
optimization according to Sec.
1065.360.
Sec. 1065.365: Nonmethane cutter Upon initial installation, within
penetration. 185 days before testing, and
after major maintenance.
[[Page 98]]
Sec. 1065.366: Interference Upon initial installation and
verification for FTIR analyzers. after major maintenance.
Sec. 1065.369: H2O, CO, and CO2 Upon initial installation and
interference verification for after major maintenance.
ethanol photoacoustic analyzers.
Sec. 1065.370: CLD CO2 and H2O Upon initial installation and
quench. after major maintenance.
Sec. 1065.372: NDUV HC and H2O Upon initial installation and
interference. after major maintenance.
Sec. 1065.375: N2O analyzer Upon initial installation and
interference. after major maintenance.
Sec. 1065.376: Chiller NO2 Upon initial installation and
penetration. after major maintenance.
Sec. 1065.378: NO2-to-NO converter Upon initial installation, within
conversion. 35 days before testing, and
after major maintenance.
Sec. 1065.390: PM balance and Independent verification: Upon
weighing. initial installation, within 370
days before testing, and after
major maintenance.
Zero, span, and reference sample
verifications: Within 12 hours
of weighing, and after major
maintenance.
Sec. 1065.395: Inertial PM balance Independent verification: Upon
and weighing. initial installation, within 370
days before testing, and after
major maintenance.
Other verifications: Upon initial
installation and after major
maintenance.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Perform calibrations and verifications more frequently than we
specify, according to measurement system manufacturer instructions and
good engineering judgment.
\2\ Perform linearity verification either for electrical power or for
current and voltage.
\3\ The CVS verification described in Sec. 1065.341 is not required
for systems that agree within 2% based on a
chemical balance of carbon or oxygen of the intake air, fuel, and
diluted exhaust.
[81 FR 74164, Oct. 25, 2016]
Sec. 1065.305 Verifications for accuracy, repeatability, and noise.
(a) This section describes how to determine the accuracy,
repeatability, and noise of an instrument. Table 1 of Sec. 1065.205
specifies recommended values for individual instruments.
(b) We do not require you to verify instrument accuracy,
repeatability, or noise.
However, it may be useful to consider these verifications to define
a specification for a new instrument, to verify the performance of a new
instrument upon delivery, or to troubleshoot an existing instrument.
(c) In this section we use the letter ``y'' to denote a generic
measured quantity, the superscript over-bar to denote an arithmetic mean
(such as y), and the subscript ``ref'' to denote the reference quantity
being measured.
(d) Conduct these verifications as follows:
(1) Prepare an instrument so it operates at its specified
temperatures, pressures, and flows. Perform any instrument linearization
or calibration procedures prescribed by the instrument manufacturer.
(2) Zero the instrument as you would before an emission test by
introducing a zero signal. Depending on the instrument, this may be a
zero-concentration gas, a reference signal, a set of reference
thermodynamic conditions, or some combination of these. For gas
analyzers, use a zero gas that meets the specifications of Sec.
1065.750.
(3) Span the instrument as you would before an emission test by
introducing a span signal. Depending on the instrument, this may be a
span-concentration gas, a reference signal, a set of reference
thermodynamic conditions, or some combination of these. For gas
analyzers, use a span gas that meets the specifications of Sec.
1065.750.
(4) Use the instrument to quantify a NIST-traceable reference
quantity, yref. For gas analyzers the reference gas must meet
the specifications of Sec. 1065.750. Select a reference quantity near
the mean value expected during testing. For all gas analyzers, use a
quantity near the flow-weighted mean concentration expected at the
standard or expected during testing, whichever is greater. For noise
verification, use the same zero gas from paragraph (d)(2) of this
section as the reference quantity. In all cases, allow time for the
instrument to stabilize while it measures the reference quantity.
Stabilization time may include time to purge an instrument and time to
account for its response.
[[Page 99]]
(5) Sample and record values for 30 seconds (you may select a longer
sampling period if the recording update frequency is less than 0.5 Hz),
record the arithmetic mean, yi and record the standard
deviation, [sigma]i of the recorded values. Refer to Sec.
1065.602 for an example of calculating arithmetic mean and standard
deviation.
(6) Also, if the reference quantity is not absolutely constant,
which might be the case with a reference flow, sample and record values
of yrefi for 30 seconds and record the arithmetic mean of the
values, yref. Refer to Sec. 1065.602 for an example of calculating
arithmetic mean.
(7) Subtract the reference value, yref (or
yrefi), from the arithmetic mean, yi. Record this
value as the error, [epsi]i.
(8) Repeat the steps specified in paragraphs (d)(2) through (7) of
this section until you have ten arithmetic means (y1,
y2, yi, ...y10), ten standard
deviations, ([sigma]1, [sigma]2,
[sigma]i,...[sigma]10), and ten errors
([epsi]1, [epsi]2,
[epsi]i,...[epsi]10).
(9) Use the following values to quantify your measurements:
(i) Accuracy. Instrument accuracy is the absolute difference between
the reference quantity, yref (or yref), and the arithmetic mean of the
ten yi, y values. Refer to the example of an accuracy calculation in
Sec. 1065.602. We recommend that instrument accuracy be within the
specifications in Table 1 of Sec. 1065.205.
(ii) Repeatability. Repeatability is two times the standard
deviation of the ten errors (that is, repeatability = 2 [middot]
s[epsi]). Refer to the example of a standard-deviation calculation in
Sec. 1065.602. We recommend that instrument repeatability be within the
specifications in Table 1 of Sec. 1065.205.
(iii) Noise. Noise is two times the root-mean-square of the ten
standard deviations (that is, noise = 2 [middot] rms[sigma]) when the
reference signal is a zero-quantity signal. Refer to the example of a
root-mean-square calculation in Sec. 1065.602. We recommend that
instrument noise be within the specifications in Table 1 of Sec.
1065.205.
(10) You may use a measurement instrument that does not meet the
accuracy, repeatability, or noise specifications in Table 1 of Sec.
1065.205, as long as you meet the following criteria:
(i) Your measurement systems meet all the other required
calibration, verification, and validation specifications that apply as
specified in the regulations.
(ii) The measurement deficiency does not adversely affect your
ability to demonstrate compliance with the applicable standards.
[70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 FR 37301, June 30, 2008;
75 FR 23037, Apr. 30, 2010; 79 FR 23763, Apr. 28, 2014]
Sec. 1065.307 Linearity verification.
(a) Scope and frequency. Perform linearity verification on each
measurement system listed in Table 1 of this section at least as
frequently as indicated in Table 1 of Sec. 1065.303, consistent with
measurement system manufacturer's recommendations and good engineering
judgment. The intent of linearity verification is to determine that a
measurement system responds accurately and proportionally over the
measurement range of interest. Linearity verification generally consists
of introducing a series of at least 10 reference values to a measurement
system. The measurement system quantifies each reference value. The
measured values are then collectively compared to the reference values
by using a least-squares linear regression and the linearity criteria
specified in Table 1 of this section.
(b) Performance requirements. If a measurement system does not meet
the applicable linearity criteria referenced in Table 1 of this section,
correct the deficiency by re-calibrating, servicing, or replacing
components as needed. Repeat the linearity verification after correcting
the deficiency to ensure that the measurement system meets the linearity
criteria. Before you may use a measurement system that does not meet
linearity criteria, you must demonstrate to us that the deficiency does
not adversely affect your ability to demonstrate compliance with the
applicable standards.
(c) Procedure. Use the following linearity verification protocol, or
use good engineering judgment to develop a different protocol that
satisfies the intent of this section, as described in paragraph (a) of
this section:
[[Page 100]]
(1) In this paragraph (c), the letter ``y'' denotes a generic
measured quantity, the superscript over-bar denotes an arithmetic mean
(such as y), and the subscript ``ref'' denotes the known or
reference quantity being measured.
(2) Use good engineering judgment to operate a measurement system at
normal operating conditions. This may include any specified adjustment
or periodic calibration of the measurement system.
(3) If applicable, zero the instrument as you would before an
emission test by introducing a zero signal. Depending on the instrument,
this may be a zero-concentration gas, a reference signal, a set of
reference thermodynamic conditions, or some combination of these. For
gas analyzers, use a zero gas that meets the specifications of Sec.
1065.750 and introduce it directly at the analyzer port.
(4) If applicable, span the instrument as you would before an
emission test by introducing a span signal. Depending on the instrument,
this may be a span-concentration gas, a reference signal, a set of
reference thermodynamic conditions, or some combination of these. For
gas analyzers, use a span gas that meets the specifications of Sec.
1065.750 and introduce it directly at the analyzer port.
(5) If applicable, after spanning the instrument, check zero with
the same signal you used in paragraph (c)(3) of this section. Based on
the zero reading, use good engineering judgment to determine whether or
not to rezero and or re-span the instrument before continuing.
(6) For all measured quantities, use the instrument manufacturer's
recommendations and good engineering judgment to select reference
values, yrefi, that cover a range of values that you expect would
prevent extrapolation beyond these values during emission testing. We
recommend selecting a zero reference signal as one of the reference
values for the linearity verification. For pressure, temperature,
dewpoint, power, current, voltage, photoacoustic analyzers, and GC-ECD
linearity verifications, we recommend at least three reference values.
For all other linearity verifications select at least ten reference
values.
(7) Use the instrument manufacturer's recommendations and good
engineering judgment to select the order in which you will introduce the
series of reference values. For example, you may select the reference
values randomly to avoid correlation with previous measurements and to
avoid hysteresis; you may select reference values in ascending or
descending order to avoid long settling times of reference signals; or
you may select values to ascend and then descend to incorporate the
effects of any instrument hysteresis into the linearity verification.
(8) Generate reference quantities as described in paragraph (d) of
this section. For gas analyzers, use gas concentrations known to be
within the specifications of Sec. 1065.750 and introduce them directly
at the analyzer port.
(9) Introduce a reference signal to the measurement instrument.
(10) Allow time for the instrument to stabilize while it measures
the value at the reference condition. Stabilization time may include
time to purge an instrument and time to account for its response.
(11) At a recording frequency of at least f Hz, specified in Table 1
of Sec. 1065.205, measure the value at the reference condition for 30
seconds (you may select a longer sampling period if the recording update
frequency is less than 0.5 Hz) and record the arithmetic mean of the
recorded values, yi. Refer to Sec. 1065.602 for an example
of calculating an arithmetic mean.
(12) Repeat the steps in paragraphs (c)(9) though (11) of this
section until measurements are complete at each of the reference
conditions.
(13) Use the arithmetic means, yi, and reference values, yrefi, to
calculate least-squares linear regression parameters and statistical
values to compare to the minimum performance criteria specified in Table
1 of this section. Use the calculations described in Sec. 1065.602.
Using good engineering judgment, you may weight the results of
individual data pairs (i.e. (yrefi, yi,)), in the linear
regression calculations.
[[Page 101]]
(d) Reference signals. This paragraph (d) describes recommended
methods for generating reference values for the linearity-verification
protocol in paragraph (c) of this section. Use reference values that
simulate actual values, or introduce an actual value and measure it with
a reference-measurement system. In the latter case, the reference value
is the value reported by the reference-measurement system. Reference
values and reference-measurement systems must be NIST-traceable. We
recommend using calibration reference quantities that are NIST-traceable
within 0.5% uncertainty, if not specified elsewhere in this part 1065.
Use the following recommended methods to generate reference values or
use good engineering judgment to select a different reference:
(1) Speed. Run the engine or dynamometer at a series of steady-state
speeds and use a strobe, photo tachometer, or laser tachometer to record
reference speeds.
(2) Torque. Use a series of calibration weights and a calibration
lever arm to simulate engine torque. You may instead use the engine or
dynamometer itself to generate a nominal torque that is measured by a
reference load cell or proving ring in series with the torque-
measurement system. In this case, use the reference load cell
measurement as the reference value. Refer to Sec. 1065.310 for a
torque-calibration procedure similar to the linearity verification in
this section.
(3) Electrical power, current, and voltage. You must perform
linearity verification for either electrical power meters, or for
current and voltage meters. Perform linearity verifications using a
reference meter and controlled sources of current and voltage. We
recommend using a complete calibration system that is suitable for the
electrical power distribution industry.
(4) Fuel rate. Operate the engine at a series of constant fuel-flow
rates or re-circulate fuel back to a tank through the fuel flow meter at
different flow rates. Use a gravimetric reference measurement (such as a
scale, balance, or mass comparator) at the inlet to the fuel-measurement
system. Use a stopwatch or timer to measure the time intervals over
which reference masses of fuel are introduced to the fuel measurement
system. The reference fuel mass divided by the time interval is the
reference fuel flow rate.
(5) Flow rates--inlet air, dilution air, diluted exhaust, raw
exhaust, or sample flow. Use a reference flow meter with a blower or
pump to simulate flow rates. Use a restrictor, diverter valve, a
variable-speed blower or a variable-speed pump to control the range of
flow rates. Use the reference meter's response as the reference values.
(i) Reference flow meters. Because the flow range requirements for
these various flows are large, we allow a variety of reference meters.
For example, for diluted exhaust flow for a full-flow dilution system,
we recommend a reference subsonic venturi flow meter with a restrictor
valve and a blower to simulate flow rates. For inlet air, dilution air,
diluted exhaust for partial-flow dilution, raw exhaust, or sample flow,
we allow reference meters such as critical flow orifices, critical flow
venturis, laminar flow elements, master mass flow standards, or Roots
meters. Make sure the reference meter is calibrated and its calibration
is NIST-traceable. If you use the difference of two flow measurements to
determine a net flow rate, you may use one of the measurements as a
reference for the other.
(ii) Reference flow values. Because the reference flow is not
absolutely constant, sample and record values of nrefi for 30
seconds and use the arithmetic mean of the values, nref, as
the reference value. Refer to Sec. 1065.602 for an example of
calculating arithmetic mean.
(6) Gas division. Use one of the two reference signals:
(i) At the outlet of the gas-division system, connect a gas analyzer
that meets the linearity verification described in this section and has
not been linearized with the gas divider being verified. For example,
verify the linearity of an analyzer using a series of reference
analytical gases directly from compressed gas cylinders that meet the
specifications of Sec. 1065.750. We recommend using a FID analyzer or a
PMD or MPD O2 analyzer because of their inherent linearity.
Operate this analyzer consistent with how you
[[Page 102]]
would operate it during an emission test. Connect a span gas to the gas-
divider inlet. Use the gas-division system to divide the span gas with
purified air or nitrogen. Select gas divisions that you typically use.
Use a selected gas division as the measured value. Use the analyzer
response divided by the span gas concentration as the reference gas-
division value. Because the instrument response is not absolutely
constant, sample and record values of xref for 30 seconds and
use the arithmetic mean of the values, xref, as the reference
value. Refer to Sec. 1065.602 for an example of calculating arithmetic
mean.
(ii) Using good engineering judgment and the gas divider
manufacturer's recommendations, use one or more reference flow meters to
measure the flow rates of the gas divider and verify the gas-division
value.
(7) Continuous constituent concentration. For reference values, use
a series of gas cylinders of known gas concentration or use a gas-
division system that is known to be linear with a span gas. Gas
cylinders, gas-division systems, and span gases that you use for
reference values must meet the specifications of Sec. 1065.750.
(8) Temperature. You may perform the linearity verification for
temperature measurement systems with thermocouples, RTDs, and
thermistors by removing the sensor from the system and using a simulator
in its place. Use a NIST-traceable simulator that is independently
calibrated and, as appropriate, cold-junction-compensated. The simulator
uncertainty scaled to absolute temperature must be less than 0.5% of
Tmax. If you use this option, you must use sensors that the
supplier states are accurate to better than 0.5% of Tmax
compared with their standard calibration curve.
(9) Mass. For linearity verification for gravimetric PM balances,
use external calibration weights that meet the requirements in Sec.
1065.790.
(e) Measurement systems that require linearity verification. Table 1
of this section indicates measurement systems that require linearity
verification, subject to the following provisions:
(1) Perform linearity verification more frequently based on the
instrument manufacturer's recommendation or good engineering judgment.
(2) The expression ``xmin'' refers to the reference value
used during linearity verification that is closest to zero. This is the
value used to calculate the first tolerance in Table 1 of this section
using the intercept, a0. Note that this value may be zero,
positive, or negative depending on the reference values. For example, if
the reference values chosen to validate a pressure transducer vary from
-10 to -1 kPa, xmin is -1 kPa. If the reference values used
to validate a temperature device vary from 290 to 390 K, xmin
is 290 K.
(3) The expression ``max'' generally refers to the absolute value of
the reference value used during linearity verification that is furthest
from zero. This is the value used to scale the first and third
tolerances in Table 1 of this section using a0 and SEE. For
example, if the reference values chosen to validate a pressure
transducer vary from -10 to -1 kPa, then pmax is + 10 kPa. If
the reference values used to validate a temperature device vary from 290
to 390 K, then Tmax is 390 K. For gas dividers where ``max''
is expressed as, xmax/xspan; xmax is
the maximum gas concentration used during the verification,
xspan is the undivided, undiluted, span gas concentration,
and the resulting ratio is the maximum divider point reference value
used during the verification (typically 1). The following are special
cases where ``max'' refers to a different value:
(i) For linearity verification with a PM balance, mmax
refers to the typical mass of a PM filter.
(ii) For linearity verification of torque on the engine's primary
output shaft, Tmax refers to the manufacturer's specified
engine torque peak value of the lowest torque engine to be tested.
(4) The specified ranges are inclusive. For example, a specified
range of 0.98-1.02 for a1 means 0.98<=a1<=1.02.
(5) Linearity verification is optional for systems that pass the
flow-rate verification for diluted exhaust as described in Sec.
1065.341 (the propane check) or for systems that agree within 2% based on a chemical balance of carbon or oxygen of
the intake air, fuel, and exhaust.
[[Page 103]]
(6) You must meet the a1 criteria for these quantities
only if the absolute value of the quantity is required, as opposed to a
signal that is only linearly proportional to the actual value.
(7) Linearity verification is required for the following temperature
measurements:
(i) The following temperature measurements always require linearity
verification:
(A) Air intake.
(B) Aftertreatment bed(s), for engines tested with aftertreatment
devices subject to cold-start testing.
(C) Dilution air for gaseous and PM sampling, including CVS, double-
dilution, and partial-flow systems.
(D) PM sample.
(E) Chiller sample, for gaseous sampling systems that use thermal
chillers to dry samples and use chiller temperature to calculate the
dewpoint at the outlet of the chiller. For your testing, if you choose
to use a high alarm temperature setpoint for the chiller temperature as
a constant value in determining the amount of water removed from the
emission sample, you may use good engineering judgment to verify the
accuracy of the high alarm temperature setpoint instead of linearity
verification on the chiller temperature. To verify that the alarm trip
point value is no less than 2.0 [deg]C below the reference value at the
trip point, we recommend that you input a reference simulated
temperature signal below the alarm trip point and increase this signal
until the high alarm trips.
(ii) Linearity verification is required for the following
temperature measurements if these temperature measurements are specified
by the engine manufacturer:
(A) Fuel inlet.
(B) Air outlet to the test cell's charge air cooler air outlet, for
engines tested with a laboratory heat exchanger that simulates an
installed charge air cooler.
(C) Coolant inlet to the test cell's charge air cooler, for engines
tested with a laboratory heat exchanger that simulates an installed
charge air cooler.
(D) Oil in the sump/pan.
(E) Coolant before the thermostat, for liquid-cooled engines.
(8) Linearity verification is required for the following pressure
measurements:
(i) The following pressure measurements always require linearity
verification:
(A) Air intake restriction.
(B) Exhaust back pressure as required in Sec. 1065.130(h).
(C) Barometer.
(D) CVS inlet gage pressure where the raw exhaust enters the tunnel.
(E) Sample dryer, for gaseous sampling systems that use either
osmotic-membrane or thermal chillers to dry samples. For your testing,
if you choose to use a low alarm pressure setpoint for the sample dryer
pressure as a constant value in determining the amount of water removed
from the emission sample, you may use good engineering judgment to
verify the accuracy of the low alarm pressure setpoint instead of
linearity verification on the sample dryer pressure. To verify that the
trip point value is no more than 4.0 kPa above the reference value at
the trip point, we recommend that you input a reference pressure signal
above the alarm trip point and decrease this signal until the low alarm
trips.
(ii) Linearity verification is required for the following pressure
measurements if these pressure measurements are specified by the engine
manufacturer:
(A) The test cell's charge air cooler and interconnecting pipe
pressure drop, for turbo-charged engines tested with a laboratory heat
exchanger that simulates an installed charge air cooler.
(B) Fuel outlet.
Table 1 of Sec. 1065.307--Measurement Systems That Require Linearity Verification
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Linearity criteria
----------------------------------------------------------------
Measurement system Quantity [verbar]xmin(a1-1)
+ a 0[verbar] a1 SEE r \2\
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Speed......................... fn............. <=0.05% [middot] 0.98-1.02 <=2% [middot]
fnmax. fnmax. =0.990
Torque........................ T.............. <=1% [middot] Tmax 0.98-1.02 <=2% [middot]
Tmax. =0.990
Electrical power.............. P.............. <=1% [middot] Pmax 0.98-1.02 <=2% [middot]
Pmax =0.990
Current....................... I.............. <=1% [middot] Imax 0.98-1.02 <=2% [middot]
Imax =0.990
[[Page 104]]
Voltage....................... U.............. <=1% [middot] Umax 0.98-1.02 <=2% [middot]
Umax. =0.990
Fuel flow rate................ m.............. <=1% [middot] mmax 0.98-1.02 <=2% [middot]
mmax. =0.990
Intake-air.................... n.............. <=1% [middot] nmax 0.98-1.02 <=2% [middot]
flow rate\1\................. nmax. =0.990
Dilution air flow rate \1\.... n.............. <=1% [middot] nmax 0.98-1.02 <=2% [middot]
nmax. =0.990
Diluted exhaust flow rate \1\. n.............. <=1% [middot] nmax 0.98-1.02 <=2% [middot]
nmax. =0.990
Raw exhaust flow rate \1\..... n.............. <=1% [middot] nmax 0.98-1.02 <=2% [middot]
nmax. =0.990
Batch sampler flow rates \1\.. n.............. <=1% [middot] nmax 0.98-1.02 <=2% [middot]
nmax. =0.990
Gas dividers.................. x/xspan........ <=0.5% [middot] 0.98-1.02 <=2% [middot]
xmax/xspan. xmax/xspan. =0.990
Gas analyzers for laboratory x.............. <=0.5% [middot] 0.99-1.01 <=1% [middot]
testing. xmax. xmax. =0.998
Gas analyzers for field x.............. <=1% [middot] xmax 0.99-1.01 <=1% [middot]
testing. xmax. =0.998
PM balance.................... m.............. <=1% [middot] mmax 0.99-1.01 <=1% [middot]
mmax. =0.998
Pressures..................... p.............. <=1% [middot] pmax 0.99-1.01 <=1% [middot]
pmax. =0.998
Dewpoint for intake air, PM- Tdew........... <=0.5% [middot] 0.99-1.01 <=0.5% [middot]
stabilization and balance Tdewmax. Tdewmax. =0.998
environments.
Other dewpoint measurements... Tdew........... <=1% [middot] 0.99-1.01 <=1% [middot]
Tdewmax-. Tdewmax-. =0.998
Analog-to-digital conversion T.............. <=1% [middot] Tmax 0.99-1.01 <=1% [middot]
of temperature signals. Tmax. =0.998
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ For flow meters that determine volumetric flow rate, Vstd, you may substitute Vstd for n as the quantity and
substitute Vstdmax for nmax.
[79 FR 23763, Apr. 28, 2014]
Sec. 1065.308 Continuous gas analyzer system-response and
updating-recording verification--for gas analyzers not continuously
compensated for other gas species.
(a) Scope and frequency. This section describes a verification
procedure for system response and updating-recording frequency for
continuous gas analyzers that output a gas species mole fraction (i.e.,
concentration) using a single gas detector, i.e., gas analyzers not
continuously compensated for other gas species measured with multiple
gas detectors. See Sec. 1065.309 for verification procedures that apply
to continuous gas analyzers that are continuously compensated for other
gas species measured with multiple gas detectors. Perform this
verification to determine the system response of the continuous gas
analyzer and its sampling system. This verification is required for
continuous gas analyzers used for transient or ramped-modal testing. You
need not perform this verification for batch gas analyzer systems or for
continuous gas analyzer systems that are used only for discrete-mode
testing. Perform this verification after initial installation (i.e.,
test cell commissioning) and after any modifications to the system that
would change system response. For example, perform this verification if
you add a significant volume to the transfer lines by increasing their
length or adding a filter; or if you reduce the frequency at which the
gas analyzer updates its output or the frequency at which you sample and
record gas-analyzer concentrations.
(b) Measurement principles. This test verifies that the updating and
recording frequencies match the overall system response to a rapid
change in the value of concentrations at the sample probe. Gas analyzers
and their sampling systems must be optimized such that their overall
response to a rapid change in concentration is updated and recorded at
an appropriate frequency to prevent loss of information. This test also
verifies that the measurement system meets a minimum response time. You
may use the results of this test to determine transformation time,
t50, for the purposes of time alignment of continuous data in
accordance with Sec. 1065.650(c)(2)(i). You may also use an alternate
procedure to determine t50 in accordance with good
engineering judgment. Note that any such procedure for determining
t50 must account for both transport delay and analyzer
response time.
[[Page 105]]
(c) System requirements. Demonstrate that each continuous analyzer
has adequate update and recording frequencies and has a minimum rise
time and a minimum fall time during a rapid change in gas concentration.
You must meet one of the following criteria:
(1) The product of the mean rise time, t10-90, and the
frequency at which the system records an updated concentration must be
at least 5, and the product of the mean fall time, t90-10,
and the frequency at which the system records an updated concentration
must be at least 5. If the recording frequency is different than the
analyzer's output update frequency, you must use the lower of these two
frequencies for this verification, which is referred to as the updating-
recording frequency. This verification applies to the nominal updating
and recording frequencies. This criterion makes no assumption regarding
the frequency content of changes in emission concentrations during
emission testing; therefore, it is valid for any testing. Also, the mean
rise time must be at or below 10 seconds and the mean fall time must be
at or below 10 seconds.
(2) The frequency at which the system records an updated
concentration must be at least 5 Hz. This criterion assumes that the
frequency content of significant changes in emission concentrations
during emission testing do not exceed 1 Hz. Also, the mean rise time
must be at or below 10 seconds and the mean fall time must be at or
below 10 seconds.
(3) You may use other criteria if we approve the criteria in
advance.
(4) You may meet the overall PEMS verification in Sec. 1065.920
instead of the verification in this section for field testing with PEMS.
(d) Procedure. Use the following procedure to verify the response of
each continuous gas analyzer:
(1) Instrument setup. Follow the analyzer manufacturer's start-up
and operating instructions. Adjust the measurement system as needed to
optimize performance. Run this verification with the analyzer operating
in the same manner you will use for emission testing. If the analyzer
shares its sampling system with other analyzers, and if gas flow to the
other analyzers will affect the system response time, then start up and
operate the other analyzers while running this verification test. You
may run this verification test on multiple analyzers sharing the same
sampling system at the same time. If you use any analog or real-time
digital filters during emission testing, you must operate those filters
in the same manner during this verification.
(2) Equipment setup. We recommend using minimal lengths of gas
transfer lines between all connections and fast-acting three-way valves
(2 inlets, 1 outlet) to control the flow of zero and blended span gases
to the sample system's probe inlet or a tee near the outlet of the
probe. If you inject the gas at a tee near the outlet of the probe, you
may correct the transformation time, t50, for an estimate of
the transport time from the probe inlet to the tee. Normally the gas
flow rate is higher than the sample flow rate and the excess is
overflowed out the inlet of the probe. If the gas flow rate is lower
than the sample flow rate, the gas concentrations must be adjusted to
account for the dilution from ambient air drawn into the probe. We
recommend you use the final, stabilized analyzer reading as the final
gas concentration. Select span gases for the species being measured. You
may use binary or multi-gas span gases. You may use a gas blending or
mixing device to blend span gases. A gas blending or mixing device is
recommended when blending span gases diluted in N2 with span
gases diluted in air. You may use a multi-gas span gas, such as NO-CO-
CO2-C3H8-CH4, to verify
multiple analyzers at the same time. If you use standard binary span
gases, you must run separate response tests for each analyzer. In
designing your experimental setup, avoid pressure pulsations due to
stopping the flow through the gas-blending device. The change in gas
concentration must be at least 20% of the analyzer's range.
(3) Data collection. (i) Start the flow of zero gas.
(ii) Allow for stabilization, accounting for transport delays and
the slowest analyzer's full response.
(iii) Start recording data. For this verification you must record
data at a frequency greater than or equal to that
[[Page 106]]
of the updating-recording frequency used during emission testing. You
may not use interpolation or filtering to alter the recorded values.
(iv) Switch the flow to allow the blended span gases to flow to the
analyzer. If you intend to use the data from this test to determine
t50 for time alignment, record this time as t0.
(v) Allow for transport delays and the slowest analyzer's full
response.
(vi) Switch the flow to allow zero gas to flow to the analyzer. If
you intend to use the data from this test to determine t50
for time alignment, record this time as t100.
(vii) Allow for transport delays and the slowest analyzer's full
response.
(viii) Repeat the steps in paragraphs (d)(3)(iv) through (vii) of
this section to record seven full cycles, ending with zero gas flowing
to the analyzers.
(ix) Stop recording.
(e) Performance evaluation. (1) If you choose to demonstrate
compliance with paragraph (c)(1) of this section, use the data from
paragraph (d)(3) of this section to calculate the mean rise time,
t10-90, and mean fall time, t90-10, for each of
the analyzers being verified. You may use interpolation between recorded
values to determine rise and fall times. If the recording frequency used
during emission testing is different from the analyzer's output update
frequency, you must use the lower of these two frequencies for this
verification. Multiply these times (in seconds) by their respective
updating-recording frequencies in Hertz (1/second). The resulting
product must be at least 5 for both rise time and fall time. If either
value is less than 5, increase the updating-recording frequency, or
adjust the flows or design of the sampling system to increase the rise
time and fall time as needed. You may also configure analog or digital
filters before recording to increase rise and fall times. In no case may
the mean rise time or mean fall time be greater than 10 seconds.
(2) If a measurement system fails the criterion in paragraph (e)(1)
of this section, ensure that signals from the system are updated and
recorded at a frequency of at least 5 Hz. In no case may the mean rise
time or mean fall time be greater than 10 seconds.
(3) If a measurement system fails the criteria in paragraphs (e)(1)
and (2) of this section, you may use the measurement system only if the
deficiency does not adversely affect your ability to show compliance
with the applicable standards.
(f) Transformation time, t50, determination. If you
choose to determine t50 for purposes of time alignment using
data generated in paragraph (d)(3) of this section, calculate the mean
t0-50 and the mean t100-50 from the recorded data.
Average these two values to determine the final t50 for the
purposes of time alignment in accordance with Sec. 1065.650(c)(2)(i).
(g) Optional procedure. Instead of using a three-way valve to switch
between zero and span gases, you may use a fast-acting two-way valve to
switch sampling between ambient air and span gas at the probe inlet. For
this alternate procedure, the following provisions apply:
(1) If your probe is sampling from a continuously flowing gas stream
(e.g., a CVS tunnel), you may adjust the span gas flow rate to be
different than the sample flow rate.
(2) If your probe is sampling from a gas stream that is not
continuously flowing (e.g., a raw exhaust stack), you must adjust the
span gas flow rate to be less than the sample flow rate so ambient air
is always being drawn into the probe inlet. This avoids errors
associated with overflowing span gas out of the probe inlet and drawing
it back in when sampling ambient air.
(3) When sampling ambient air or ambient air mixed with span gas,
all the analyzer readings must be stable within 0.5% of the target gas concentration step size. If any
analyzer reading is outside the specified range, you must resolve the
problem and verify that all the analyzer readings meet this
specification.
(4) For oxygen analyzers, you may use purified N2 as the
zero gas and ambient air (plus purified N2 if needed) as the
reference gas. Perform the verification with seven repeat measurements
that each consist of stabilizing with purified N2, switching
to ambient air and observing the analyzer's rise and stabilized reading,
followed by switching back to purified N2
[[Page 107]]
and observing the analyzer's fall and stabilized reading.
[73 FR 59325, Oct. 8, 2008, as amended at 79 FR 23766, Apr. 28, 2014]
Sec. 1065.309 Continuous gas analyzer system-response and
updating-recording verification--for gas analyzers continuously
compensated for other gas species.
(a) Scope and frequency. This section describes a verification
procedure for system response and updating-recording frequency for
continuous gas analyzers that output a single gas species mole fraction
(i.e., concentration) based on a continuous combination of multiple gas
species measured with multiple detectors (i.e., gas analyzers
continuously compensated for other gas species). See Sec. 1065.308 for
verification procedures that apply to continuous gas analyzers that are
not continuously compensated for other gas species or that use only one
detector for gaseous species. Perform this verification to determine the
system response of the continuous gas analyzer and its sampling system.
This verification is required for continuous gas analyzers used for
transient or ramped-modal testing. You need not perform this
verification for batch gas analyzers or for continuous gas analyzers
that are used only for discrete-mode testing. For this check we consider
water vapor a gaseous constituent. This verification does not apply to
any processing of individual analyzer signals that are time-aligned to
their t50 times and were verified according to Sec.
1065.308. For example, this verification does not apply to correction
for water removed from the sample done in post-processing according to
Sec. 1065.659 (40 CFR 1066.620 for vehicle testing) and it does not
apply to NMHC determination from THC and CH4 according to
Sec. 1065.660. Perform this verification after initial installation
(i.e., test cell commissioning) and after any modifications to the
system that would change the system response.
(b) Measurement principles. This procedure verifies that the
updating and recording frequencies match the overall system response to
a rapid change in the value of concentrations at the sample probe. It
indirectly verifies the time-alignment and uniform response of all the
continuous gas detectors used to generate a continuously combined/
compensated concentration measurement signal. Gas analyzer systems must
be optimized such that their overall response to rapid change in
concentration is updated and recorded at an appropriate frequency to
prevent loss of information. This test also verifies that the
measurement system meets a minimum response time. For this procedure,
ensure that all compensation algorithms and humidity corrections are
turned on. You may use the results of this test to determine
transformation time, t50, for the purposes of time alignment
of continuous data in accordance with Sec. 1065.650(c)(2)(i). You may
also use an alternate procedure to determine t50 consistent
with good engineering judgment. Note that any such procedure for
determining t50 must account for both transport delay and
analyzer response time.
(c) System requirements. Demonstrate that each continuously
combined/compensated concentration measurement has adequate updating and
recording frequencies and has a minimum rise time and a minimum fall
time during a system response to a rapid change in multiple gas
concentrations, including H2O concentration if H2O
compensation is applied. You must meet one of the following criteria:
(1) The product of the mean rise time, t10-90, and the
frequency at which the system records an updated concentration must be
at least 5, and the product of the mean fall time, t90-10,
and the frequency at which the system records an updated concentration
must be at least 5. If the recording frequency is different than the
update frequency of the continuously combined/compensated signal, you
must use the lower of these two frequencies for this verification. This
criterion makes no assumption regarding the frequency content of changes
in emission concentrations during emission testing; therefore, it is
valid for any testing. Also, the mean rise time must be at or below 10
seconds and the mean fall time must be at or below 10 seconds.
(2) The frequency at which the system records an updated
concentration
[[Page 108]]
must be at least 5 Hz. This criterion assumes that the frequency content
of significant changes in emission concentrations during emission
testing do not exceed 1 Hz. Also, the mean rise time must be at or below
10 seconds and the mean fall time must be at or below 10 seconds.
(3) You may use other criteria if we approve them in advance.
(4) You may meet the overall PEMS verification in Sec. 1065.920
instead of the verification in this section for field testing with PEMS.
(d) Procedure. Use the following procedure to verify the response of
each continuously compensated analyzer (verify the combined signal, not
each individual continuously combined concentration signal):
(1) Instrument setup. Follow the analyzer manufacturer's start-up
and operating instructions. Adjust the measurement system as needed to
optimize performance. Run this verification with the analyzer operating
in the same manner you will use for emission testing. If the analyzer
shares its sampling system with other analyzers, and if gas flow to the
other analyzers will affect the system response time, then start up and
operate the other analyzers while running this verification test. You
may run this verification test on multiple analyzers sharing the same
sampling system at the same time. If you use any analog or real-time
digital filters during emission testing, you must operate those filters
in the same manner during this verification.
(2) Equipment setup. We recommend using minimal lengths of gas
transfer lines between all connections and fast-acting three-way valves
(2 inlets, 1 outlet) to control the flow of zero and blended span gases
to the sample system's probe inlet or a tee near the outlet of the
probe. If you inject the gas at a tee near the outlet of the probe, you
may correct the transformation time, t50, for an estimate of
the transport time from the probe inlet to the tee. Normally the gas
flow rate is higher than the sample flow rate and the excess is
overflowed out the inlet of the probe. If the gas flow rate is lower
than the sample flow rate, the gas concentrations must be adjusted to
account for the dilution from ambient air drawn into the probe. We
recommend you use the final, stabilized analyzer reading as the final
gas concentration. Select span gases for the species being continuously
combined, other than H2O. Select concentrations of
compensating species that will yield concentrations of these species at
the analyzer inlet that covers the range of concentrations expected
during testing. You may use binary or multi-gas span gases. You may use
a gas blending or mixing device to blend span gases. A gas blending or
mixing device is recommended when blending span gases diluted in
N2 with span gases diluted in air. You may use a multi-gas
span gas, such as NO-CO-CO2-C3H8-
CH4, to verify multiple analyzers at the same time. In
designing your experimental setup, avoid pressure pulsations due to
stopping the flow through the gas blending device. The change in gas
concentration must be at least 20% of the analyzer's range. If
H2O correction is applicable, then span gases must be
humidified before entering the analyzer; however, you may not humidify
NO2 span gas by passing it through a sealed humidification
vessel that contains water. You must humidify NO2 span gas
with another moist gas stream. We recommend humidifying your NO-CO-
CO2-C3H8-CH4, balance
N2 blended gas by flowing the gas mixture through a sealed
vessel that humidifies the gas by bubbling it through distilled water
and then mixing the gas with dry NO2 gas, balance purified
air. If your system does not use a sample dryer to remove water from the
sample gas, you must humidify your span gas to the highest sample
H2O content that you estimate during emission sampling. If
your system uses a sample dryer during testing, it must pass the sample
dryer verification check in Sec. 1065.342, and you must humidify your
span gas to an H2O content greater than or equal to the level
determined in Sec. 1065.145(e)(2). If you are humidifying span gases
without NO2, use good engineering judgment to ensure that the
wall temperatures in the transfer lines, fittings, and valves from the
humidifying system to the probe are above the dewpoint required for the
target H2O content. If you are humidifying span gases with
NO2, use good engineering judgment to
[[Page 109]]
ensure that there is no condensation in the transfer lines, fittings, or
valves from the point where humidified gas is mixed with NO2
span gas to the probe. We recommend that you design your setup so that
the wall temperatures in the transfer lines, fittings, and valves from
the humidifying system to the probe are at least 5 [deg]C above the
local sample gas dewpoint. Operate the measurement and sample handling
system as you do for emission testing. Make no modifications to the
sample handling system to reduce the risk of condensation. Flow
humidified gas through the sampling system before this check to allow
stabilization of the measurement system's sampling handling system to
occur, as it would for an emission test.
(3) Data collection. (i) Start the flow of zero gas.
(ii) Allow for stabilization, accounting for transport delays and
the slowest analyzer's full response.
(iii) Start recording data. For this verification you must record
data at a frequency greater than or equal to that of the updating-
recording frequency used during emission testing. You may not use
interpolation or filtering to alter the recorded values.
(iv) Switch the flow to allow the blended span gases to flow to the
analyzer. If you intend to use the data from this test to determine
t50 for time alignment, record this time as t0.
(v) Allow for transport delays and the slowest analyzer's full
response.
(vi) Switch the flow to allow zero gas to flow to the analyzer. If
you intend to use the data from this test to determine t50
for time alignment, record this time as t100.
(vii) Allow for transport delays and the slowest analyzer's full
response.
(viii) Repeat the steps in paragraphs (d)(3)(iv) through (vii) of
this section to record seven full cycles, ending with zero gas flowing
to the analyzers.
(ix) Stop recording.
(e) Performance evaluations. (1) If you choose to demonstrate
compliance with paragraph (c)(1) of this section, use the data from
paragraph (d)(3) of this section to calculate the mean rise time,
t10-90, and mean fall time, t90-10, for the
continuously combined signal from each analyzer being verified. You may
use interpolation between recorded values to determine rise and fall
times. If the recording frequency used during emission testing is
different from the analyzer's output update frequency, you must use the
lower of these two frequencies for this verification. Multiply these
times (in seconds) by their respective updating-recording frequencies in
Hz (1/second). The resulting product must be at least 5 for both rise
time and fall time. If either value is less than 5, increase the
updating-recording frequency or adjust the flows or design of the
sampling system to increase the rise time and fall time as needed. You
may also configure analog or digital filters before recording to
increase rise and fall times. In no case may the mean rise time or mean
fall time be greater than 10 seconds.
(2) If a measurement system fails the criterion in paragraph (e)(1)
of this section, ensure that signals from the system are updated and
recorded at a frequency of at least 5 Hz. In no case may the mean rise
time or mean fall time be greater than 10 seconds.
(3) If a measurement system fails the criteria in paragraphs (e)(1)
and (2) of this section, you may use the measurement system only if the
deficiency does not adversely affect your ability to show compliance
with the applicable standards.
(f) Transformation time, t50, determination. If you
choose to determine t50 for purposes of time alignment using
data generated in paragraph (d)(3) of this section, calculate the mean
t0-50 and the mean t100-50 from the recorded data.
Average these two values to determine the final t50 for the
purposes of time alignment in accordance with Sec. 1065.650(c)(2)(i).
(g) Optional procedure. Follow the optional procedures in Sec.
1065.308(g), noting that you may use compensating gases mixed with
ambient air for oxygen analyzers.
(h) Analyzers with H2O compensation sampling downstream of a sample
dryer. You may omit humidifying the span gas as described in this
paragraph (h). If an analyzer compensates only for H2O, you
may apply the requirements of Sec. 1065.308 instead of the requirements
[[Page 110]]
of this section. You may omit humidifying the span gas if you meet the
following conditions:
(1) The analyzer is located downstream of a sample dryer.
(2) The maximum value for H2O mole fraction downstream of
the dryer must be less than or equal to 0.010. Verify this during each
sample dryer verification according to Sec. 1065.342.
[73 FR 59326, Oct. 8, 2008, as amended at 75 FR 23039, Apr. 30, 2010; 79
FR 23767, Apr. 28, 2014]
Measurement of Engine Parameters and Ambient Conditions
Sec. 1065.310 Torque calibration.
(a) Scope and frequency. Calibrate all torque-measurement systems
including dynamometer torque measurement transducers and systems upon
initial installation and after major maintenance. Use good engineering
judgment to repeat the calibration. Follow the torque transducer
manufacturer's instructions for linearizing your torque sensor's output.
We recommend that you calibrate the torque-measurement system with a
reference force and a lever arm.
(b) Recommended procedure to quantify lever-arm length. Quantify the
lever-arm length, NIST-traceable within 0.5%
uncertainty. The lever arm's length must be measured from the centerline
of the dynamometer to the point at which the reference force is
measured. The lever arm must be perpendicular to gravity (i.e.,
horizontal), and it must be perpendicular to the dynamometer's
rotational axis. Balance the lever arm's torque or quantify its net
hanging torque, NIST-traceable within 1%
uncertainty, and account for it as part of the reference torque.
(c) Recommended procedure to quantify reference force. We recommend
dead-weight calibration, but you may use either of the following
procedures to quantify the reference force, NIST-traceable within 0.5% uncertainty.
(1) Dead-weight calibration. This technique applies a known force by
hanging known weights at a known distance along a lever arm. Make sure
the weights' lever arm is perpendicular to gravity (i.e., horizontal)
and perpendicular to the dynamometer's rotational axis. Apply at least
six calibration-weight combinations for each applicable torque-measuring
range, spacing the weight quantities about equally over the range.
Oscillate or rotate the dynamometer during calibration to reduce
frictional static hysteresis. Determine each weight's reference force by
multiplying its NIST-traceable mass by the local acceleration of Earth's
gravity, as described in Sec. 1065.630. Calculate the reference torque
as the weights' reference force multiplied by the lever arm reference
length.
(2) Strain gage, load transducer, or proving ring calibration. This
technique applies force either by hanging weights on a lever arm (these
weights and their lever arm length are not used as part of the reference
torque determination) or by operating the dynamometer at different
torques. Apply at least six force combinations for each applicable
torque-measuring range, spacing the force quantities about equally over
the range. Oscillate or rotate the dynamometer during calibration to
reduce frictional static hysteresis. In this case, the reference torque
is determined by multiplying the force output from the reference meter
(such as a strain gage, load transducer, or proving ring) by its
effective lever-arm length, which you measure from the point where the
force measurement is made to the dynamometer's rotational axis. Make
sure you measure this length perpendicular to the reference meter's
measurement axis and perpendicular to the dynamometer's rotational axis.
[79 FR 23768, Apr. 28, 2014]
Sec. 1065.315 Pressure, temperature, and dewpoint calibration.
(a) Calibrate instruments for measuring pressure, temperature, and
dewpoint upon initial installation. Follow the instrument manufacturer's
instructions and use good engineering judgment to repeat the
calibration, as follows:
(1) Pressure. We recommend temperature-compensated, digital-
pneumatic, or deadweight pressure calibrators, with data-logging
capabilities to minimize transcription errors. We recommend using
calibration reference quantities that are NIST-traceable within 0.5%
uncertainty.
[[Page 111]]
(2) Temperature. We recommend digital dry-block or stirred-liquid
temperature calibrators, with data logging capabilities to minimize
transcription errors. We recommend using calibration reference
quantities that are NIST-traceable within 0.5% uncertainty. You may
perform linearity verification for temperature measurement systems with
thermocouples, RTDs, and thermistors by removing the sensor from the
system and using a simulator in its place. Use a NIST-traceable
simulator that is independently calibrated and, as appropriate, cold-
junction compensated. The simulator uncertainty scaled to absolute
temperature must be less than 0.5% of Tmax. If you use this
option, you must use sensors that the supplier states are accurate to
better than 0.5% of Tmax compared with their standard
calibration curve.
(3) Dewpoint. We recommend a minimum of three different temperature-
equilibrated and temperature-monitored calibration salt solutions in
containers that seal completely around the dewpoint sensor. We recommend
using calibration reference quantities that are NIST-traceable within
0.5% uncertainty.
(b) You may remove system components for off-site calibration. We
recommend specifying calibration reference quantities that are NIST-
traceable within 0.5% uncertainty.
[70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 FR 37305, June 30, 2008;
75 FR 23040, Apr. 30, 2010; 79 FR 23768, Apr. 28, 2014]
Flow-Related Measurements
Sec. 1065.320 Fuel-flow calibration.
(a) Calibrate fuel-flow meters upon initial installation. Follow the
instrument manufacturer's instructions and use good engineering judgment
to repeat the calibration.
(b) You may also develop a procedure based on a chemical balance of
carbon or oxygen in engine exhaust.
(c) You may remove system components for off-site calibration. When
installing a flow meter with an off-site calibration, we recommend that
you consider the effects of the tubing configuration upstream and
downstream of the flow meter. We recommend specifying calibration
reference quantities that are NIST-traceable within 0.5% uncertainty.
Sec. 1065.325 Intake-flow calibration.
(a) Calibrate intake-air flow meters upon initial installation.
Follow the instrument manufacturer's instructions and use good
engineering judgment to repeat the calibration. We recommend using a
calibration subsonic venturi, ultrasonic flow meter or laminar flow
element. We recommend using calibration reference quantities that are
NIST-traceable within 0.5% uncertainty.
(b) You may remove system components for off-site calibration. When
installing a flow meter with an off-site calibration, we recommend that
you consider the effects of the tubing configuration upstream and
downstream of the flow meter. We recommend specifying calibration
reference quantities that are NIST-traceable within 0.5% uncertainty.
(c) If you use a subsonic venturi or ultrasonic flow meter for
intake flow measurement, we recommend that you calibrate it as described
in Sec. 1065.340.
Sec. 1065.330 Exhaust-flow calibration.
(a) Calibrate exhaust-flow meters upon initial installation. Follow
the instrument manufacturer's instructions and use good engineering
judgment to repeat the calibration. We recommend that you use a
calibration subsonic venturi or ultrasonic flow meter and simulate
exhaust temperatures by incorporating a heat exchanger between the
calibration meter and the exhaust-flow meter. If you can demonstrate
that the flow meter to be calibrated is insensitive to exhaust
temperatures, you may use other reference meters such as laminar flow
elements, which are not commonly designed to withstand typical raw
exhaust temperatures. We recommend using calibration reference
quantities that are NIST-traceable within 0.5% uncertainty.
(b) You may remove system components for off-site calibration. When
installing a flow meter with an off-site calibration, we recommend that
you consider the effects of the tubing configuration upstream and
downstream of
[[Page 112]]
the flow meter. We recommend specifying calibration reference quantities
that are NIST-traceable within 0.5% uncertainty.
(c) If you use a subsonic venturi or ultrasonic flow meter for raw
exhaust flow measurement, we recommend that you calibrate it as
described in Sec. 1065.340.
Sec. 1065.340 Diluted exhaust flow (CVS) calibration.
(a) Overview. This section describes how to calibrate flow meters
for diluted exhaust constant-volume sampling (CVS) systems.
(b) Scope and frequency. Perform this calibration while the flow
meter is installed in its permanent position, except as allowed in
paragraph (c) of this section. Perform this calibration after you change
any part of the flow configuration upstream or downstream of the flow
meter that may affect the flow-meter calibration. Perform this
calibration upon initial CVS installation and whenever corrective action
does not resolve a failure to meet the diluted exhaust flow verification
(i.e., propane check) in Sec. 1065.341.
(c) Ex-situ CFV and SSV calibration. You may remove a CFV or SSV
from its permanent position for calibration as long as it meets the
following requirements when installed in the CVS:
(1) Upon installation of the CFV or SSV into the CVS, use good
engineering judgment to verify that you have not introduced any leaks
between the CVS inlet and the venturi.
(2) After ex-situ venturi calibration, you must verify all venturi
flow combinations for CFVs or at minimum of 10 flow points for an SSV
using the propane check as described in Sec. 1065.341. Your propane
check result for each venturi flow point may not exceed the tolerance in
Sec. 1065.341(f)(5).
(3) To verify your ex-situ calibration for a CVS with more than a
single CFV, perform the following check to verify that there are no flow
meter entrance effects that can prevent you from passing this
verification.
(i) Use a constant flow device like a CFO kit to deliver a constant
flow of propane to the dilution tunnel.
(ii) Measure hydrocarbon concentrations at a minimum of 10 separate
flow rates for an SSV flow meter, or at all possible flow combinations
for a CFV flow meter, while keeping the flow of propane constant. We
recommend selecting CVS flow rates in a random order.
(iii) Measure the concentration of hydrocarbon background in the
dilution air at the beginning and end of this test. Subtract the average
background concentration from each measurement at each flow point before
performing the regression analysis in paragraph (c)(3)(iv) of this
section.
(iv) Perform a power regression using all the paired values of flow
rate and corrected concentration to obtain a relationship in the form of
y = a [middot] x \b\. Use concentration as the independent variable and
flow rate as the dependent variable. For each data point, calculate the
difference between the measured flow rate and the value represented by
the curve fit. The difference at each point must be less than 1% of the appropriate regression value. The value of b
must be between -1.005 and -0.995. If your results do not meet these
limits, take corrective action consistent with Sec. 1065.341(a).
(d) Reference flow meter. Calibrate a CVS flow meter using a
reference flow meter such as a subsonic venturi flow meter, a long-
radius ASME/NIST flow nozzle, a smooth approach orifice, a laminar flow
element, a set of critical flow venturis, or an ultrasonic flow meter.
Use a reference flow meter that reports quantities that are NIST-
traceable within 1% uncertainty. Use this
reference flow meter's response to flow as the reference value for CVS
flow-meter calibration.
(e) Configuration. Calibrate the system with any upstream screens or
other restrictions that will be used during testing and that could
affect the flow ahead of the CVS flow meter, using good engineering
judgment to minimize the effect on the flow distribution. You may not
use any upstream screen or other restriction that could affect the flow
ahead of the reference flow meter, unless the flow meter has been
calibrated with such a restriction. In the case of a free standing SSV
reference flow meter, you may not have any upstream screens.
[[Page 113]]
(f) PDP calibration. Calibrate a positive-displacement pump (PDP) to
determine a flow-versus-PDP speed equation that accounts for flow
leakage across sealing surfaces in the PDP as a function of PDP inlet
pressure. Determine unique equation coefficients for each speed at which
you operate the PDP. Calibrate a PDP flow meter as follows:
(1) Connect the system as shown in Figure 1 of this section.
(2) Leaks between the calibration flow meter and the PDP must be
less than 0.3% of the total flow at the lowest calibrated flow point;
for example, at the highest restriction and lowest PDP-speed point.
(3) While the PDP operates, maintain a constant temperature at the
PDP inlet within 2% of the mean absolute inlet
temperature, Tin.
(4) Set the PDP speed to the first speed point at which you intend
to calibrate.
(5) Set the variable restrictor to its wide-open position.
(6) Operate the PDP for at least 3 min to stabilize the system.
Continue operating the PDP and record the mean values of at least 30
seconds of sampled data of each of the following quantities:
(i) The mean flow rate of the reference flow meter,
niref. This may include several measurements of different
quantities, such as reference meter pressures and temperatures, for
calculating niref.
(ii) The mean temperature at the PDP inlet, Tin.
(iii) The mean static absolute pressure at the PDP inlet,
pin.
(iv) The mean static absolute pressure at the PDP outlet,
pout.
(v) The mean PDP speed, fnPDP.
(7) Incrementally close the restrictor valve to decrease the
absolute pressure at the inlet to the PDP, pin.
(8) Repeat the steps in paragraphs (e)(6) and (7) of this section to
record data at a minimum of six restrictor positions ranging from the
wide open restrictor position to the minimum expected pressure at the
PDP inlet or the maximum expected differential (outlet minus inlet)
pressure across the PDP during testing.
(9) Calibrate the PDP by using the collected data and the equations
in Sec. 1065.640.
(10) Repeat the steps in paragraphs (e)(6) through (9) of this
section for each speed at which you operate the PDP.
(11) Use the equations in Sec. 1065.642 to determine the PDP flow
equation for emission testing.
(12) Verify the calibration by performing a CVS verification (i.e.,
propane check) as described in Sec. 1065.341.
(13) During emission testing ensure that the PDP is not operated
either below the lowest inlet pressure point or above the highest
differential pressure point in the calibration data.
(g) SSV calibration. Calibrate a subsonic venturi (SSV) to determine
its calibration coefficient, Cd, for the expected range of
inlet pressures. Calibrate an SSV flow meter as follows:
(1) Connect the system as shown in Figure 1 of this section.
(2) Verify that any leaks between the calibration flow meter and the
SSV are less than 0.3% of the total flow at the highest restriction.
(3) Start the blower downstream of the SSV.
(4) While the SSV operates, maintain a constant temperature at the
SSV inlet within 2% of the mean absolute inlet
temperature, Tin.
(5) Set the variable restrictor or variable-speed blower to a flow
rate greater than the greatest flow rate expected during testing. You
may not extrapolate flow rates beyond calibrated values, so we recommend
that you make sure the Reynolds number, Re#, at the SSV
throat at the greatest calibrated flow rate is greater than the maximum
Re# expected during testing.
(6) Operate the SSV for at least 3 min to stabilize the system.
Continue operating the SSV and record the mean of at least 30 seconds of
sampled data of each of the following quantities:
(i) The mean flow rate of the reference flow meter niref.
This may include several measurements of different quantities for
calculating niref, such as reference meter pressures and
temperatures.
(ii) Optionally, the mean dewpoint of the calibration
air,Tdew. See Sec. 1065.640 for permissible assumptions.
[[Page 114]]
(iii) The mean temperature at the venturi inlet,Tin.
(iv) The mean static absolute pressure at the venturi inlet,
Pin.
(v) The mean static differential pressure between the static
pressure at the venturi inlet and the static pressure at the venturi
throat, [Delta]PSSV.
(7) Incrementally close the restrictor valve or decrease the blower
speed to decrease the flow rate.
(8) Repeat the steps in paragraphs (g)(6) and (7) of this section to
record data at a minimum of ten flow rates.
(9) Determine an equation to quantify Cd as a function of
Re# by using the collected data and the equations in Sec.
1065.640. Section 1065.640 also includes statistical criteria for
validating the Cd versus Re# equation.
(10) Verify the calibration by performing a CVS verification (i.e.,
propane check) as described in Sec. 1065.341 using the new
Cd versus Re# equation.
(11) Use the SSV only between the minimum and maximum calibrated
Re#. If you want to use the SSV at a lower or higher
Re#, you must recalibrate the SSV.
(12) Use the equations in Sec. 1065.642 to determine SSV flow
during a test.
(h) CFV calibration. Calibrate a critical-flow venturi (CFV) to
verify its discharge coefficient, Cd, up to the highest
expected pressure ratio, r, according to Sec. 1065.640. Calibrate a CFV
flow meter as follows:
(1) Connect the system as shown in Figure 1 of this section.
(2) Verify that any leaks between the calibration flow meter and the
CFV are less than 0.3% of the total flow at the highest restriction.
(3) Start the blower downstream of the CFV.
(4) While the CFV operates, maintain a constant temperature at the
CFV inlet within 2% of the mean absolute inlet
temperature, Tin.
(5) Set the variable restrictor to its wide-open position. Instead
of a variable restrictor, you may alternately vary the pressure
downstream of the CFV by varying blower speed or by introducing a
controlled leak. Note that some blowers have limitations on nonloaded
conditions.
(6) Operate the CFV for at least 3 min to stabilize the system.
Continue operating the CFV and record the mean values of at least 30
seconds of sampled data of each of the following quantities:
(i) The mean flow rate of the reference flow meter,
niref. This may include several measurements of different
quantities, such as reference meter pressures and temperatures, for
calculating niref.
(ii) The mean dewpoint of the calibration air,Tdew. See
Sec. 1065.640 for permissible assumptions during emission measurements.
(iii) The mean temperature at the venturi inlet,Tin.
(iv) The mean static absolute pressure at the venturi inlet,
Pin.
(v) The mean static differential pressure between the CFV inlet and
the CFV outlet, [Delta]PCFV.
(7) Incrementally close the restrictor valve or decrease the
downstream pressure to decrease the differential pressure across the
CFV, [Delta]pCFV.
(8) Repeat the steps in paragraphs (f)(6) and (7) of this section to
record mean data at a minimum of ten restrictor positions, such that you
test the fullest practical range of [Delta]PCFV expected
during testing. We do not require that you remove calibration components
or CVS components to calibrate at the lowest possible restrictions.
(9) Determine Cd and the highest allowable pressure
ratio, r, according to Sec. 1065.640.
(10) Use Cd to determine CFV flow during an emission
test. Do not use the CFV above the highest allowed r, as determined in
Sec. 1065.640.
(11) Verify the calibration by performing a CVS verification (i.e.,
propane check) as described in Sec. 1065.341.
(12) If your CVS is configured to operate more than one CFV at a
time in parallel, calibrate your CVS by one of the following:
(i) Calibrate every combination of CFVs according to this section
and Sec. 1065.640. Refer to Sec. 1065.642 for instructions on
calculating flow rates for this option.
(ii) Calibrate each CFV according to this section and Sec.
1065.640. Refer to Sec. 1065.642 for instructions on calculating flow
rates for this option.
[[Page 115]]
(i) Ultrasonic flow meter calibration. [Reserved]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR25OC16.159
[[Page 116]]
[70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 FR 37305, June 30, 2008;
75 FR 68463, Nov. 8, 2010; 76 FR 57445, Sept. 15, 2011; 81 FR 74165,
Oct. 25, 2016]
Sec. 1065.341 CVS, PFD, and batch sampler verification (propane check).
(a) A propane check serves as a CVS verification to determine if
there is a discrepancy in measured values of diluted exhaust flow. You
may use the same procedure to verify PFDs and batch samplers. For
purposes of PFD and batch sampler verification, read the term CVS to
mean PFD or batch sampler as appropriate. A propane check also serves as
a batch-sampler verification to determine if there is a discrepancy in a
batch sampling system that extracts a sample from a CVS, as described in
paragraph (g) of this section. Using good engineering judgment and safe
practices, this check may be performed using a gas other than propane,
such as CO2 or CO. A failed propane check might indicate one
or more problems that may require corrective action, as follows:
(1) Incorrect analyzer calibration. Re-calibrate, repair, or replace
the FID analyzer.
(2) Leaks. Inspect CVS tunnel, connections, fasteners, and HC
sampling system, and repair or replace components.
(3) Poor mixing. Perform the verification as described in this
section while traversing a sampling probe across the tunnel's diameter,
vertically and horizontally. If the analyzer response indicates any
deviation exceeding 2% of the mean measured
concentration, consider operating the CVS at a higher flow rate or
installing a mixing plate or orifice to improve mixing.
(4) Hydrocarbon contamination in the sample system. Perform the
hydrocarbon-contamination verification as described in Sec. 1065.520.
(5) Change in CVS calibration. Perform a calibration of the CVS flow
meter as described in Sec. 1065.340.
(6) Flow meter entrance effects. Inspect the CVS tunnel to determine
whether the entrance effects from the piping configuration upstream of
the flow meter adversely affect the flow measurement.
(7) Other problems with the CVS or sampling verification hardware or
software. Inspect the CVS system, CVS verification hardware, and
software for discrepancies.
(b) A propane check uses either a reference mass or a reference flow
rate of C3H8 as a tracer gas in a CVS. Note that
if you use a reference flow rate, account for any non-ideal gas behavior
of C3H8 in the reference flow meter. Refer to
Sec. 1065.640 and Sec. 1065.642, which describe how to calibrate and
use certain flow meters. Do not use any ideal gas assumptions in Sec.
1065.640 and Sec. 1065.642. The propane check compares the calculated
mass of injected C3H8 using HC measurements and
CVS flow rate measurements with the reference value.
(c) Prepare for the propane check as follows:
(1) If you use a reference mass of C3H8
instead of a reference flow rate, obtain a cylinder charged with
C3H8. Determine the reference cylinder's mass of
C3H8 within 0.5% of the
amount of C3H8 that you expect to use.
(2) Select appropriate flow rates for the CVS and
C3H8.
(3) Select a C3H8 injection port in the CVS.
Select the port location to be as close as practical to the location
where you introduce engine exhaust into the CVS, or at some point in the
laboratory exhaust tubing upstream of this location. Connect the
C3H8 cylinder to the injection system.
(4) Operate and stabilize the CVS.
(5) Preheat or precool any heat exchangers in the sampling system.
(6) Allow heated and cooled components such as sample lines,
filters, chillers, and pumps to stabilize at operating temperature.
(7) You may purge the HC sampling system during stabilization.
(8) If applicable, perform a vacuum side leak verification of the HC
sampling system as described in Sec. 1065.345.
(9) You may also conduct any other calibrations or verifications on
equipment or analyzers.
(d) If you performed the vacuum-side leak verification of the HC
sampling system as described in paragraph (c)(8) of this section, you
may use the HC contamination procedure in Sec. 1065.520(f) to verify HC
contamination. Otherwise,
[[Page 117]]
zero, span, and verify contamination of the HC sampling system, as
follows:
(1) Select the lowest HC analyzer range that can measure the
C3H8 concentration expected for the CVS and
C3H8 flow rates.
(2) Zero the HC analyzer using zero air introduced at the analyzer
port.
(3) Span the HC analyzer using C3H8 span gas
introduced at the analyzer port.
(4) Overflow zero air at the HC probe inlet or into a tee near the
outlet of the probe.
(5) Measure the stable HC concentration of the HC sampling system as
overflow zero air flows. For batch HC measurement, fill the batch
container (such as a bag) and measure the HC overflow concentration.
(6) If the overflow HC concentration exceeds 2 [micro]mol/mol, do
not proceed until contamination is eliminated. Determine the source of
the contamination and take corrective action, such as cleaning the
system or replacing contaminated portions.
(7) When the overflow HC concentration does not exceed 2 [micro]mol/
mol, record this value as xTHCinit and use it to correct for
HC contamination as described in Sec. 1065.660.
(e) Perform the propane check as follows:
(1) For batch HC sampling, connect clean storage media, such as
evacuated bags.
(2) Operate HC measurement instruments according to the instrument
manufacturer's instructions.
(3) If you will correct for dilution air background concentrations
of HC, measure and record background HC in the dilution air.
(4) Zero any integrating devices.
(5) Begin sampling, and start any flow integrators.
(6) Release the contents of the C3H8 reference
cylinder at the rate you selected. If you use a reference flow rate of
C3H8, start integrating this flow rate.
(7) Continue to release the cylinder's contents until at least
enough C3H8 has been released to ensure accurate
quantification of the reference C3H8 and the
measured C3H8.
(8) Shut off the C3H8 reference cylinder and
continue sampling until you have accounted for time delays due to sample
transport and analyzer response.
(9) Stop sampling and stop any integrators.
(f) Perform post-test procedure as follows:
(1) If you used batch sampling, analyze batch samples as soon as
practical.
(2) After analyzing HC, correct for contamination and background.
(3) Calculate total C3H8 mass based on your
CVS and HC data as described in Sec. 1065.650 (40 CFR 1066.605 for
vehicle testing) and Sec. 1065.660, using the molar mass of
C3H8, MC3H8, instead the effective
molar mass of HC, MHC.
(4) If you use a reference mass, determine the cylinder's propane
mass within 0.5% and determine the
C3H8 reference mass by subtracting the empty
cylinder propane mass from the full cylinder propane mass.
(5) Subtract the reference C3H8 mass from the
calculated mass. If this difference is within 2%
of the reference mass, the CVS passes this verification. If not, take
corrective action as described in paragraph (a) of this section.
(g) You may repeat the propane check to verify a batch sampler, such
as a PM secondary dilution system. (1) Configure the HC sampling system
to extract a sample near the location of the batch sampler's storage
media (such as a PM filter). If the absolute pressure at this location
is too low to extract an HC sample, you may sample HC from the batch
sampler pump's exhaust. Use caution when sampling from pump exhaust
because an otherwise acceptable pump leak downstream of a batch sampler
flow meter will cause a false failure of the propane check.
(2) Repeat the propane check described in this section, but sample
HC from the batch sampler.
(3) Calculate C3H8 mass, taking into account
any secondary dilution from the batch sampler.
(4) Subtract the reference C3H8 mass from the
calculated mass. If this difference is within 5%
of the reference mass, the batch sampler passes this
[[Page 118]]
verification. If not, take corrective action as described in paragraph
(a) of this section.
[70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 FR 37307, June 30, 2008;
73 FR 59328, Oct. 8, 2008; 76 FR 57447, Sept. 15, 2011; 79 FR 23768,
Apr. 28, 2014; 81 FR 74167, Oct. 25, 2016]
Sec. 1065.342 Sample dryer verification.
(a) Scope and frequency. If you use a sample dryer as allowed in
Sec. 1065.145(e)(2) to remove water from the sample gas, verify the
performance upon installation, after major maintenance, for thermal
chiller. For osmotic membrane dryers, verify the performance upon
installation, after major maintenance, and within 35 days of testing.
(b) Measurement principles. Water can inhibit an analyzer's ability
to properly measure the exhaust component of interest and thus is
sometimes removed before the sample gas reaches the analyzer. For
example water can negatively interfere with a CLD's NOX
response through collisional quenching and can positively interfere with
an NDIR analyzer by causing a response similar to CO.
(c) System requirements. The sample dryer must meet the
specifications as determined in Sec. 1065.145(e)(2) for dewpoint,
Tdew, and absolute pressure, ptotal, downstream of
the osmotic-membrane dryer or thermal chiller.
(d) Sample dryer verification procedure. Use the following method to
determine sample dryer performance. Run this verification with the dryer
and associated sampling system operating in the same manner you will use
for emission testing (including operation of sample pumps). You may run
this verification test on multiple sample dryers sharing the same
sampling system at the same time. You may run this verification on the
sample dryer alone, but you must use the maximum gas flow rate expected
during testing. You may use good engineering judgment to develop a
different protocol.
(1) Use PTFE or stainless steel tubing to make necessary
connections.
(2) Humidify room air, N2, or purified air by bubbling it
through distilled water in a sealed vessel that humidifies the gas to
the highest sample water content that you estimate during emission
sampling.
(3) Introduce the humidified gas upstream of the sample dryer. You
may disconnect the transfer line from the probe and introduce the
humidified gas at the inlet of the transfer line of the sample system
used during testing. You may use the sample pumps in the sample system
to draw gas through the vessel.
(4) Maintain the sample lines, fittings, and valves from the
location where the humidified gas water content is measured to the inlet
of the sampling system at a temperature at least 5 [deg]C above the
local humidified gas dewpoint. For dryers used in NOX sample
systems, verify the sample system components used in this verification
prevent aqueous condensation as required in Sec. 1065.145(d)(1)(i). We
recommend that the sample system components be maintained at least 5
[deg]C above the local humidified gas dewpoint to prevent aqueous
condensation.
(5) Measure the humidified gas dewpoint, Tdew, and
absolute pressure, ptotal, as close as possible to the inlet
of the sample dryer or inlet of the sample system to verify the water
content is at least as high as the highest value that you estimated
during emission sampling. You may verify the water content based on any
humidity parameter (e.g. mole fraction water, local dewpoint, or
absolute humidity).
(6) Measure the humidified gas dewpoint, Tdew, and
absolute pressure, ptotal, as close as possible to the outlet
of the sample dryer. Note that the dewpoint changes with absolute
pressure. If the dewpoint at the sample dryer outlet is measured at a
different pressure, then this reading must be corrected to the dewpoint
at the sample dryer absolute pressure, ptotal.
(7) The sample dryer meets the verification if the dewpoint at the
sample dryer pressure as measured in paragraph (d)(6) of this section is
less than the dewpoint corresponding to the sample dryer specifications
as determined in Sec. 1065.145(e)(2) plus 2 [deg]C or if the mole
fraction of water as measured in (d)(6) is less than the corresponding
sample dryer specifications plus 0.002 mol/mol.
(e) Alternate sample dryer verification procedure. The following
method may
[[Page 119]]
be used in place of the sample dryer verification procedure in (d) of
this section. If you use a humidity sensor for continuous monitoring of
dewpoint at the sample dryer outlet you may skip the performance check
in Sec. 1065.342(d), but you must make sure that the dryer outlet
humidity is at or below the minimum value used for quench, interference,
and compensation checks.
[73 FR 37307, June 30, 2008, as amended at 73 FR 59328, Oct. 8, 2008; 75
FR 23040, Apr. 30, 2010]
Sec. 1065.345 Vacuum-side leak verification.
(a) Scope and frequency. Verify that there are no significant
vacuum-side leaks using one of the leak tests described in this section.
For laboratory testing, perform the vacuum-side leak verification upon
initial sampling system installation, within 8 hours before the start of
the first test interval of each duty-cycle sequence, and after
maintenance such as pre-filter changes. For field testing, perform the
vacuum-side leak verification after each installation of the sampling
system on the vehicle, prior to the start of the field test, and after
maintenance such as pre-filter changes. This verification does not apply
to any full-flow portion of a CVS dilution system.
(b) Measurement principles. A leak may be detected either by
measuring a small amount of flow when there should be zero flow, or by
detecting the dilution of a known concentration of span gas when it
flows through the vacuum side of a sampling system.
(c) Low-flow leak test. Test a sampling system for low-flow leaks as
follows:
(1) Seal the probe end of the system by taking one of the following
steps:
(i) Cap or plug the end of the sample probe.
(ii) Disconnect the transfer line at the probe and cap or plug the
transfer line.
(iii) Close a leak-tight valve located in the sample transfer line
within 92 cm of the probe.
(2) Operate all vacuum pumps. After stabilizing, verify that the
flow through the vacuum-side of the sampling system is less than 0.5% of
the system's normal in-use flow rate. You may estimate typical analyzer
and bypass flows as an approximation of the system's normal in-use flow
rate.
(d) Dilution-of-span-gas leak test. You may use any gas analyzer for
this test. If you use a FID for this test, correct for any HC
contamination in the sampling system according to Sec. 1065.660. To
avoid misleading results from this test, we recommend using only
analyzers that have a repeatability of 0.5% or better at the span gas
concentration used for this test. Perform a vacuum-side leak test as
follows:
(1) Prepare a gas analyzer as you would for emission testing.
(2) Supply span gas to the analyzer span port and record the
measured value.
(3) Route overflow span gas to the inlet of the sample probe or at a
tee fitting in the transfer line near the exit of the probe. You may use
a valve upstream of the overflow fitting to prevent overflow of span gas
out of the inlet of the probe, but you must then provide an overflow
vent in the overflow supply line.
(4) Verify that the measured overflow span gas concentration is
within 0.5% of the concentration measured in
paragraph (d)(2) of this section. A measured value lower than expected
indicates a leak, but a value higher than expected may indicate a
problem with the span gas or the analyzer itself. A measured value
higher than expected does not indicate a leak.
(e) Vacuum-decay leak test. To perform this test you must apply a
vacuum to the vacuum-side volume of your sampling system and then
observe the leak rate of your system as a decay in the applied vacuum.
To perform this test you must know the vacuum-side volume of your
sampling system to within 10% of its true volume.
For this test you must also use measurement instruments that meet the
specifications of subpart C of this part and of this subpart D. Perform
a vacuum-decay leak test as follows:
(1) Seal the probe end of the system as close to the probe opening
as possible by taking one of the following steps:
(i) Cap or plug the end of the sample probe.
[[Page 120]]
(ii) Disconnect the transfer line at the probe and cap or plug the
transfer line.
(iii) Close a leak-tight valve located in the sample transfer line
within 92 cm of the probe.
(2) Operate all vacuum pumps. Draw a vacuum that is representative
of normal operating conditions. In the case of sample bags, we recommend
that you repeat your normal sample bag pump-down procedure twice to
minimize any trapped volumes.
(3) Turn off the sample pumps and seal the system. Measure and
record the absolute pressure of the trapped gas and optionally the
system absolute temperature. Wait long enough for any transients to
settle and long enough for a leak at 0.5% to have caused a pressure
change of at least 10 times the resolution of the pressure transducer,
then again record the pressure and optionally temperature.
(4) Calculate the leak flow rate based on an assumed value of zero
for pumped-down bag volumes and based on known values for the sample
system volume, the initial and final pressures, optional temperatures,
and elapsed time. Using the calculations specified in Sec. 1065.644,
verify that the vacuum-decay leak flow rate is less than 0.5% of the
system's normal in-use flow rate.
[73 FR 37307, June 30, 2008, as amended at 73 FR 59328, Oct. 8, 2008; 75
FR 23040, Apr. 30, 2010; 81 FR 74167, Oct. 25, 2016]
CO and CO2 Measurements
Sec. 1065.350 H[bdi2]O interference verification for CO[bdi2]
NDIR analyzers.
(a) Scope and frequency. If you measure CO2 using an NDIR
analyzer, verify the amount of H2O interference after initial
analyzer installation and after major maintenance.
(b) Measurement principles. H2O can interfere with an
NDIR analyzer's response to CO2.
If the NDIR analyzer uses compensation algorithms that utilize
measurements of other gases to meet this interference verification,
simultaneously conduct these other measurements to test the compensation
algorithms during the analyzer interference verification.
(c) System requirements. A CO2 NDIR analyzer must have an
H2O interference that is within (0.0 0.4) mmol/mol, though we strongly recommend a lower
interference that is within (0.0 0.2) mmol/mol.
(d) Procedure. Perform the interference verification as follows:
(1) Start, operate, zero, and span the CO2 NDIR analyzer
as you would before an emission test. If the sample is passed through a
dryer during emission testing, you may run this verification test with
the dryer if it meets the requirements of Sec. 1065.342. Operate the
dryer at the same conditions as you will for an emission test. You may
also run this verification test without the sample dryer.
(2) Create a humidified test gas by bubbling zero gas that meets the
specifications in Sec. 1065.750 through distilled H2O in a
sealed vessel. If the sample is not passed through a dryer during
emission testing, control the vessel temperature to generate an
H2O level at least as high as the maximum expected during
emission testing. If the sample is passed through a dryer during
emission testing, control the vessel temperature to generate an
H2O level at least as high as the level determined in Sec.
1065.145(e)(2) for that dryer.
(3) Introduce the humidified test gas into the sample system. You
may introduce it downstream of any sample dryer, if one is used during
testing.
(4) If the sample is not passed through a dryer during this
verification test, measure the H2O mole fraction,
xH2O, of the humidified test gas, as close as possible to the
inlet of the analyzer. For example, measure dewpoint, Tdew,
and absolute pressure, ptotal, to calculate xH2O.
Verify that the H2O content meets the requirement in
paragraph (d)(2) of this section. If the sample is passed through a
dryer during this verification test, you must verify that the
H2O content of the humidified test gas downstream of the
vessel meets the requirement in paragraph (d)(2) of this section based
on either direct measurement of the H2O content (e.g.,
dewpoint and pressure) or
[[Page 121]]
an estimate based on the vessel pressure and temperature. Use good
engineering judgment to estimate the H2O content. For
example, you may use previous direct measurements of H2O
content to verify the vessel's level of saturation.
(5) If a sample dryer is not used in this verification test, use
good engineering judgment to prevent condensation in the transfer lines,
fittings, or valves from the point where xH2O is measured to
the analyzer. We recommend that you design your system so the wall
temperatures in the transfer lines, fittings, and valves from the point
where xH2O is measured to the analyzer are at least 5 [deg]C
above the local sample gas dewpoint.
(6) Allow time for the analyzer response to stabilize. Stabilization
time may include time to purge the transfer line and to account for
analyzer response.
(7) While the analyzer measures the sample's concentration, record
30 seconds of sampled data. Calculate the arithmetic mean of this data.
The analyzer meets the interference verification if this value is within
(0.0 0.4) mmol/mol.
(e) Exceptions. The following exceptions apply:
(1) You may omit this verification if you can show by engineering
analysis that for your CO2 sampling system and your emission-
calculation procedures, the H2O interference for your
CO2 NDIR analyzer always affects your brake-specific emission
results within 0.5% of each of the applicable
standards. This specification also applies for vehicle testing, except
that it relates to emission results in g/mile or g/kilometer.
(2) You may use a CO2 NDIR analyzer that you determine
does not meet this verification, as long as you try to correct the
problem and the measurement deficiency does not adversely affect your
ability to show that engines comply with all applicable emission
standards.
[70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 FR 37308, June 30, 2008;
73 FR 59328, Oct. 8, 2008; 75 FR 23040, Apr. 30, 2010; 76 FR 57447,
Sept. 15, 2011; 79 FR 23768, Apr. 28, 2014]
Sec. 1065.355 H[bdi2]O and CO[bdi2] interference verification
for CO NDIR analyzers.
(a) Scope and frequency. If you measure CO using an NDIR analyzer,
verify the amount of H2O and CO2 interference
after initial analyzer installation and after major maintenance.
(b) Measurement principles. H2O and CO2 can
positively interfere with an NDIR analyzer by causing a response similar
to CO. If the NDIR analyzer uses compensation algorithms that utilize
measurements of other gases to meet this interference verification,
simultaneously conduct these other measurements to test the compensation
algorithms during the analyzer interference verification.
(c) System requirements. A CO NDIR analyzer must have combined
H2O and CO2 interference that is within 2 % of the flow-weighted mean concentration of CO
expected at the standard, though we strongly recommend a lower
interference that is within 1%.
(d) Procedure. Perform the interference verification as follows:
(1) Start, operate, zero, and span the CO NDIR analyzer as you would
before an emission test. If the sample is passed through a dryer during
emission testing, you may run this verification test with the dryer if
it meets the requirements of Sec. 1065.342. Operate the dryer at the
same conditions as you will for an emission test. You may also run this
verification test without the sample dryer.
(2) Create a humidified CO2 test gas by bubbling a
CO2 span gas that meets the specifications in Sec. 1065.750
through distilled H2O in a sealed vessel. If the sample is
not passed through a dryer during emission testing, control the vessel
temperature to generate an H2O level at least as high as the
maximum expected during emission testing. If the sample is passed
through a dryer during emission testing, control the vessel temperature
to generate an H2O level at least as high as the level
determined in Sec. 1065.145(e)(2) for that dryer. Use a CO2
span gas concentration at least as high as the maximum expected during
testing.
(3) Introduce the humidified CO2 test gas into the sample
system. You may introduce it downstream of any sample dryer, if one is
used during testing.
[[Page 122]]
(4) If the sample is not passed through a dryer during this
verification test, measure the H2O mole fraction,
xH2O, of the humidified CO2 test gas as close as
possible to the inlet of the analyzer. For example, measure dewpoint,
Tdew, and absolute pressure, ptotal, to calculate
xH2O. Verify that the H2O content meets
the requirement in paragraph (d)(2) of this section. If the sample is
passed through a dryer during this verification test, you must verify
that the H2O content of the humidified test gas downstream of
the vessel meets the requirement in paragraph (d)(2) of this section
based on either direct measurement of the H2O content (e.g.,
dewpoint and pressure) or an estimate based on the vessel pressure and
temperature. Use good engineering judgment to estimate the
H2O content. For example, you may use previous direct
measurements of H2O content to verify the vessel's level of
saturation.
(5) If a sample dryer is not used in this verification test, use
good engineering judgment to prevent condensation in the transfer lines,
fittings, or valves from the point where xH2O is measured to
the analyzer. We recommend that you design your system so that the wall
temperatures in the transfer lines, fittings, and valves from the point
where xH2O is measured to the analyzer are at least 5 [deg]C
above the local sample gas dewpoint.
(6) Allow time for the analyzer response to stabilize. Stabilization
time may include time to purge the transfer line and to account for
analyzer response.
(7) While the analyzer measures the sample's concentration, record
its output for 30 seconds. Calculate the arithmetic mean of this data.
(8) The analyzer meets the interference verification if the result
of paragraph (d)(7) of this section meets the tolerance in paragraph (c)
of this section.
(9) You may also run interference procedures for CO2 and
H2O separately. If the CO2 and H2O
levels used are higher than the maximum levels expected during testing,
you may scale down each observed interference value by multiplying the
observed interference by the ratio of the maximum expected concentration
value to the actual value used during this procedure. You may run
separate interference concentrations of H2O (down to 0.025
mol/mol H2O content) that are lower than the maximum levels
expected during testing, but you must scale up the observed
H2O interference by multiplying the observed interference by
the ratio of the maximum expected H2O concentration value to
the actual value used during this procedure. The sum of the two scaled
interference values must meet the tolerance in paragraph (c) of this
section.
(e) Exceptions. The following exceptions apply:
(1) You may omit this verification if you can show by engineering
analysis that for your CO sampling system and your emission-calculation
procedures, the combined CO2 and H2O interference
for your CO NDIR analyzer always affects your brake-specific CO emission
results within 0.5% of the applicable CO standard.
(2) You may use a CO NDIR analyzer that you determine does not meet
this verification, as long as you try to correct the problem and the
measurement deficiency does not adversely affect your ability to show
that engines comply with all applicable emission standards.
[70 FR 40516, July 13, 2005, as amended at 73 FR 37308, June 30, 2008;
73 FR 59328, Oct. 8, 2008; 75 FR 23041, Apr. 30, 2010; 79 FR 23769, Apr.
28, 2014]
Hydrocarbon Measurements
Sec. 1065.360 FID optimization and verification.
(a) Scope and frequency. For all FID analyzers, calibrate the FID
upon initial installation. Repeat the calibration as needed using good
engineering judgment. For a FID that measures THC, perform the following
steps:
(1) Optimize the response to various hydrocarbons after initial
analyzer installation and after major maintenance as described in
paragraph (c) of this section.
(2) Determine the methane (CH4) response factor after
initial analyzer installation and after major maintenance as described
in paragraph (d) of this section.
[[Page 123]]
(3) If you determine NMNEHC by subtracting from measured THC,
determine the ethane (C2H6) response factor after
initial analyzer installation and after major maintenance as described
in paragraph (f) of this section. Verify the C2H6
response within 185 days before testing as described in paragraph (f) of
this section.
(b) Calibration. Use good engineering judgment to develop a
calibration procedure, such as one based on the FID-analyzer
manufacturer's instructions and recommended frequency for calibrating
the FID. Alternately, you may remove system components for off-site
calibration. For a FID that measures THC, calibrate using
C3H8 calibration gases that meet the
specifications of Sec. 1065.750. For a FID that measures
CH4, calibrate using CH4 calibration gases that
meet the specifications of Sec. 1065.750. We recommend FID analyzer
zero and span gases that contain approximately the flow-weighted mean
concentration of O2 expected during testing. If you use a FID
to measure CH4 downstream of a nonmethane cutter, you may
calibrate that FID using CH4 calibration gases with the
cutter. Regardless of the calibration gas composition, calibrate on a
carbon number basis of one (C1). For example, if you use a
C3H8 span gas of concentration 200 [micro]mol/mol,
span the FID to respond with a value of 600 [micro]mol/mol. As another
example, if you use a CH4 span gas with a concentration of
200 [micro]mol/mol, span the FID to respond with a value of 200
[micro]mol/mol.
(c) THC FID response optimization. This procedure is only for FID
analyzers that measure THC. Use good engineering judgment for initial
instrument start-up and basic operating adjustment using FID fuel and
zero air. Heated FIDs must be within their required operating
temperature ranges. Optimize FID response at the most common analyzer
range expected during emission testing. Optimization involves adjusting
flows and pressures of FID fuel, burner air, and sample to minimize
response variations to various hydrocarbon species in the exhaust. Use
good engineering judgment to trade off peak FID response to propane
calibration gases to achieve minimal response variations to different
hydrocarbon species. For an example of trading off response to propane
for relative responses to other hydrocarbon species, see SAE 770141
(incorporated by reference in Sec. 1065.1010). Determine the optimum
flow rates and/or pressures for FID fuel, burner air, and sample and
record them for future reference.
(d) THC FID CH4 response factor determination. This procedure is
only for FID analyzers that measure THC. Since FID analyzers generally
have a different response to CH4 versus
C3H8, determine the THC-FID analyzer's
CH4 response factor, RFCH4[THC-FID], after FID
optimization. Use the most recent RFCH4[THC-FID] measured
according to this section in the calculations for HC determination
described in Sec. 1065.660 to compensate for CH4 response.
Determine RFCH4[THC-FID] as follows, noting that you do not
determine RFCH4[THC-FID] for FIDs that are calibrated and
spanned using CH4 with a nonmethane cutter:
(1) Select a C3 H8 span gas concentration that
you use to span your analyzers before emission testing. Use only span
gases that meet the specifications of Sec. 1065.750. Record the
C3H8 concentration of the gas.
(2) Select a CH4 span gas concentration that you use to
span your analyzers before emission testing. Use only span gases that
meet the specifications of Sec. 1065.750. Record the CH4
concentration of the gas.
(3) Start and operate the FID analyzer according to the
manufacturer's instructions.
(4) Confirm that the FID analyzer has been calibrated using
C3H8. Calibrate on a carbon number basis of one
(C1). For example, if you use a C3 H8
span gas of concentration 200 [micro]mol/mol, span the FID to respond
with a value of 600 [micro]mol/mol.
(5) Zero the FID with a zero gas that you use for emission testing.
(6) Span the FID with the C3H8 span gas that
you selected under paragraph (d)(1) of this section.
(7) Introduce the CH4 span gas that you selected under
paragraph (d)(2) of this section into the FID analyzer.
(8) Allow time for the analyzer response to stabilize. Stabilization
time
[[Page 124]]
may include time to purge the analyzer and to account for its response.
(9) While the analyzer measures the CH4 concentration,
record 30 seconds of sampled data. Calculate the arithmetic mean of
these values.
(10) For analyzers with multiple ranges, you need to perform the
procedure in this paragraph (d) only on a single range.
(11) Divide the mean measured concentration by the recorded span
concentration of the CH4 calibration gas. The result is the
FID analyzer's response factor for CH4, RF
CH4[THC-FID].
(e) THC FID CH4 response verification. This procedure is
only for FID analyzers that measure THC. Verify
RFCH4[THC-FID] as follows:
(1) Perform a CH4 response factor determination as
described in paragraph (d) of this section. If the resulting value of
RFCH4[THC-FID] is within 5% of its most
recent previously determined value, the THC FID passes the
CH4 response verification. For example, if the most recent
previous value for RF CH4[THC-FID] was 1.05 and it increased
by 0.05 to become 1.10 or it decreased by 0.05 to become 1.00, either
case would be acceptable because 4.8% is less than
5%.
(2) If RF CH4[THC-FID] is not within the tolerance
specified in paragraph (e)(1) of this section, use good engineering
judgment to verify that the flow rates and/or pressures of FID fuel,
burner air, and sample are at their most recent previously recorded
values, as determined in paragraph (c) of this section. You may adjust
these flow rates as necessary. Then determine the RF
CH4[THC-FID] as described in paragraph (d) of this section
and verify that it is within the tolerance specified in this paragraph
(e).
(3) If RF CH4[THC-FID] is not within the tolerance
specified in this paragraph (e), re-optimize the FID response as
described in paragraph (c) of this section.
(4) Determine a new RFCH4[THC-FID] as described in
paragraph (d) of this section. Use this new value of RF
CH4[THC-FID] in the calculations for HC determination, as
described in Sec. 1065.660.
(5) For analyzers with multiple ranges, you need to perform the
procedure in this paragraph (e) only on a single range.
(f) THC FID C2H6 response factor
determination. This procedure is only for FID analyzers that measure
THC. Since FID analyzers generally have a different response to
C2H6 than C3H8, determine
the THC-FID analyzer's C2H6 response factor,
RFC2H6[THC-FID], after FID optimization using the procedure
described in paragraph (d) of this section, replacing CH4
with C2H6. Use the most recent
RFC2H6[THC-FID] measured according to this section in the
calculations for HC determination described in Sec. 1065.660 to
compensate for C2H6 response.
[73 FR 37308, June 30, 2008, as amended at 75 FR 23041, Apr. 30, 2010;
76 FR 57447, Sept. 15, 2011; 79 FR 23769, Apr. 28, 2014; 81 FR 74168,
Oct. 25, 2016]
Sec. 1065.362 Non-stoichiometric raw exhaust FID O[bdi2]
interference verification.
(a) Scope and frequency. If you use FID analyzers for raw exhaust
measurements from engines that operate in a non-stoichiometric mode of
combustion (e.g., compression-ignition, lean-burn), verify the amount of
FID O2 interference upon initial installation and after major
maintenance.
(b) Measurement principles. Changes in O2 concentration
in raw exhaust can affect FID response by changing FID flame
temperature. Optimize FID fuel, burner air, and sample flow to meet this
verification. Verify FID performance with the compensation algorithms
for FID O2 interference that you have active during an
emission test.
(c) System requirements. Any FID analyzer used during testing must
meet the FID O2 interference verification according to the
procedure in this section.
(d) Procedure. Determine FID O2 interference as follows,
noting that you may use one or more gas dividers to create the reference
gas concentrations that are required to perform this verification:
(1) Select three span reference gases that contain a
C3H8 concentration that you use to span your
analyzers before emission testing. Use only span gases that meet the
specifications of
[[Page 125]]
Sec. 1065.750. You may use CH4 span reference gases for FIDs
calibrated on CH4 with a nonmethane cutter. Select the three
balance gas concentrations such that the concentrations of O2
and N2 represent the minimum, maximum, and average
O2 concentrations expected during testing. The requirement
for using the average O2 concentration can be removed if you
choose to calibrate the FID with span gas balanced with the average
expected oxygen concentration.
(2) Confirm that the FID analyzer meets all the specifications of
Sec. 1065.360.
(3) Start and operate the FID analyzer as you would before an
emission test. Regardless of the FID burner's air source during testing,
use zero air as the FID burner's air source for this verification.
(4) Zero the FID analyzer using the zero gas used during emission
testing.
(5) Span the FID analyzer using a span gas that you use during
emission testing.
(6) Check the zero response of the FID analyzer using the zero gas
used during emission testing. If the mean zero response of 30 seconds of
sampled data is within 0.5% of the span reference
value used in paragraph (d)(5) of this section, then proceed to the next
step; otherwise restart the procedure at paragraph (d)(4) of this
section.
(7) Check the analyzer response using the span gas that has the
minimum concentration of O2 expected during testing. Record
the mean response of 30 seconds of stabilized sample data as
xO2minHC.
(8) Check the zero response of the FID analyzer using the zero gas
used during emission testing. If the mean zero response of 30 seconds of
stabilized sample data is within 0.5% of the span
reference value used in paragraph (d)(5) of this section, then proceed
to the next step; otherwise restart the procedure at paragraph (d)(4) of
this section.
(9) Check the analyzer response using the span gas that has the
average concentration of O2 expected during testing. Record
the mean response of 30 seconds of stabilized sample data as
xO2avgHC.
(10) Check the zero response of the FID analyzer using the zero gas
used during emission testing. If the mean zero response of 30 seconds of
stabilized sample data is within 0.5% of the span
reference value used in paragraph (d)(5) of this section, proceed to the
next step; otherwise restart the procedure at paragraph (d)(4) of this
section.
(11) Check the analyzer response using the span gas that has the
maximum concentration of O